Title: Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Subject:
Author: Jonathan Swift
Keywords:
Creator:
PDF Version: 1.2
Page No 1
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Jonathan Swift
Page No 2
Table of Contents
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World.......................................................................1
Jonathan Swift ..........................................................................................................................................1
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
i
Page No 3
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of
the World
Jonathan Swift
THE PUBLISHER TO THE READER.
A LETTER FROM CAPTAIN GULLIVER TO HIS COUSIN SYMPSON.
PART I. A VOYAGE TO LILLIPUT.
Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Chapter VII
Chapter VIII
PART II. A VOYAGE TO BROBDINGNAG.
Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Chapter VII
Chapter VIII
PART III. A VOYAGE TO LAPUTA, BALNIBARBI, LUGGNAGG, GLUBBDUBDRIB, AND JAPAN.
Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Chapter VII
Chapter VIII
Chapter IX
Chapter X
Chapter XI
PART IV. A VOYAGE TO THE COUNTRY OF THE HOUYHNHNMS.
Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Chapter VII
Chapter VIII
Chapter IX
Chapter X
Chapter XI
Chapter XII
THE PUBLISHER TO THE READER.
[As given in the original edition.]
The author of these Travels, Mr. Lemuel Gulliver, is my ancient and intimate friend; there is likewise some
relation between us on the mother's side. About three years ago, Mr. Gulliver growing weary of the concourse
of curious people coming to him at his house in Redriff, made a small purchase of land, with a convenient
house, near Newark, in Nottinghamshire, his native country; where he now lives retired, yet in good esteem
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 1
Page No 4
among his neighbours.
Although Mr. Gulliver was born in Nottinghamshire, where his father dwelt, yet I have heard him say his
family came from Oxfordshire; to confirm which, I have observed in the churchyard at Banbury in that
county, several tombs and monuments of the Gullivers.
Before he quitted Redriff, he left the custody of the following papers in my hands, with the liberty to dispose
of them as I should think fit. I have carefully perused them three times. The style is very plain and simple;
and the only fault I find is, that the author, after the manner of travellers, is a little too circumstantial. There is
an air of truth apparent through the whole; and indeed the author was so distinguished for his veracity, that it
became a sort of proverb among his neighbours at Redriff, when any one affirmed a thing, to say, it was as
true as if Mr. Gulliver had spoken it.
By the advice of several worthy persons, to whom, with the author's permission, I communicated these
papers, I now venture to send them into the world, hoping they may be, at least for some time, a better
entertainment to our young noblemen, than the common scribbles of politics and party.
This volume would have been at least twice as large, if I had not made bold to strike out innumerable
passages relating to the winds and tides, as well as to the variations and bearings in the several voyages,
together with the minute descriptions of the management of the ship in storms, in the style of sailors; likewise
the account of longitudes and latitudes; wherein I have reason to apprehend, that Mr. Gulliver may be a little
dissatisfied. But I was resolved to fit the work as much as possible to the general capacity of readers.
However, if my own ignorance in sea affairs shall have led me to commit some mistakes, I alone am
answerable for them. And if any traveller hath a curiosity to see the whole work at large, as it came from the
hands of the author, I will be ready to gratify him.
As for any further particulars relating to the author, the reader will receive satisfaction from the first pages of
the book.
RICHARD SYMPSON.
A LETTER FROM CAPTAIN GULLIVER TO HIS COUSIN SYMPSON.
WRITTEN IN THE YEAR 1727.
I hope you will be ready to own publicly, whenever you shall be called to it, that by your great and frequent
urgency you prevailed on me to publish a very loose and uncorrect account of my travels, with directions to
hire some young gentleman of either university to put them in order, and correct the style, as my cousin
Dampier did, by my advice, in his book called "A Voyage round the world." But I do not remember I gave
you power to consent that any thing should be omitted, and much less that any thing should be inserted;
therefore, as to the latter, I do here renounce every thing of that kind; particularly a paragraph about her
majesty Queen Anne, of most pious and glorious memory; although I did reverence and esteem her more than
any of human species. But you, or your interpolator, ought to have considered, that it was not my inclination,
so was it not decent to praise any animal of our composition before my master HOUYHNHNM: And besides,
the fact was altogether false; for to my knowledge, being in England during some part of her majesty's reign,
she did govern by a chief minister; nay even by two successively, the first whereof was the lord of
Godolphin, and the second the lord of Oxford; so that you have made me say the thing that was not. Likewise
in the account of the academy of projectors, and several passages of my discourse to my master
HOUYHNHNM, you have either omitted some material circumstances, or minced or changed them in such a
manner, that I do hardly know my own work. When I formerly hinted to you something of this in a letter, you
were pleased to answer that you were afraid of giving offence; that people in power were very watchful over
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 2
Page No 5
the press, and apt not only to interpret, but to punish every thing which looked like an INNUENDO (as I
think you call it). But, pray how could that which I spoke so many years ago, and at about five thousand
leagues distance, in another reign, be applied to any of the YAHOOS, who now are said to govern the herd;
especially at a time when I little thought, or feared, the unhappiness of living under them? Have not I the
most reason to complain, when I see these very YAHOOS carried by HOUYHNHNMS in a vehicle, as if
they were brutes, and those the rational creatures? And indeed to avoid so monstrous and detestable a sight
was one principal motive of my retirement hither.
Thus much I thought proper to tell you in relation to yourself, and to the trust I reposed in you.
I do, in the next place, complain of my own great want of judgment, in being prevailed upon by the entreaties
and false reasoning of you and some others, very much against my own opinion, to suffer my travels to be
published. Pray bring to your mind how often I desired you to consider, when you insisted on the motive of
public good, that the YAHOOS were a species of animals utterly incapable of amendment by precept or
example: and so it has proved; for, instead of seeing a full stop put to all abuses and corruptions, at least in
this little island, as I had reason to expect; behold, after above six months warning, I cannot learn that my
book has produced one single effect according to my intentions. I desired you would let me know, by a letter,
when party and faction were extinguished; judges learned and upright; pleaders honest and modest, with
some tincture of common sense, and Smithfield blazing with pyramids of law books; the young nobility's
education entirely changed; the physicians banished; the female YAHOOS abounding in virtue, honour, truth,
and good sense; courts and levees of great ministers thoroughly weeded and swept; wit, merit, and learning
rewarded; all disgracers of the press in prose and verse condemned to eat nothing but their own cotton, and
quench their thirst with their own ink. These, and a thousand other reformations, I firmly counted upon by
your encouragement; as indeed they were plainly deducible from the precepts delivered in my book. And it
must be owned, that seven months were a sufficient time to correct every vice and folly to which YAHOOS
are subject, if their natures had been capable of the least disposition to virtue or wisdom. Yet, so far have you
been from answering my expectation in any of your letters; that on the contrary you are loading our carrier
every week with libels, and keys, and reflections, and memoirs, and second parts; wherein I see myself
accused of reflecting upon great state folk; of degrading human nature (for so they have still the confidence to
style it), and of abusing the female sex. I find likewise that the writers of those bundles are not agreed among
themselves; for some of them will not allow me to be the author of my own travels; and others make me
author of books to which I am wholly a stranger.
I find likewise that your printer has been so careless as to confound the times, and mistake the dates, of my
several voyages and returns; neither assigning the true year, nor the true month, nor day of the month: and I
hear the original manuscript is all destroyed since the publication of my book; neither have I any copy left:
however, I have sent you some corrections, which you may insert, if ever there should be a second edition:
and yet I cannot stand to them; but shall leave that matter to my judicious and candid readers to adjust it as
they please.
I hear some of our sea YAHOOS find fault with my sealanguage, as not proper in many parts, nor now in
use. I cannot help it. In my first voyages, while I was young, I was instructed by the oldest mariners, and
learned to speak as they did. But I have since found that the sea YAHOOS are apt, like the land ones, to
become newfangled in their words, which the latter change every year; insomuch, as I remember upon each
return to my own country their old dialect was so altered, that I could hardly understand the new. And I
observe, when any YAHOO comes from London out of curiosity to visit me at my house, we neither of us are
able to deliver our conceptions in a manner intelligible to the other.
If the censure of the YAHOOS could any way affect me, I should have great reason to complain, that some of
them are so bold as to think my book of travels a mere fiction out of mine own brain, and have gone so far as
to drop hints, that the HOUYHNHNMS and YAHOOS have no more existence than the inhabitants of
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 3
Page No 6
Utopia.
Indeed I must confess, that as to the people of LILLIPUT, BROBDINGRAG (for so the word should have
been spelt, and not erroneously BROBDINGNAG), and LAPUTA, I have never yet heard of any YAHOO so
presumptuous as to dispute their being, or the facts I have related concerning them; because the truth
immediately strikes every reader with conviction. And is there less probability in my account of the
HOUYHNHNMS or YAHOOS, when it is manifest as to the latter, there are so many thousands even in this
country, who only differ from their brother brutes in HOUYHNHNMLAND, because they use a sort of
jabber, and do not go naked? I wrote for their amendment, and not their approbation. The united praise of the
whole race would be of less consequence to me, than the neighing of those two degenerate HOUYHNHNMS
I keep in my stable; because from these, degenerate as they are, I still improve in some virtues without any
mixture of vice.
Do these miserable animals presume to think, that I am so degenerated as to defend my veracity? YAHOO as
I am, it is well known through all HOUYHNHNMLAND, that, by the instructions and example of my
illustrious master, I was able in the compass of two years (although I confess with the utmost difficulty) to
remove that infernal habit of lying, shuffling, deceiving, and equivocating, so deeply rooted in the very souls
of all my species; especially the Europeans.
I have other complaints to make upon this vexatious occasion; but I forbear troubling myself or you any
further. I must freely confess, that since my last return, some corruptions of my YAHOO nature have revived
in me by conversing with a few of your species, and particularly those of my own family, by an unavoidable
necessity; else I should never have attempted so absurd a project as that of reforming the YAHOO race in this
kingdom: But I have now done with all such visionary schemes for ever.
APRIL 2, 1727
PART I. A VOYAGE TO LILLIPUT.
CHAPTER I.
[The author gives some account of himself and family. His first inducements to travel. He is shipwrecked,
and swims for his life. Gets safe on shore in the country of Lilliput; is made a prisoner, and carried up the
country.]
My father had a small estate in Nottinghamshire: I was the third of five sons. He sent me to Emanuel College
in Cambridge at fourteen years old, where I resided three years, and applied myself close to my studies; but
the charge of maintaining me, although I had a very scanty allowance, being too great for a narrow fortune, I
was bound apprentice to Mr. James Bates, an eminent surgeon in London, with whom I continued four years.
My father now and then sending me small sums of money, I laid them out in learning navigation, and other
parts of the mathematics, useful to those who intend to travel, as I always believed it would be, some time or
other, my fortune to do. When I left Mr. Bates, I went down to my father: where, by the assistance of him and
my uncle John, and some other relations, I got forty pounds, and a promise of thirty pounds a year to
maintain me at Leyden: there I studied physic two years and seven months, knowing it would be useful in
long voyages.
Soon after my return from Leyden, I was recommended by my good master, Mr. Bates, to be surgeon to the
Swallow, Captain Abraham Pannel, commander; with whom I continued three years and a half, making a
voyage or two into the Levant, and some other parts. When I came back I resolved to settle in London; to
which Mr. Bates, my master, encouraged me, and by him I was recommended to several patients. I took part
of a small house in the Old Jewry; and being advised to alter my condition, I married Mrs. Mary Burton,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 4
Page No 7
second daughter to Mr. Edmund Burton, hosier, in Newgatestreet, with whom I received four hundred
pounds for a portion.
But my good master Bates dying in two years after, and I having few friends, my business began to fail; for
my conscience would not suffer me to imitate the bad practice of too many among my brethren. Having
therefore consulted with my wife, and some of my acquaintance, I determined to go again to sea. I was
surgeon successively in two ships, and made several voyages, for six years, to the East and West Indies, by
which I got some addition to my fortune. My hours of leisure I spent in reading the best authors, ancient and
modern, being always provided with a good number of books; and when I was ashore, in observing the
manners and dispositions of the people, as well as learning their language; wherein I had a great facility, by
the strength of my memory.
The last of these voyages not proving very fortunate, I grew weary of the sea, and intended to stay at home
with my wife and family. I removed from the Old Jewry to Fetter Lane, and from thence to Wapping, hoping
to get business among the sailors; but it would not turn to account. After three years expectation that things
would mend, I accepted an advantageous offer from Captain William Prichard, master of the Antelope, who
was making a voyage to the South Sea. We set sail from Bristol, May 4, 1699, and our voyage was at first
very prosperous.
It would not be proper, for some reasons, to trouble the reader with the particulars of our adventures in those
seas; let it suffice to inform him, that in our passage from thence to the East Indies, we were driven by a
violent storm to the northwest of Van Diemen's Land. By an observation, we found ourselves in the latitude
of 30 degrees 2 minutes south. Twelve of our crew were dead by immoderate labour and ill food; the rest
were in a very weak condition. On the 5th of November, which was the beginning of summer in those parts,
the weather being very hazy, the seamen spied a rock within half a cable's length of the ship; but the wind
was so strong, that we were driven directly upon it, and immediately split. Six of the crew, of whom I was
one, having let down the boat into the sea, made a shift to get clear of the ship and the rock. We rowed, by
my computation, about three leagues, till we were able to work no longer, being already spent with labour
while we were in the ship. We therefore trusted ourselves to the mercy of the waves, and in about half an
hour the boat was overset by a sudden flurry from the north. What became of my companions in the boat, as
well as of those who escaped on the rock, or were left in the vessel, I cannot tell; but conclude they were all
lost. For my own part, I swam as fortune directed me, and was pushed forward by wind and tide. I often let
my legs drop, and could feel no bottom; but when I was almost gone, and able to struggle no longer, I found
myself within my depth; and by this time the storm was much abated. The declivity was so small, that I
walked near a mile before I got to the shore, which I conjectured was about eight o'clock in the evening. I
then advanced forward near half a mile, but could not discover any sign of houses or inhabitants; at least I
was in so weak a condition, that I did not observe them. I was extremely tired, and with that, and the heat of
the weather, and about half a pint of brandy that I drank as I left the ship, I found myself much inclined to
sleep. I lay down on the grass, which was very short and soft, where I slept sounder than ever I remembered
to have done in my life, and, as I reckoned, about nine hours; for when I awaked, it was just daylight. I
attempted to rise, but was not able to stir: for, as I happened to lie on my back, I found my arms and legs were
strongly fastened on each side to the ground; and my hair, which was long and thick, tied down in the same
manner. I likewise felt several slender ligatures across my body, from my armpits to my thighs. I could only
look upwards; the sun began to grow hot, and the light offended my eyes. I heard a confused noise about me;
but in the posture I lay, could see nothing except the sky. In a little time I felt something alive moving on my
left leg, which advancing gently forward over my breast, came almost up to my chin; when, bending my eyes
downwards as much as I could, I perceived it to be a human creature not six inches high, with a bow and
arrow in his hands, and a quiver at his back. In the mean time, I felt at least forty more of the same kind (as I
conjectured) following the first. I was in the utmost astonishment, and roared so loud, that they all ran back in
a fright; and some of them, as I was afterwards told, were hurt with the falls they got by leaping from my
sides upon the ground. However, they soon returned, and one of them, who ventured so far as to get a full
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 5
Page No 8
sight of my face, lifting up his hands and eyes by way of admiration, cried out in a shrill but distinct voice,
HEKINAH DEGUL: the others repeated the same words several times, but then I knew not what they meant.
I lay all this while, as the reader may believe, in great uneasiness. At length, struggling to get loose, I had the
fortune to break the strings, and wrench out the pegs that fastened my left arm to the ground; for, by lifting it
up to my face, I discovered the methods they had taken to bind me, and at the same time with a violent pull,
which gave me excessive pain, I a little loosened the strings that tied down my hair on the left side, so that I
was just able to turn my head about two inches. But the creatures ran off a second time, before I could seize
them; whereupon there was a great shout in a very shrill accent, and after it ceased I heard one of them cry
aloud TOLGO PHONAC; when in an instant I felt above a hundred arrows discharged on my left hand,
which, pricked me like so many needles; and besides, they shot another flight into the air, as we do bombs in
Europe, whereof many, I suppose, fell on my body, (though I felt them not), and some on my face, which I
immediately covered with my left hand. When this shower of arrows was over, I fell a groaning with grief
and pain; and then striving again to get loose, they discharged another volley larger than the first, and some of
them attempted with spears to stick me in the sides; but by good luck I had on a buff jerkin, which they could
not pierce. I thought it the most prudent method to lie still, and my design was to continue so till night, when,
my left hand being already loose, I could easily free myself: and as for the inhabitants, I had reason to believe
I might be a match for the greatest army they could bring against me, if they were all of the same size with
him that I saw. But fortune disposed otherwise of me. When the people observed I was quiet, they discharged
no more arrows; but, by the noise I heard, I knew their numbers increased; and about four yards from me,
over against my right ear, I heard a knocking for above an hour, like that of people at work; when turning my
head that way, as well as the pegs and strings would permit me, I saw a stage erected about a foot and a half
from the ground, capable of holding four of the inhabitants, with two or three ladders to mount it: from
whence one of them, who seemed to be a person of quality, made me a long speech, whereof I understood not
one syllable. But I should have mentioned, that before the principal person began his oration, he cried out
three times, LANGRO DEHUL SAN (these words and the former were afterwards repeated and explained to
me); whereupon, immediately, about fifty of the inhabitants came and cut the strings that fastened the left
side of my head, which gave me the liberty of turning it to the right, and of observing the person and gesture
of him that was to speak.
He appeared to be of a middle age, and taller than any of the other three who attended him, whereof one was
a page that held up his train, and seemed to be somewhat longer than my middle finger; the other two stood
one on each side to support him. He acted every part of an orator, and I could observe many periods of
threatenings, and others of promises, pity, and kindness. I answered in a few words, but in the most
submissive manner, lifting up my left hand, and both my eyes to the sun, as calling him for a witness; and
being almost famished with hunger, having not eaten a morsel for some hours before I left the ship, I found
the demands of nature so strong upon me, that I could not forbear showing my impatience (perhaps against
the strict rules of decency) by putting my finger frequently to my mouth, to signify that I wanted food. The
HURGO (for so they call a great lord, as I afterwards learnt) understood me very well. He descended from
the stage, and commanded that several ladders should be applied to my sides, on which above a hundred of
the inhabitants mounted and walked towards my mouth, laden with baskets full of meat, which had been
provided and sent thither by the king's orders, upon the first intelligence he received of me. I observed there
was the flesh of several animals, but could not distinguish them by the taste. There were shoulders, legs, and
loins, shaped like those of mutton, and very well dressed, but smaller than the wings of a lark. I ate them by
two or three at a mouthful, and took three loaves at a time, about the bigness of musket bullets.
They supplied me as fast as they could, showing a thousand marks of wonder and astonishment at my bulk
and appetite. I then made another sign, that I wanted drink. They found by my eating that a small quantity
would not suffice me; and being a most ingenious people, they slung up, with great dexterity, one of their
largest hogsheads, then rolled it towards my hand, and beat out the top; I drank it off at a draught, which I
might well do, for it did not hold half a pint, and tasted like a small wine of Burgundy, but much more
delicious. They brought me a second hogshead, which I drank in the same manner, and made signs for more;
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 6
Page No 9
but they had none to give me. When I had performed these wonders, they shouted for joy, and danced upon
my breast, repeating several times as they did at first, HEKINAH DEGUL. They made me a sign that I
should throw down the two hogsheads, but first warning the people below to stand out of the way, crying
aloud, BORACH MEVOLAH; and when they saw the vessels in the air, there was a universal shout of
HEKINAH DEGUL. I confess I was often tempted, while they were passing backwards and forwards on my
body, to seize forty or fifty of the first that came in my reach, and dash them against the ground. But the
remembrance of what I had felt, which probably might not be the worst they could do, and the promise of
honour I made themfor so I interpreted my submissive behavioursoon drove out these imaginations.
Besides, I now considered myself as bound by the laws of hospitality, to a people who had treated me with so
much expense and magnificence. However, in my thoughts I could not sufficiently wonder at the intrepidity
of these diminutive mortals, who durst venture to mount and walk upon my body, while one of my hands was
at liberty, without trembling at the very sight of so prodigious a creature as I must appear to them. After some
time, when they observed that I made no more demands for meat, there appeared before me a person of high
rank from his imperial majesty. His excellency, having mounted on the small of my right leg, advanced
forwards up to my face, with about a dozen of his retinue; and producing his credentials under the signet
royal, which he applied close to my eyes, spoke about ten minutes without any signs of anger, but with a kind
of determinate resolution, often pointing forwards, which, as I afterwards found, was towards the capital city,
about half a mile distant; whither it was agreed by his majesty in council that I must be conveyed. I answered
in few words, but to no purpose, and made a sign with my hand that was loose, putting it to the other (but
over his excellency's head for fear of hurting him or his train) and then to my own head and body, to signify
that I desired my liberty. It appeared that he understood me well enough, for he shook his head by way of
disapprobation, and held his hand in a posture to show that I must be carried as a prisoner. However, he made
other signs to let me understand that I should have meat and drink enough, and very good treatment.
Whereupon I once more thought of attempting to break my bonds; but again, when I felt the smart of their
arrows upon my face and hands, which were all in blisters, and many of the darts still sticking in them, and
observing likewise that the number of my enemies increased, I gave tokens to let them know that they might
do with me what they pleased. Upon this, the HURGO and his train withdrew, with much civility and
cheerful countenances. Soon after I heard a general shout, with frequent repetitions of the words PEPLOM
SELAN; and I felt great numbers of people on my left side relaxing the cords to such a degree, that I was able
to turn upon my right, and to ease myself with making water; which I very plentifully did, to the great
astonishment of the people; who, conjecturing by my motion what I was going to do, immediately opened to
the right and left on that side, to avoid the torrent, which fell with such noise and violence from me. But
before this, they had daubed my face and both my hands with a sort of ointment, very pleasant to the smell,
which, in a few minutes, removed all the smart of their arrows. These circumstances, added to the
refreshment I had received by their victuals and drink, which were very nourishing, disposed me to sleep. I
slept about eight hours, as I was afterwards assured; and it was no wonder, for the physicians, by the
emperor's order, had mingled a sleepy potion in the hogsheads of wine.
It seems, that upon the first moment I was discovered sleeping on the ground, after my landing, the emperor
had early notice of it by an express; and determined in council, that I should be tied in the manner I have
related, (which was done in the night while I slept;) that plenty of meat and drink should be sent to me, and a
machine prepared to carry me to the capital city.
This resolution perhaps may appear very bold and dangerous, and I am confident would not be imitated by
any prince in Europe on the like occasion. However, in my opinion, it was extremely prudent, as well as
generous: for, supposing these people had endeavoured to kill me with their spears and arrows, while I was
asleep, I should certainly have awaked with the first sense of smart, which might so far have roused my rage
and strength, as to have enabled me to break the strings wherewith I was tied; after which, as they were not
able to make resistance, so they could expect no mercy.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 7
Page No 10
These people are most excellent mathematicians, and arrived to a great perfection in mechanics, by the
countenance and encouragement of the emperor, who is a renowned patron of learning. This prince has
several machines fixed on wheels, for the carriage of trees and other great weights. He often builds his largest
men of war, whereof some are nine feet long, in the woods where the timber grows, and has them carried on
these engines three or four hundred yards to the sea. Five hundred carpenters and engineers were immediately
set at work to prepare the greatest engine they had. It was a frame of wood raised three inches from the
ground, about seven feet long, and four wide, moving upon twentytwo wheels. The shout I heard was upon
the arrival of this engine, which, it seems, set out in four hours after my landing. It was brought parallel to
me, as I lay. But the principal difficulty was to raise and place me in this vehicle. Eighty poles, each of one
foot high, were erected for this purpose, and very strong cords, of the bigness of packthread, were fastened by
hooks to many bandages, which the workmen had girt round my neck, my hands, my body, and my legs.
Nine hundred of the strongest men were employed to draw up these cords, by many pulleys fastened on the
poles; and thus, in less than three hours, I was raised and slung into the engine, and there tied fast. All this I
was told; for, while the operation was performing, I lay in a profound sleep, by the force of that soporiferous
medicine infused into my liquor. Fifteen hundred of the emperor's largest horses, each about four inches and
a half high, were employed to draw me towards the metropolis, which, as I said, was half a mile distant.
About four hours after we began our journey, I awaked by a very ridiculous accident; for the carriage being
stopped a while, to adjust something that was out of order, two or three of the young natives had the curiosity
to see how I looked when I was asleep; they climbed up into the engine, and advancing very softly to my
face, one of them, an officer in the guards, put the sharp end of his halfpike a good way up into my left
nostril, which tickled my nose like a straw, and made me sneeze violently; whereupon they stole off
unperceived, and it was three weeks before I knew the cause of my waking so suddenly. We made a long
march the remaining part of the day, and, rested at night with five hundred guards on each side of me, half
with torches, and half with bows and arrows, ready to shoot me if I should offer to stir. The next morning at
sunrise we continued our march, and arrived within two hundred yards of the city gates about noon. The
emperor, and all his court, came out to meet us; but his great officers would by no means suffer his majesty to
endanger his person by mounting on my body.
At the place where the carriage stopped there stood an ancient temple, esteemed to be the largest in the whole
kingdom; which, having been polluted some years before by an unnatural murder, was, according to the zeal
of those people, looked upon as profane, and therefore had been applied to common use, and all the
ornaments and furniture carried away. In this edifice it was determined I should lodge. The great gate fronting
to the north was about four feet high, and almost two feet wide, through which I could easily creep. On each
side of the gate was a small window, not above six inches from the ground: into that on the left side, the
king's smith conveyed fourscore and eleven chains, like those that hang to a lady's watch in Europe, and
almost as large, which were locked to my left leg with sixandthirty padlocks. Over against this temple, on
the other side of the great highway, at twenty feet distance, there was a turret at least five feet high. Here the
emperor ascended, with many principal lords of his court, to have an opportunity of viewing me, as I was
told, for I could not see them. It was reckoned that above a hundred thousand inhabitants came out of the
town upon the same errand; and, in spite of my guards, I believe there could not be fewer than ten thousand at
several times, who mounted my body by the help of ladders. But a proclamation was soon issued, to forbid it
upon pain of death. When the workmen found it was impossible for me to break loose, they cut all the strings
that bound me; whereupon I rose up, with as melancholy a disposition as ever I had in my life. But the noise
and astonishment of the people, at seeing me rise and walk, are not to be expressed. The chains that held my
left leg were about two yards long, and gave me not only the liberty of walking backwards and forwards in a
semicircle, but, being fixed within four inches of the gate, allowed me to creep in, and lie at my full length in
the temple.
CHAPTER II.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 8
Page No 11
[The emperor of Lilliput, attended by several of the nobility, comes to see the author in his confinement. The
emperor's person and habit described. Learned men appointed to teach the author their language. He gains
favour by his mild disposition. His pockets are searched, and his sword and pistols taken from him.]
When I found myself on my feet, I looked about me, and must confess I never beheld a more entertaining
prospect. The country around appeared like a continued garden, and the enclosed fields, which were generally
forty feet square, resembled so many beds of flowers. These fields were intermingled with woods of half a
stang, (1) and the tallest trees, as I could judge, appeared to be seven feet high. I viewed the town on my left
hand, which looked like the painted scene of a city in a theatre.
I had been for some hours extremely pressed by the necessities of nature; which was no wonder, it being
almost two days since I had last disburdened myself. I was under great difficulties between urgency and
shame. The best expedient I could think of, was to creep into my house, which I accordingly did; and shutting
the gate after me, I went as far as the length of my chain would suffer, and discharged my body of that uneasy
load. But this was the only time I was ever guilty of so uncleanly an action; for which I cannot but hope the
candid reader will give some allowance, after he has maturely and impartially considered my case, and the
distress I was in. From this time my constant practice was, as soon as I rose, to perform that business in open
air, at the full extent of my chain; and due care was taken every morning before company came, that the
offensive matter should be carried off in wheelbarrows, by two servants appointed for that purpose. I would
not have dwelt so long upon a circumstance that, perhaps, at first sight, may appear not very momentous, if I
had not thought it necessary to justify my character, in point of cleanliness, to the world; which, I am told,
some of my maligners have been pleased, upon this and other occasions, to call in question.
When this adventure was at an end, I came back out of my house, having occasion for fresh air. The emperor
was already descended from the tower, and advancing on horseback towards me, which had like to have
cost him dear; for the beast, though very well trained, yet wholly unused to such a sight, which appeared as if
a mountain moved before him, reared up on its hinder feet: but that prince, who is an excellent horseman,
kept his seat, till his attendants ran in, and held the bridle, while his majesty had time to dismount. When he
alighted, he surveyed me round with great admiration; but kept beyond the length of my chain. He ordered
his cooks and butlers, who were already prepared, to give me victuals and drink, which they pushed forward
in a sort of vehicles upon wheels, till I could reach them. I took these vehicles and soon emptied them all;
twenty of them were filled with meat, and ten with liquor; each of the former afforded me two or three good
mouthfuls; and I emptied the liquor of ten vessels, which was contained in earthen vials, into one vehicle,
drinking it off at a draught; and so I did with the rest. The empress, and young princes of the blood of both
sexes, attended by many ladies, sat at some distance in their chairs; but upon the accident that happened to the
emperor's horse, they alighted, and came near his person, which I am now going to describe. He is taller by
almost the breadth of my nail, than any of his court; which alone is enough to strike an awe into the
beholders.
His features are strong and masculine, with an Austrian lip and arched nose, his complexion olive, his
countenance erect, his body and limbs well proportioned, all his motions graceful, and his deportment
majestic. He was then past his prime, being twentyeight years and three quarters old, of which he had
reigned about seven in great felicity, and generally victorious. For the better convenience of beholding him, I
lay on my side, so that my face was parallel to his, and he stood but three yards off: however, I have had him
since many times in my hand, and therefore cannot be deceived in the description. His dress was very plain
and simple, and the fashion of it between the Asiatic and the European; but he had on his head a light helmet
of gold, adorned with jewels, and a plume on the crest. He held his sword drawn in his hand to defend
himself, if I should happen to break loose; it was almost three inches long; the hilt and scabbard were gold
enriched with diamonds. His voice was shrill, but very clear and articulate; and I could distinctly hear it when
I stood up. The ladies and courtiers were all most magnificently clad; so that the spot they stood upon seemed
to resemble a petticoat spread upon the ground, embroidered with figures of gold and silver. His imperial
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 9
Page No 12
majesty spoke often to me, and I returned answers: but neither of us could understand a syllable. There were
several of his priests and lawyers present (as I conjectured by their habits), who were commanded to address
themselves to me; and I spoke to them in as many languages as I had the least smattering of, which were
High and Low Dutch, Latin, French, Spanish, Italian, and Lingua Franca, but all to no purpose. After about
two hours the court retired, and I was left with a strong guard, to prevent the impertinence, and probably the
malice of the rabble, who were very impatient to crowd about me as near as they durst; and some of them had
the impudence to shoot their arrows at me, as I sat on the ground by the door of my house, whereof one very
narrowly missed my left eye. But the colonel ordered six of the ringleaders to be seized, and thought no
punishment so proper as to deliver them bound into my hands; which some of his soldiers accordingly did,
pushing them forward with the buttends of their pikes into my reach. I took them all in my right hand, put
five of them into my coatpocket; and as to the sixth, I made a countenance as if I would eat him alive. The
poor man squalled terribly, and the colonel and his officers were in much pain, especially when they saw me
take out my penknife: but I soon put them out of fear; for, looking mildly, and immediately cutting the strings
he was bound with, I set him gently on the ground, and away he ran. I treated the rest in the same manner,
taking them one by one out of my pocket; and I observed both the soldiers and people were highly delighted
at this mark of my clemency, which was represented very much to my advantage at court.
Towards night I got with some difficulty into my house, where I lay on the ground, and continued to do so
about a fortnight; during which time, the emperor gave orders to have a bed prepared for me. Six hundred
beds of the common measure were brought in carriages, and worked up in my house; a hundred and fifty of
their beds, sewn together, made up the breadth and length; and these were four double: which, however, kept
me but very indifferently from the hardness of the floor, that was of smooth stone. By the same computation,
they provided me with sheets, blankets, and coverlets, tolerable enough for one who had been so long inured
to hardships.
As the news of my arrival spread through the kingdom, it brought prodigious numbers of rich, idle, and
curious people to see me; so that the villages were almost emptied; and great neglect of tillage and household
affairs must have ensued, if his imperial majesty had not provided, by several proclamations and orders of
state, against this inconveniency. He directed that those who had already beheld me should return home, and
not presume to come within fifty yards of my house, without license from the court; whereby the secretaries
of state got considerable fees.
In the mean time the emperor held frequent councils, to debate what course should be taken with me; and I
was afterwards assured by a particular friend, a person of great quality, who was as much in the secret as any,
that the court was under many difficulties concerning me. They apprehended my breaking loose; that my diet
would be very expensive, and might cause a famine. Sometimes they determined to starve me; or at least to
shoot me in the face and hands with poisoned arrows, which would soon despatch me; but again they
considered, that the stench of so large a carcass might produce a plague in the metropolis, and probably
spread through the whole kingdom. In the midst of these consultations, several officers of the army went to
the door of the great councilchamber, and two of them being admitted, gave an account of my behaviour to
the six criminals abovementioned; which made so favourable an impression in the breast of his majesty and
the whole board, in my behalf, that an imperial commission was issued out, obliging all the villages, nine
hundred yards round the city, to deliver in every morning six beeves, forty sheep, and other victuals for my
sustenance; together with a proportionable quantity of bread, and wine, and other liquors; for the due
payment of which, his majesty gave assignments upon his treasury:for this prince lives chiefly upon his
own demesnes; seldom, except upon great occasions, raising any subsidies upon his subjects, who are bound
to attend him in his wars at their own expense. An establishment was also made of six hundred persons to be
my domestics, who had boardwages allowed for their maintenance, and tents built for them very
conveniently on each side of my door. It was likewise ordered, that three hundred tailors should make me a
suit of clothes, after the fashion of the country; that six of his majesty's greatest scholars should be employed
to instruct me in their language; and lastly, that the emperor's horses, and those of the nobility and troops of
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 10
Page No 13
guards, should be frequently exercised in my sight, to accustom themselves to me. All these orders were duly
put in execution; and in about three weeks I made a great progress in learning their language; during which
time the emperor frequently honoured me with his visits, and was pleased to assist my masters in teaching
me. We began already to converse together in some sort; and the first words I learnt, were to express my
desire "that he would please give me my liberty;" which I every day repeated on my knees. His answer, as I
could comprehend it, was, "that this must be a work of time, not to be thought on without the advice of his
council, and that first I must LUMOS KELMIN PESSO DESMAR LON EMPOSO;" that is, swear a peace
with him and his kingdom. However, that I should be used with all kindness. And he advised me to "acquire,
by my patience and discreet behaviour, the good opinion of himself and his subjects." He desired "I would
not take it ill, if he gave orders to certain proper officers to search me; for probably I might carry about me
several weapons, which must needs be dangerous things, if they answered the bulk of so prodigious a
person." I said, "His majesty should be satisfied; for I was ready to strip myself, and turn up my pockets
before him." This I delivered part in words, and part in signs. He replied, "that, by the laws of the kingdom, I
must be searched by two of his officers; that he knew this could not be done without my consent and
assistance; and he had so good an opinion of my generosity and justice, as to trust their persons in my hands;
that whatever they took from me, should be returned when I left the country, or paid for at the rate which I
would set upon them." I took up the two officers in my hands, put them first into my coatpockets, and then
into every other pocket about me, except my two fobs, and another secret pocket, which I had no mind should
be searched, wherein I had some little necessaries that were of no consequence to any but myself. In one of
my fobs there was a silver watch, and in the other a small quantity of gold in a purse. These gentlemen,
having pen, ink, and paper, about them, made an exact inventory of every thing they saw; and when they had
done, desired I would set them down, that they might deliver it to the emperor. This inventory I afterwards
translated into English, and is, word for word, as follows:
"IMPRIMIS, In the right coatpocket of the great manmountain" (for so I interpret the words QUINBUS
FLESTRIN,) "after the strictest search, we found only one great piece of coarsecloth, large enough to be a
footcloth for your majesty's chief room of state. In the left pocket we saw a huge silver chest, with a cover
of the same metal, which we, the searchers, were not able to lift. We desired it should be opened, and one of
us stepping into it, found himself up to the mid leg in a sort of dust, some part whereof flying up to our faces
set us both a sneezing for several times together. In his right waistcoatpocket we found a prodigious bundle
of white thin substances, folded one over another, about the bigness of three men, tied with a strong cable,
and marked with black figures; which we humbly conceive to be writings, every letter almost half as large as
the palm of our hands. In the left there was a sort of engine, from the back of which were extended twenty
long poles, resembling the pallisados before your majesty's court: wherewith we conjecture the
manmountain combs his head; for we did not always trouble him with questions, because we found it a
great difficulty to make him understand us. In the large pocket, on the right side of his middle cover" (so I
translate the word RANFULO, by which they meant my breeches,) "we saw a hollow pillar of iron, about the
length of a man, fastened to a strong piece of timber larger than the pillar; and upon one side of the pillar,
were huge pieces of iron sticking out, cut into strange figures, which we know not what to make of. In the left
pocket, another engine of the same kind. In the smaller pocket on the right side, were several round flat
pieces of white and red metal, of different bulk; some of the white, which seemed to be silver, were so large
and heavy, that my comrade and I could hardly lift them. In the left pocket were two black pillars irregularly
shaped: we could not, without difficulty, reach the top of them, as we stood at the bottom of his pocket. One
of them was covered, and seemed all of a piece: but at the upper end of the other there appeared a white
round substance, about twice the bigness of our heads. Within each of these was enclosed a prodigious plate
of steel; which, by our orders, we obliged him to show us, because we apprehended they might be dangerous
engines. He took them out of their cases, and told us, that in his own country his practice was to shave his
beard with one of these, and cut his meat with the other. There were two pockets which we could not enter:
these he called his fobs; they were two large slits cut into the top of his middle cover, but squeezed close by
the pressure of his belly. Out of the right fob hung a great silver chain, with a wonderful kind of engine at the
bottom. We directed him to draw out whatever was at the end of that chain; which appeared to be a globe,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 11
Page No 14
half silver, and half of some transparent metal; for, on the transparent side, we saw certain strange figures
circularly drawn, and though we could touch them, till we found our fingers stopped by the lucid substance.
He put this engine into our ears, which made an incessant noise, like that of a watermill: and we conjecture
it is either some unknown animal, or the god that he worships; but we are more inclined to the latter opinion,
because he assured us, (if we understood him right, for he expressed himself very imperfectly) that he seldom
did any thing without consulting it. He called it his oracle, and said, it pointed out the time for every action of
his life. From the left fob he took out a net almost large enough for a fisherman, but contrived to open and
shut like a purse, and served him for the same use: we found therein several massy pieces of yellow metal,
which, if they be real gold, must be of immense value.
"Having thus, in obedience to your majesty's commands, diligently searched all his pockets, we observed a
girdle about his waist made of the hide of some prodigious animal, from which, on the left side, hung a sword
of the length of five men; and on the right, a bag or pouch divided into two cells, each cell capable of holding
three of your majesty's subjects. In one of these cells were several globes, or balls, of a most ponderous
metal, about the bigness of our heads, and requiring a strong hand to lift them: the other cell contained a heap
of certain black grains, but of no great bulk or weight, for we could hold above fifty of them in the palms of
our hands.
"This is an exact inventory of what we found about the body of the manmountain, who used us with great
civility, and due respect to your majesty's commission. Signed and sealed on the fourth day of the
eightyninth moon of your majesty's auspicious reign.
CLEFRIN FRELOCK, MARSI FRELOCK."
When this inventory was read over to the emperor, he directed me, although in very gentle terms, to deliver
up the several particulars. He first called for my scimitar, which I took out, scabbard and all. In the mean time
he ordered three thousand of his choicest troops (who then attended him) to surround me at a distance, with
their bows and arrows just ready to discharge; but I did not observe it, for mine eyes were wholly fixed upon
his majesty. He then desired me to draw my scimitar, which, although it had got some rust by the sea water,
was, in most parts, exceeding bright. I did so, and immediately all the troops gave a shout between terror and
surprise; for the sun shone clear, and the reflection dazzled their eyes, as I waved the scimitar to and fro in
my hand. His majesty, who is a most magnanimous prince, was less daunted than I could expect: he ordered
me to return it into the scabbard, and cast it on the ground as gently as I could, about six feet from the end of
my chain. The next thing he demanded was one of the hollow iron pillars; by which he meant my pocket
pistols. I drew it out, and at his desire, as well as I could, expressed to him the use of it; and charging it only
with powder, which, by the closeness of my pouch, happened to escape wetting in the sea (an inconvenience
against which all prudent mariners take special care to provide,) I first cautioned the emperor not to be afraid,
and then I let it off in the air. The astonishment here was much greater than at the sight of my scimitar.
Hundreds fell down as if they had been struck dead; and even the emperor, although he stood his ground,
could not recover himself for some time. I delivered up both my pistols in the same manner as I had done my
scimitar, and then my pouch of powder and bullets; begging him that the former might be kept from fire, for
it would kindle with the smallest spark, and blow up his imperial palace into the air. I likewise delivered up
my watch, which the emperor was very curious to see, and commanded two of his tallest yeomen of the
guards to bear it on a pole upon their shoulders, as draymen in England do a barrel of ale. He was amazed at
the continual noise it made, and the motion of the minutehand, which he could easily discern; for their sight
is much more acute than ours: he asked the opinions of his learned men about it, which were various and
remote, as the reader may well imagine without my repeating; although indeed I could not very perfectly
understand them. I then gave up my silver and copper money, my purse, with nine large pieces of gold, and
some smaller ones; my knife and razor, my comb and silver snuffbox, my handkerchief and journalbook.
My scimitar, pistols, and pouch, were conveyed in carriages to his majesty's stores; but the rest of my goods
were returned me.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 12
Page No 15
I had as I before observed, one private pocket, which escaped their search, wherein there was a pair of
spectacles (which I sometimes use for the weakness of mine eyes,) a pocket perspective, and some other little
conveniences; which, being of no consequence to the emperor, I did not think myself bound in honour to
discover, and I apprehended they might be lost or spoiled if I ventured them out of my possession.
CHAPTER III.
[The author diverts the emperor, and his nobility of both sexes, in a very uncommon manner. The diversions
of the court of Lilliput described. The author has his liberty granted him upon certain conditions.]
My gentleness and good behaviour had gained so far on the emperor and his court, and indeed upon the army
and people in general, that I began to conceive hopes of getting my liberty in a short time. I took all possible
methods to cultivate this favourable disposition. The natives came, by degrees, to be less apprehensive of any
danger from me. I would sometimes lie down, and let five or six of them dance on my hand; and at last the
boys and girls would venture to come and play at hideandseek in my hair. I had now made a good progress
in understanding and speaking the language. The emperor had a mind one day to entertain me with several of
the country shows, wherein they exceed all nations I have known, both for dexterity and magnificence. I was
diverted with none so much as that of the ropedancers, performed upon a slender white thread, extended
about two feet, and twelve inches from the ground. Upon which I shall desire liberty, with the reader's
patience, to enlarge a little.
This diversion is only practised by those persons who are candidates for great employments, and high favour
at court. They are trained in this art from their youth, and are not always of noble birth, or liberal education.
When a great office is vacant, either by death or disgrace (which often happens,) five or six of those
candidates petition the emperor to entertain his majesty and the court with a dance on the rope; and whoever
jumps the highest, without falling, succeeds in the office. Very often the chief ministers themselves are
commanded to show their skill, and to convince the emperor that they have not lost their faculty. Flimnap, the
treasurer, is allowed to cut a caper on the straight rope, at least an inch higher than any other lord in the whole
empire. I have seen him do the summerset several times together, upon a trencher fixed on a rope which is no
thicker than a common packthread in England. My friend Reldresal, principal secretary for private affairs,
is, in my opinion, if I am not partial, the second after the treasurer; the rest of the great officers are much
upon a par.
These diversions are often attended with fatal accidents, whereof great numbers are on record. I myself have
seen two or three candidates break a limb. But the danger is much greater, when the ministers themselves are
commanded to show their dexterity; for, by contending to excel themselves and their fellows, they strain so
far that there is hardly one of them who has not received a fall, and some of them two or three. I was assured
that, a year or two before my arrival, Flimnap would infallibly have broke his neck, if one of the king's
cushions, that accidentally lay on the ground, had not weakened the force of his fall.
There is likewise another diversion, which is only shown before the emperor and empress, and first minister,
upon particular occasions. The emperor lays on the table three fine silken threads of six inches long; one is
blue, the other red, and the third green. These threads are proposed as prizes for those persons whom the
emperor has a mind to distinguish by a peculiar mark of his favour. The ceremony is performed in his
majesty's great chamber of state, where the candidates are to undergo a trial of dexterity very different from
the former, and such as I have not observed the least resemblance of in any other country of the new or old
world. The emperor holds a stick in his hands, both ends parallel to the horizon, while the candidates
advancing, one by one, sometimes leap over the stick, sometimes creep under it, backward and forward,
several times, according as the stick is advanced or depressed. Sometimes the emperor holds one end of the
stick, and his first minister the other; sometimes the minister has it entirely to himself. Whoever performs his
part with most agility, and holds out the longest in leaping and creeping, is rewarded with the bluecoloured
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 13
Page No 16
silk; the red is given to the next, and the green to the third, which they all wear girt twice round about the
middle; and you see few great persons about this court who are not adorned with one of these girdles.
The horses of the army, and those of the royal stables, having been daily led before me, were no longer shy,
but would come up to my very feet without starting. The riders would leap them over my hand, as I held it on
the ground; and one of the emperor's huntsmen, upon a large courser, took my foot, shoe and all; which was
indeed a prodigious leap. I had the good fortune to divert the emperor one day after a very extraordinary
manner. I desired he would order several sticks of two feet high, and the thickness of an ordinary cane, to be
brought me; whereupon his majesty commanded the master of his woods to give directions accordingly; and
the next morning six woodmen arrived with as many carriages, drawn by eight horses to each. I took nine of
these sticks, and fixing them firmly in the ground in a quadrangular figure, two feet and a half square, I took
four other sticks, and tied them parallel at each corner, about two feet from the ground; then I fastened my
handkerchief to the nine sticks that stood erect; and extended it on all sides, till it was tight as the top of a
drum; and the four parallel sticks, rising about five inches higher than the handkerchief, served as ledges on
each side. When I had finished my work, I desired the emperor to let a troop of his best horses twentyfour in
number, come and exercise upon this plain. His majesty approved of the proposal, and I took them up, one by
one, in my hands, ready mounted and armed, with the proper officers to exercise them. As soon as they got
into order they divided into two parties, performed mock skirmishes, discharged blunt arrows, drew their
swords, fled and pursued, attacked and retired, and in short discovered the best military discipline I ever
beheld. The parallel sticks secured them and their horses from falling over the stage; and the emperor was so
much delighted, that he ordered this entertainment to be repeated several days, and once was pleased to be
lifted up and give the word of command; and with great difficulty persuaded even the empress herself to let
me hold her in her close chair within two yards of the stage, when she was able to take a full view of the
whole performance. It was my good fortune, that no ill accident happened in these entertainments; only once
a fiery horse, that belonged to one of the captains, pawing with his hoof, struck a hole in my handkerchief,
and his foot slipping, he overthrew his rider and himself; but I immediately relieved them both, and covering
the hole with one hand, I set down the troop with the other, in the same manner as I took them up. The horse
that fell was strained in the left shoulder, but the rider got no hurt; and I repaired my handkerchief as well as I
could: however, I would not trust to the strength of it any more, in such dangerous enterprises.
About two or three days before I was set at liberty, as I was entertaining the court with this kind of feat, there
arrived an express to inform his majesty, that some of his subjects, riding near the place where I was first
taken up, had seen a great black substance lying on the around, very oddly shaped, extending its edges round,
as wide as his majesty's bedchamber, and rising up in the middle as high as a man; that it was no living
creature, as they at first apprehended, for it lay on the grass without motion; and some of them had walked
round it several times; that, by mounting upon each other's shoulders, they had got to the top, which was flat
and even, and, stamping upon it, they found that it was hollow within; that they humbly conceived it might be
something belonging to the manmountain; and if his majesty pleased, they would undertake to bring it with
only five horses. I presently knew what they meant, and was glad at heart to receive this intelligence. It
seems, upon my first reaching the shore after our shipwreck, I was in such confusion, that before I came to
the place where I went to sleep, my hat, which I had fastened with a string to my head while I was rowing,
and had stuck on all the time I was swimming, fell off after I came to land; the string, as I conjecture,
breaking by some accident, which I never observed, but thought my hat had been lost at sea. I entreated his
imperial majesty to give orders it might be brought to me as soon as possible, describing to him the use and
the nature of it: and the next day the waggoners arrived with it, but not in a very good condition; they had
bored two holes in the brim, within an inch and half of the edge, and fastened two hooks in the holes; these
hooks were tied by a long cord to the harness, and thus my hat was dragged along for above half an English
mile; but, the ground in that country being extremely smooth and level, it received less damage than I
expected.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 14
Page No 17
Two days after this adventure, the emperor, having ordered that part of his army which quarters in and about
his metropolis, to be in readiness, took a fancy of diverting himself in a very singular manner. He desired I
would stand like a Colossus, with my legs as far asunder as I conveniently could. He then commanded his
general (who was an old experienced leader, and a great patron of mine) to draw up the troops in close order,
and march them under me; the foot by twentyfour abreast, and the horse by sixteen, with drums beating,
colours flying, and pikes advanced. This body consisted of three thousand foot, and a thousand horse. His
majesty gave orders, upon pain of death, that every soldier in his march should observe the strictest decency
with regard to my person; which however could not prevent some of the younger officers from turning up
their eyes as they passed under me: and, to confess the truth, my breeches were at that time in so ill a
condition, that they afforded some opportunities for laughter and admiration.
I had sent so many memorials and petitions for my liberty, that his majesty at length mentioned the matter,
first in the cabinet, and then in a full council; where it was opposed by none, except Skyresh Bolgolam, who
was pleased, without any provocation, to be my mortal enemy. But it was carried against him by the whole
board, and confirmed by the emperor. That minister was GALBET, or admiral of the realm, very much in his
master's confidence, and a person well versed in affairs, but of a morose and sour complexion. However, he
was at length persuaded to comply; but prevailed that the articles and conditions upon which I should be set
free, and to which I must swear, should be drawn up by himself. These articles were brought to me by
Skyresh Bolgolam in person attended by two undersecretaries, and several persons of distinction. After they
were read, I was demanded to swear to the performance of them; first in the manner of my own country, and
afterwards in the method prescribed by their laws; which was, to hold my right foot in my left hand, and to
place the middle finger of my right hand on the crown of my head, and my thumb on the tip of my right ear.
But because the reader may be curious to have some idea of the style and manner of expression peculiar to
that people, as well as to know the article upon which I recovered my liberty, I have made a translation of the
whole instrument, word for word, as near as I was able, which I here offer to the public.
"Golbasto Momarem Evlame Gurdilo Shefin Mully Ully Gue, most mighty Emperor of Lilliput, delight and
terror of the universe, whose dominions extend five thousand BLUSTRUGS (about twelve miles in
circumference) to the extremities of the globe; monarch of all monarchs, taller than the sons of men; whose
feet press down to the centre, and whose head strikes against the sun; at whose nod the princes of the earth
shake their knees; pleasant as the spring, comfortable as the summer, fruitful as autumn, dreadful as winter:
his most sublime majesty proposes to the manmountain, lately arrived at our celestial dominions, the
following articles, which, by a solemn oath, he shall be obliged to perform:
"1st, The manmountain shall not depart from our dominions, without our license under our great seal.
"2d, He shall not presume to come into our metropolis, without our express order; at which time, the
inhabitants shall have two hours warning to keep within doors.
"3d, The said manmountain shall confine his walks to our principal high roads, and not offer to walk, or lie
down, in a meadow or field of corn.
"4th, As he walks the said roads, he shall take the utmost care not to trample upon the bodies of any of our
loving subjects, their horses, or carriages, nor take any of our subjects into his hands without their own
consent.
"5th, If an express requires extraordinary despatch, the manmountain shall be obliged to carry, in his pocket,
the messenger and horse a six days journey, once in every moon, and return the said messenger back (if so
required) safe to our imperial presence.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 15
Page No 18
"6th, He shall be our ally against our enemies in the island of Blefuscu, and do his utmost to destroy their
fleet, which is now preparing to invade us.
"7th, That the said manmountain shall, at his times of leisure, be aiding and assisting to our workmen, in
helping to raise certain great stones, towards covering the wall of the principal park, and other our royal
buildings.
"8th, That the said manmountain shall, in two moons' time, deliver in an exact survey of the circumference
of our dominions, by a computation of his own paces round the coast.
"Lastly, That, upon his solemn oath to observe all the above articles, the said manmountain shall have a
daily allowance of meat and drink sufficient for the support of 1724 of our subjects, with free access to our
royal person, and other marks of our favour. Given at our palace at Belfaborac, the twelfth day of the
ninetyfirst moon of our reign."
I swore and subscribed to these articles with great cheerfulness and content, although some of them were not
so honourable as I could have wished; which proceeded wholly from the malice of Skyresh Bolgolam, the
highadmiral: whereupon my chains were immediately unlocked, and I was at full liberty. The emperor
himself, in person, did me the honour to be by at the whole ceremony. I made my acknowledgements by
prostrating myself at his majesty's feet: but he commanded me to rise; and after many gracious expressions,
which, to avoid the censure of vanity, I shall not repeat, he added, "that he hoped I should prove a useful
servant, and well deserve all the favours he had already conferred upon me, or might do for the future."
The reader may please to observe, that, in the last article of the recovery of my liberty, the emperor stipulates
to allow me a quantity of meat and drink sufficient for the support of 1724 Lilliputians. Some time after,
asking a friend at court how they came to fix on that determinate number, he told me that his majesty's
mathematicians, having taken the height of my body by the help of a quadrant, and finding it to exceed theirs
in the proportion of twelve to one, they concluded from the similarity of their bodies, that mine must contain
at least 1724 of theirs, and consequently would require as much food as was necessary to support that number
of Lilliputians. By which the reader may conceive an idea of the ingenuity of that people, as well as the
prudent and exact economy of so great a prince.
CHAPTER IV.
[Mildendo, the metropolis of Lilliput, described, together with the emperor's palace. A conversation between
the author and a principal secretary, concerning the affairs of that empire. The author's offers to serve the
emperor in his wars.]
The first request I made, after I had obtained my liberty, was, that I might have license to see Mildendo, the
metropolis; which the emperor easily granted me, but with a special charge to do no hurt either to the
inhabitants or their houses. The people had notice, by proclamation, of my design to visit the town. The wall
which encompassed it is two feet and a half high, and at least eleven inches broad, so that a coach and horses
may be driven very safely round it; and it is flanked with strong towers at ten feet distance. I stepped over the
great western gate, and passed very gently, and sidling, through the two principal streets, only in my short
waistcoat, for fear of damaging the roofs and eaves of the houses with the skirts of my coat. I walked with the
utmost circumspection, to avoid treading on any stragglers who might remain in the streets, although the
orders were very strict, that all people should keep in their houses, at their own peril. The garret windows and
tops of houses were so crowded with spectators, that I thought in all my travels I had not seen a more
populous place. The city is an exact square, each side of the wall being five hundred feet long. The two great
streets, which run across and divide it into four quarters, are five feet wide. The lanes and alleys, which I
could not enter, but only view them as I passed, are from twelve to eighteen inches. The town is capable of
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 16
Page No 19
holding five hundred thousand souls: the houses are from three to five stories: the shops and markets well
provided.
The emperor's palace is in the centre of the city where the two great streets meet. It is enclosed by a wall of
two feet high, and twenty feet distance from the buildings. I had his majesty's permission to step over this
wall; and, the space being so wide between that and the palace, I could easily view it on every side. The
outward court is a square of forty feet, and includes two other courts: in the inmost are the royal apartments,
which I was very desirous to see, but found it extremely difficult; for the great gates, from one square into
another, were but eighteen inches high, and seven inches wide. Now the buildings of the outer court were at
least five feet high, and it was impossible for me to stride over them without infinite damage to the pile,
though the walls were strongly built of hewn stone, and four inches thick. At the same time the emperor had a
great desire that I should see the magnificence of his palace; but this I was not able to do till three days after,
which I spent in cutting down with my knife some of the largest trees in the royal park, about a hundred yards
distant from the city. Of these trees I made two stools, each about three feet high, and strong enough to bear
my weight. The people having received notice a second time, I went again through the city to the palace with
my two stools in my hands. When I came to the side of the outer court, I stood upon one stool, and took the
other in my hand; this I lifted over the roof, and gently set it down on the space between the first and second
court, which was eight feet wide. I then stept over the building very conveniently from one stool to the other,
and drew up the first after me with a hooked stick. By this contrivance I got into the inmost court; and, lying
down upon my side, I applied my face to the windows of the middle stories, which were left open on purpose,
and discovered the most splendid apartments that can be imagined. There I saw the empress and the young
princes, in their several lodgings, with their chief attendants about them. Her imperial majesty was pleased to
smile very graciously upon me, and gave me out of the window her hand to kiss.
But I shall not anticipate the reader with further descriptions of this kind, because I reserve them for a greater
work, which is now almost ready for the press; containing a general description of this empire, from its first
erection, through along series of princes; with a particular account of their wars and politics, laws, learning,
and religion; their plants and animals; their peculiar manners and customs, with other matters very curious
and useful; my chief design at present being only to relate such events and transactions as happened to the
public or to myself during a residence of about nine months in that empire.
One morning, about a fortnight after I had obtained my liberty, Reldresal, principal secretary (as they style
him) for private affairs, came to my house attended only by one servant. He ordered his coach to wait at a
distance, and desired I would give him an hours audience; which I readily consented to, on account of his
quality and personal merits, as well as of the many good offices he had done me during my solicitations at
court. I offered to lie down that he might the more conveniently reach my ear, but he chose rather to let me
hold him in my hand during our conversation. He began with compliments on my liberty; said "he might
pretend to some merit in it;" but, however, added, "that if it had not been for the present situation of things at
court, perhaps I might not have obtained it so soon. For," said he, "as flourishing a condition as we may
appear to be in to foreigners, we labour under two mighty evils: a violent faction at home, and the danger of
an invasion, by a most potent enemy, from abroad. As to the first, you are to understand, that for about
seventy moons past there have been two struggling parties in this empire, under the names of
TRAMECKSAN and SLAMECKSAN, from the high and low heels of their shoes, by which they distinguish
themselves. It is alleged, indeed, that the high heels are most agreeable to our ancient constitution; but,
however this be, his majesty has determined to make use only of low heels in the administration of the
government, and all offices in the gift of the crown, as you cannot but observe; and particularly that his
majesty's imperial heels are lower at least by a DRURR than any of his court (DRURR is a measure about the
fourteenth part of an inch). The animosities between these two parties run so high, that they will neither eat,
nor drink, nor talk with each other. We compute the TRAMECKSAN, or high heels, to exceed us in number;
but the power is wholly on our side. We apprehend his imperial highness, the heir to the crown, to have some
tendency towards the high heels; at least we can plainly discover that one of his heels is higher than the other,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 17
Page No 20
which gives him a hobble in his gait. Now, in the midst of these intestine disquiets, we are threatened with an
invasion from the island of Blefuscu, which is the other great empire of the universe, almost as large and
powerful as this of his majesty. For as to what we have heard you affirm, that there are other kingdoms and
states in the world inhabited by human creatures as large as yourself, our philosophers are in much doubt, and
would rather conjecture that you dropped from the moon, or one of the stars; because it is certain, that a
hundred mortals of your bulk would in a short time destroy all the fruits and cattle of his majesty's
dominions: besides, our histories of six thousand moons make no mention of any other regions than the two
great empires of Lilliput and Blefuscu. Which two mighty powers have, as I was going to tell you, been
engaged in a most obstinate war for sixandthirty moons past. It began upon the following occasion. It is
allowed on all hands, that the primitive way of breaking eggs, before we eat them, was upon the larger end;
but his present majesty's grandfather, while he was a boy, going to eat an egg, and breaking it according to
the ancient practice, happened to cut one of his fingers. Whereupon the emperor his father published an edict,
commanding all his subjects, upon great penalties, to break the smaller end of their eggs. The people so
highly resented this law, that our histories tell us, there have been six rebellions raised on that account;
wherein one emperor lost his life, and another his crown. These civil commotions were constantly fomented
by the monarchs of Blefuscu; and when they were quelled, the exiles always fled for refuge to that empire. It
is computed that eleven thousand persons have at several times suffered death, rather than submit to break
their eggs at the smaller end. Many hundred large volumes have been published upon this controversy: but
the books of the Bigendians have been long forbidden, and the whole party rendered incapable by law of
holding employments. During the course of these troubles, the emperors of Blefusca did frequently
expostulate by their ambassadors, accusing us of making a schism in religion, by offending against a
fundamental doctrine of our great prophet Lustrog, in the fiftyfourth chapter of the Blundecral (which is
their Alcoran). This, however, is thought to be a mere strain upon the text; for the words are these: 'that all
true believers break their eggs at the convenient end.'
And which is the convenient end, seems, in my humble opinion to be left to every man's conscience, or at
least in the power of the chief magistrate to determine. Now, the Bigendian exiles have found so much
credit in the emperor of Blefuscu's court, and so much private assistance and encouragement from their party
here at home, that a bloody war has been carried on between the two empires for sixandthirty moons, with
various success; during which time we have lost forty capital ships, and a much a greater number of smaller
vessels, together with thirty thousand of our best seamen and soldiers; and the damage received by the enemy
is reckoned to be somewhat greater than ours. However, they have now equipped a numerous fleet, and are
just preparing to make a descent upon us; and his imperial majesty, placing great confidence in your valour
and strength, has commanded me to lay this account of his affairs before you."
I desired the secretary to present my humble duty to the emperor; and to let him know, "that I thought it
would not become me, who was a foreigner, to interfere with parties; but I was ready, with the hazard of my
life, to defend his person and state against all invaders."
CHAPTER V.
[The author, by an extraordinary stratagem, prevents an invasion. A high title of honour is conferred upon
him. Ambassadors arrive from the emperor of Blefuscu, and sue for peace. The empress's apartment on fire
by an accident; the author instrumental in saving the rest of the palace.]
The empire of Blefuscu is an island situated to the northeast of Lilliput, from which it is parted only by a
channel of eight hundred yards wide. I had not yet seen it, and upon this notice of an intended invasion, I
avoided appearing on that side of the coast, for fear of being discovered, by some of the enemy's ships, who
had received no intelligence of me; all intercourse between the two empires having been strictly forbidden
during the war, upon pain of death, and an embargo laid by our emperor upon all vessels whatsoever. I
communicated to his majesty a project I had formed of seizing the enemy's whole fleet; which, as our scouts
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 18
Page No 21
assured us, lay at anchor in the harbour, ready to sail with the first fair wind. I consulted the most experienced
seamen upon the depth of the channel, which they had often plumbed; who told me, that in the middle, at
highwater, it was seventy GLUMGLUFFS deep, which is about six feet of European measure; and the rest
of it fifty GLUMGLUFFS at most. I walked towards the northeast coast, over against Blefuscu, where, lying
down behind a hillock, I took out my small perspective glass, and viewed the enemy's fleet at anchor,
consisting of about fifty men of war, and a great number of transports: I then came back to my house, and
gave orders (for which I had a warrant) for a great quantity of the strongest cable and bars of iron. The cable
was about as thick as packthread and the bars of the length and size of a knittingneedle. I trebled the cable to
make it stronger, and for the same reason I twisted three of the iron bars together, bending the extremities into
a hook. Having thus fixed fifty hooks to as many cables, I went back to the northeast coast, and putting off
my coat, shoes, and stockings, walked into the sea, in my leathern jerkin, about half an hour before high
water. I waded with what haste I could, and swam in the middle about thirty yards, till I felt ground. I arrived
at the fleet in less than half an hour. The enemy was so frightened when they saw me, that they leaped out of
their ships, and swam to shore, where there could not be fewer than thirty thousand souls. I then took my
tackling, and, fastening a hook to the hole at the prow of each, I tied all the cords together at the end. While I
was thus employed, the enemy discharged several thousand arrows, many of which stuck in my hands and
face, and, beside the excessive smart, gave me much disturbance in my work. My greatest apprehension was
for mine eyes, which I should have infallibly lost, if I had not suddenly thought of an expedient. I kept,
among other little necessaries, a pair of spectacles in a private pocket, which, as I observed before, had
escaped the emperor's searchers. These I took out and fastened as strongly as I could upon my nose, and thus
armed, went on boldly with my work, in spite of the enemy's arrows, many of which struck against the
glasses of my spectacles, but without any other effect, further than a little to discompose them. I had now
fastened all the hooks, and, taking the knot in my hand, began to pull; but not a ship would stir, for they were
all too fast held by their anchors, so that the boldest part of my enterprise remained. I therefore let go the
cord, and leaving the looks fixed to the ships, I resolutely cut with my knife the cables that fastened the
anchors, receiving about two hundred shots in my face and hands; then I took up the knotted end of the
cables, to which my hooks were tied, and with great ease drew fifty of the enemy's largest men of war after
me.
The Blefuscudians, who had not the least imagination of what I intended, were at first confounded with
astonishment. They had seen me cut the cables, and thought my design was only to let the ships run adrift or
fall foul on each other: but when they perceived the whole fleet moving in order, and saw me pulling at the
end, they set up such a scream of grief and despair as it is almost impossible to describe or conceive. When I
had got out of danger, I stopped awhile to pick out the arrows that stuck in my hands and face; and rubbed on
some of the same ointment that was given me at my first arrival, as I have formerly mentioned. I then took off
my spectacles, and waiting about an hour, till the tide was a little fallen, I waded through the middle with my
cargo, and arrived safe at the royal port of Lilliput.
The emperor and his whole court stood on the shore, expecting the issue of this great adventure. They saw the
ships move forward in a large halfmoon, but could not discern me, who was up to my breast in water. When
I advanced to the middle of the channel, they were yet more in pain, because I was under water to my neck.
The emperor concluded me to be drowned, and that the enemy's fleet was approaching in a hostile manner:
but he was soon eased of his fears; for the channel growing shallower every step I made, I came in a short
time within hearing, and holding up the end of the cable, by which the fleet was fastened, I cried in a loud
voice, "Long live the most puissant king of Lilliput!" This great prince received me at my landing with all
possible encomiums, and created me a NARDAC upon the spot, which is the highest title of honour among
them.
His majesty desired I would take some other opportunity of bringing all the rest of his enemy's ships into his
ports. And so unmeasureable is the ambition of princes, that he seemed to think of nothing less than reducing
the whole empire of Blefuscu into a province, and governing it, by a viceroy; of destroying the Bigendian
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 19
Page No 22
exiles, and compelling that people to break the smaller end of their eggs, by which he would remain the sole
monarch of the whole world. But I endeavoured to divert him from this design, by many arguments drawn
from the topics of policy as well as justice; and I plainly protested, "that I would never be an instrument of
bringing a free and brave people into slavery." And, when the matter was debated in council, the wisest part
of the ministry were of my opinion.
This open bold declaration of mine was so opposite to the schemes and politics of his imperial majesty, that
he could never forgive me. He mentioned it in a very artful manner at council, where I was told that some of
the wisest appeared, at least by their silence, to be of my opinion; but others, who were my secret enemies,
could not forbear some expressions which, by a sidewind, reflected on me. And from this time began an
intrigue between his majesty and a junto of ministers, maliciously bent against me, which broke out in less
than two months, and had like to have ended in my utter destruction. Of so little weight are the greatest
services to princes, when put into the balance with a refusal to gratify their passions.
About three weeks after this exploit, there arrived a solemn embassy from Blefuscu, with humble offers of a
peace, which was soon concluded, upon conditions very advantageous to our emperor, wherewith I shall not
trouble the reader. There were six ambassadors, with a train of about five hundred persons, and their entry
was very magnificent, suitable to the grandeur of their master, and the importance of their business. When
their treaty was finished, wherein I did them several good offices by the credit I now had, or at least appeared
to have, at court, their excellencies, who were privately told how much I had been their friend, made me a
visit in form. They began with many compliments upon my valour and generosity, invited me to that
kingdom in the emperor their master's name, and desired me to show them some proofs of my prodigious
strength, of which they had heard so many wonders; wherein I readily obliged them, but shall not trouble the
reader with the particulars.
When I had for some time entertained their excellencies, to their infinite satisfaction and surprise, I desired
they would do me the honour to present my most humble respects to the emperor their master, the renown of
whose virtues had so justly filled the whole world with admiration, and whose royal person I resolved to
attend, before I returned to my own country. Accordingly, the next time I had the honour to see our emperor,
I desired his general license to wait on the Blefuscudian monarch, which he was pleased to grant me, as I
could perceive, in a very cold manner; but could not guess the reason, till I had a whisper from a certain
person, "that Flimnap and Bolgolam had represented my intercourse with those ambassadors as a mark of
disaffection;" from which I am sure my heart was wholly free. And this was the first time I began to conceive
some imperfect idea of courts and ministers.
It is to be observed, that these ambassadors spoke to me, by an interpreter, the languages of both empires
differing as much from each other as any two in Europe, and each nation priding itself upon the antiquity,
beauty, and energy of their own tongue, with an avowed contempt for that of their neighbour; yet our
emperor, standing upon the advantage he had got by the seizure of their fleet, obliged them to deliver their
credentials, and make their speech, in the Lilliputian tongue. And it must be confessed, that from the great
intercourse of trade and commerce between both realms, from the continual reception of exiles which is
mutual among them, and from the custom, in each empire, to send their young nobility and richer gentry to
the other, in order to polish themselves by seeing the world, and understanding men and manners; there are
few persons of distinction, or merchants, or seamen, who dwell in the maritime parts, but what can hold
conversation in both tongues; as I found some weeks after, when I went to pay my respects to the emperor of
Blefuscu, which, in the midst of great misfortunes, through the malice of my enemies, proved a very happy
adventure to me, as I shall relate in its proper place.
The reader may remember, that when I signed those articles upon which I recovered my liberty, there were
some which I disliked, upon account of their being too servile; neither could anything but an extreme
necessity have forced me to submit. But being now a NARDAC of the highest rank in that empire, such
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 20
Page No 23
offices were looked upon as below my dignity, and the emperor (to do him justice), never once mentioned
them to me. However, it was not long before I had an opportunity of doing his majesty, at least as I then
thought, a most signal service. I was alarmed at midnight with the cries of many hundred people at my door;
by which, being suddenly awaked, I was in some kind of terror. I heard the word BURGLUM repeated
incessantly: several of the emperor's court, making their way through the crowd, entreated me to come
immediately to the palace, where her imperial majesty's apartment was on fire, by the carelessness of a maid
of honour, who fell asleep while she was reading a romance. I got up in an instant; and orders being given to
clear the way before me, and it being likewise a moonshine night, I made a shift to get to the palace without
trampling on any of the people. I found they had already applied ladders to the walls of the apartment, and
were well provided with buckets, but the water was at some distance. These buckets were about the size of
large thimbles, and the poor people supplied me with them as fast as they could: but the flame was so violent
that they did little good. I might easily have stifled it with my coat, which I unfortunately left behind me for
haste, and came away only in my leathern jerkin. The case seemed wholly desperate and deplorable; and this
magnificent palace would have infallibly been burnt down to the ground, if, by a presence of mind unusual to
me, I had not suddenly thought of an expedient. I had, the evening before, drunk plentifully of a most
delicious wine called GLIMIGRIM, (the Blefuscudians call it FLUNEC, but ours is esteemed the better sort,)
which is very diuretic. By the luckiest chance in the world, I had not discharged myself of any part of it. The
heat I had contracted by coming very near the flames, and by labouring to quench them, made the wine begin
to operate by urine; which I voided in such a quantity, and applied so well to the proper places, that in three
minutes the fire was wholly extinguished, and the rest of that noble pile, which had cost so many ages in
erecting, preserved from destruction.
It was now daylight, and I returned to my house without waiting to congratulate with the emperor: because,
although I had done a very eminent piece of service, yet I could not tell how his majesty might resent the
manner by which I had performed it: for, by the fundamental laws of the realm, it is capital in any person, of
what quality soever, to make water within the precincts of the palace. But I was a little comforted by a
message from his majesty, "that he would give orders to the grand justiciary for passing my pardon in form:"
which, however, I could not obtain; and I was privately assured, "that the empress, conceiving the greatest
abhorrence of what I had done, removed to the most distant side of the court, firmly resolved that those
buildings should never be repaired for her use: and, in the presence of her chief confidents could not forbear
vowing revenge."
CHAPTER VI.
[Of the inhabitants of Lilliput; their learning, laws, and customs; the manner of educating their children. The
author's way of living in that country. His vindication of a great lady.]
Although I intend to leave the description of this empire to a particular treatise, yet, in the mean time, I am
content to gratify the curious reader with some general ideas. As the common size of the natives is somewhat
under six inches high, so there is an exact proportion in all other animals, as well as plants and trees: for
instance, the tallest horses and oxen are between four and five inches in height, the sheep an inch and half,
more or less: their geese about the bigness of a sparrow, and so the several gradations downwards till you
come to the smallest, which to my sight, were almost invisible; but nature has adapted the eyes of the
Lilliputians to all objects proper for their view: they see with great exactness, but at no great distance. And, to
show the sharpness of their sight towards objects that are near, I have been much pleased with observing a
cook pulling a lark, which was not so large as a common fly; and a young girl threading an invisible needle
with invisible silk. Their tallest trees are about seven feet high: I mean some of those in the great royal park,
the tops whereof I could but just reach with my fist clenched. The other vegetables are in the same
proportion; but this I leave to the reader's imagination.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 21
Page No 24
I shall say but little at present of their learning, which, for many ages, has flourished in all its branches among
them: but their manner of writing is very peculiar, being neither from the left to the right, like the Europeans,
nor from the right to the left, like the Arabians, nor from up to down, like the Chinese, but aslant, from one
corner of the paper to the other, like ladies in England.
They bury their dead with their heads directly downward, because they hold an opinion, that in eleven
thousand moons they are all to rise again; in which period the earth (which they conceive to be flat) will turn
upside down, and by this means they shall, at their resurrection, be found ready standing on their feet. The
learned among them confess the absurdity of this doctrine; but the practice still continues, in compliance to
the vulgar.
There are some laws and customs in this empire very peculiar; and if they were not so directly contrary to
those of my own dear country, I should be tempted to say a little in their justification. It is only to be wished
they were as well executed. The first I shall mention, relates to informers. All crimes against the state, are
punished here with the utmost severity; but, if the person accused makes his innocence plainly to appear upon
his trial, the accuser is immediately put to an ignominious death; and out of his goods or lands the innocent
person is quadruply recompensed for the loss of his time, for the danger he underwent, for the hardship of his
imprisonment, and for all the charges he has been at in making his defence; or, if that fund be deficient, it is
largely supplied by the crown. The emperor also confers on him some public mark of his favour, and
proclamation is made of his innocence through the whole city.
They look upon fraud as a greater crime than theft, and therefore seldom fail to punish it with death; for they
allege, that care and vigilance, with a very common understanding, may preserve a man's goods from thieves,
but honesty has no defence against superior cunning; and, since it is necessary that there should be a
perpetual intercourse of buying and selling, and dealing upon credit, where fraud is permitted and connived
at, or has no law to punish it, the honest dealer is always undone, and the knave gets the advantage. I
remember, when I was once interceding with the emperor for a criminal who had wronged his master of a
great sum of money, which he had received by order and ran away with; and happening to tell his majesty, by
way of extenuation, that it was only a breach of trust, the emperor thought it monstrous in me to offer as a
defence the greatest aggravation of the crime; and truly I had little to say in return, farther than the common
answer, that different nations had different customs; for, I confess, I was heartily ashamed. (2)
Although we usually call reward and punishment the two hinges upon which all government turns, yet I could
never observe this maxim to be put in practice by any nation except that of Lilliput. Whoever can there bring
sufficient proof, that he has strictly observed the laws of his country for seventythree moons, has a claim to
certain privileges, according to his quality or condition of life, with a proportionable sum of money out of a
fund appropriated for that use: he likewise acquires the title of SNILPALL, or legal, which is added to his
name, but does not descend to his posterity. And these people thought it a prodigious defect of policy among
us, when I told them that our laws were enforced only by penalties, without any mention of reward. It is upon
this account that the image of Justice, in their courts of judicature, is formed with six eyes, two before, as
many behind, and on each side one, to signify circumspection; with a bag of gold open in her right hand, and
a sword sheathed in her left, to show she is more disposed to reward than to punish.
In choosing persons for all employments, they have more regard to good morals than to great abilities; for,
since government is necessary to mankind, they believe, that the common size of human understanding is
fitted to some station or other; and that Providence never intended to make the management of public affairs
a mystery to be comprehended only by a few persons of sublime genius, of which there seldom are three born
in an age: but they suppose truth, justice, temperance, and the like, to be in every man's power; the practice of
which virtues, assisted by experience and a good intention, would qualify any man for the service of his
country, except where a course of study is required. But they thought the want of moral virtues was so far
from being supplied by superior endowments of the mind, that employments could never be put into such
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 22
Page No 25
dangerous hands as those of persons so qualified; and, at least, that the mistakes committed by ignorance, in a
virtuous disposition, would never be of such fatal consequence to the public weal, as the practices of a man,
whose inclinations led him to be corrupt, and who had great abilities to manage, to multiply, and defend his
corruptions.
In like manner, the disbelief of a Divine Providence renders a man incapable of holding any public station;
for, since kings avow themselves to be the deputies of Providence, the Lilliputians think nothing can be more
absurd than for a prince to employ such men as disown the authority under which he acts.
In relating these and the following laws, I would only be understood to mean the original institutions, and not
the most scandalous corruptions, into which these people are fallen by the degenerate nature of man. For, as
to that infamous practice of acquiring great employments by dancing on the ropes, or badges of favour and
distinction by leaping over sticks and creeping under them, the reader is to observe, that they were first
introduced by the grandfather of the emperor now reigning, and grew to the present height by the gradual
increase of party and faction.
Ingratitude is among them a capital crime, as we read it to have been in some other countries: for they reason
thus; that whoever makes ill returns to his benefactor, must needs be a common enemy to the rest of mankind,
from whom he has received no obligation, and therefore such a man is not fit to live.
Their notions relating to the duties of parents and children differ extremely from ours. For, since the
conjunction of male and female is founded upon the great law of nature, in order to propagate and continue
the species, the Lilliputians will needs have it, that men and women are joined together, like other animals, by
the motives of concupiscence; and that their tenderness towards their young proceeds from the like natural
principle: for which reason they will never allow that a child is under any obligation to his father for
begetting him, or to his mother for bringing him into the world; which, considering the miseries of human
life, was neither a benefit in itself, nor intended so by his parents, whose thoughts, in their love encounters,
were otherwise employed. Upon these, and the like reasonings, their opinion is, that parents are the last of all
others to be trusted with the education of their own children; and therefore they have in every town public
nurseries, where all parents, except cottagers and labourers, are obliged to send their infants of both sexes to
be reared and educated, when they come to the age of twenty moons, at which time they are supposed to have
some rudiments of docility. These schools are of several kinds, suited to different qualities, and both sexes.
They have certain professors well skilled in preparing children for such a condition of life as befits the rank
of their parents, and their own capacities, as well as inclinations. I shall first say something of the male
nurseries, and then of the female.
The nurseries for males of noble or eminent birth, are provided with grave and learned professors, and their
several deputies. The clothes and food of the children are plain and simple. They are bred up in the principles
of honour, justice, courage, modesty, clemency, religion, and love of their country; they are always employed
in some business, except in the times of eating and sleeping, which are very short, and two hours for
diversions consisting of bodily exercises. They are dressed by men till four years of age, and then are obliged
to dress themselves, although their quality be ever so great; and the women attendant, who are aged
proportionably to ours at fifty, perform only the most menial offices. They are never suffered to converse
with servants, but go together in smaller or greater numbers to take their diversions, and always in the
presence of a professor, or one of his deputies; whereby they avoid those early bad impressions of folly and
vice, to which our children are subject.
Their parents are suffered to see them only twice a year; the visit is to last but an hour; they are allowed to
kiss the child at meeting and parting; but a professor, who always stands by on those occasions, will not
suffer them to whisper, or use any fondling expressions, or bring any presents of toys, sweetmeats, and the
like.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 23
Page No 26
The pension from each family for the education and entertainment of a child, upon failure of due payment, is
levied by the emperor's officers.
The nurseries for children of ordinary gentlemen, merchants, traders, and handicrafts, are managed
proportionably after the same manner; only those designed for trades are put out apprentices at eleven years
old, whereas those of persons of quality continue in their exercises till fifteen, which answers to twentyone
with us: but the confinement is gradually lessened for the last three years.
In the female nurseries, the young girls of quality are educated much like the males, only they are dressed by
orderly servants of their own sex; but always in the presence of a professor or deputy, till they come to dress
themselves, which is at five years old. And if it be found that these nurses ever presume to entertain the girls
with frightful or foolish stories, or the common follies practised by chambermaids among us, they are
publicly whipped thrice about the city, imprisoned for a year, and banished for life to the most desolate part
of the country. Thus the young ladies are as much ashamed of being cowards and fools as the men, and
despise all personal ornaments, beyond decency and cleanliness: neither did I perceive any difference in their
education made by their difference of sex, only that the exercises of the females were not altogether so
robust; and that some rules were given them relating to domestic life, and a smaller compass of learning was
enjoined them: for their maxim is, that among peoples of quality, a wife should be always a reasonable and
agreeable companion, because she cannot always be young. When the girls are twelve years old, which
among them is the marriageable age, their parents or guardians take them home, with great expressions of
gratitude to the professors, and seldom without tears of the young lady and her companions.
In the nurseries of females of the meaner sort, the children are instructed in all kinds of works proper for their
sex, and their several degrees: those intended for apprentices are dismissed at seven years old, the rest are
kept to eleven.
The meaner families who have children at these nurseries, are obliged, besides their annual pension, which is
as low as possible, to return to the steward of the nursery a small monthly share of their gettings, to be a
portion for the child; and therefore all parents are limited in their expenses by the law. For the Lilliputians
think nothing can be more unjust, than for people, in subservience to their own appetites, to bring children
into the world, and leave the burthen of supporting them on the public. As to persons of quality, they give
security to appropriate a certain sum for each child, suitable to their condition; and these funds are always
managed with good husbandry and the most exact justice.
The cottagers and labourers keep their children at home, their business being only to till and cultivate the
earth, and therefore their education is of little consequence to the public:
but the old and diseased among them, are supported by hospitals; for begging is a trade unknown in this
empire.
And here it may, perhaps, divert the curious reader, to give some account of my domestics, and my manner of
living in this country, during a residence of nine months, and thirteen days. Having a head mechanically
turned, and being likewise forced by necessity, I had made for myself a table and chair convenient enough,
out of the largest trees in the royal park. Two hundred sempstresses were employed to make me shirts, and
linen for my bed and table, all of the strongest and coarsest kind they could get; which, however, they were
forced to quilt together in several folds, for the thickest was some degrees finer than lawn. Their linen is
usually three inches wide, and three feet make a piece. The sempstresses took my measure as I lay on the
ground, one standing at my neck, and another at my midleg, with a strong cord extended, that each held by
the end, while a third measured the length of the cord with a rule of an inch long. Then they measured my
right thumb, and desired no more; for by a mathematical computation, that twice round the thumb is once
round the wrist, and so on to the neck and the waist, and by the help of my old shirt, which I displayed on the
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 24
Page No 27
ground before them for a pattern, they fitted me exactly. Three hundred tailors were employed in the same
manner to make me clothes; but they had another contrivance for taking my measure. I kneeled down, and
they raised a ladder from the ground to my neck; upon this ladder one of them mounted, and let fall a
plumbline from my collar to the floor, which just answered the length of my coat: but my waist and arms I
measured myself. When my clothes were finished, which was done in my house (for the largest of theirs
would not have been able to hold them), they looked like the patchwork made by the ladies in England, only
that mine were all of a colour.
I had three hundred cooks to dress my victuals, in little convenient huts built about my house, where they and
their families lived, and prepared me two dishes apiece. I took up twenty waiters in my hand, and placed
them on the table: a hundred more attended below on the ground, some with dishes of meat, and some with
barrels of wine and other liquors slung on their shoulders; all which the waiters above drew up, as I wanted,
in a very ingenious manner, by certain cords, as we draw the bucket up a well in Europe. A dish of their meat
was a good mouthful, and a barrel of their liquor a reasonable draught. Their mutton yields to ours, but their
beef is excellent. I have had a sirloin so large, that I have been forced to make three bites of it; but this is rare.
My servants were astonished to see me eat it, bones and all, as in our country we do the leg of a lark. Their
geese and turkeys I usually ate at a mouthful, and I confess they far exceed ours. Of their smaller fowl I could
take up twenty or thirty at the end of my knife.
One day his imperial majesty, being informed of my way of living, desired "that himself and his royal
consort, with the young princes of the blood of both sexes, might have the happiness," as he was pleased to
call it, "of dining with me." They came accordingly, and I placed them in chairs of state, upon my table, just
over against me, with their guards about them. Flimnap, the lord high treasurer, attended there likewise with
his white staff; and I observed he often looked on me with a sour countenance, which I would not seem to
regard, but ate more than usual, in honour to my dear country, as well as to fill the court with admiration. I
have some private reasons to believe, that this visit from his majesty gave Flimnap an opportunity of doing
me ill offices to his master. That minister had always been my secret enemy, though he outwardly caressed
me more than was usual to the moroseness of his nature. He represented to the emperor "the low condition of
his treasury; that he was forced to take up money at a great discount; that exchequer bills would not circulate
under nine per cent. below par; that I had cost his majesty above a million and a half of SPRUGS" (their
greatest gold coin, about the bigness of a spangle) "and, upon the whole, that it would be advisable in the
emperor to take the first fair occasion of dismissing me."
I am here obliged to vindicate the reputation of an excellent lady, who was an innocent sufferer upon my
account. The treasurer took a fancy to be jealous of his wife, from the malice of some evil tongues, who
informed him that her grace had taken a violent affection for my person; and the court scandal ran for some
time, that she once came privately to my lodging. This I solemnly declare to be a most infamous falsehood,
without any grounds, further than that her grace was pleased to treat me with all innocent marks of freedom
and friendship. I own she came often to my house, but always publicly, nor ever without three more in the
coach, who were usually her sister and young daughter, and some particular acquaintance; but this was
common to many other ladies of the court. And I still appeal to my servants round, whether they at any time
saw a coach at my door, without knowing what persons were in it. On those occasions, when a servant had
given me notice, my custom was to go immediately to the door, and, after paying my respects, to take up the
coach and two horses very carefully in my hands (for, if there were six horses, the postillion always
unharnessed four,) and place them on a table, where I had fixed a movable rim quite round, of five inches
high, to prevent accidents. And I have often had four coaches and horses at once on my table, full of
company, while I sat in my chair, leaning my face towards them; and when I was engaged with one set, the
coachmen would gently drive the others round my table. I have passed many an afternoon very agreeably in
these conversations. But I defy the treasurer, or his two informers (I will name them, and let them make the
best of it) Clustril and Drunlo, to prove that any person ever came to me INCOGNITO, except the secretary
Reldresal, who was sent by express command of his imperial majesty, as I have before related. I should not
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 25
Page No 28
have dwelt so long upon this particular, if it had not been a point wherein the reputation of a great lady is so
nearly concerned, to say nothing of my own; though I then had the honour to be a NARDAC, which the
treasurer himself is not; for all the world knows, that he is only a GLUMGLUM, a title inferior by one
degree, as that of a marquis is to a duke in England; yet I allow he preceded me in right of his post. These
false informations, which I afterwards came to the knowledge of by an accident not proper to mention, made
the treasurer show his lady for some time an ill countenance, and me a worse; and although he was at last
undeceived and reconciled to her, yet I lost all credit with him, and found my interest decline very fast with
the emperor himself, who was, indeed, too much governed by that favourite.
CHAPTER VII.
[The author, being informed of a design to accuse him of hightreason, makes his escape to Blefuscu. His
reception there.]
Before I proceed to give an account of my leaving this kingdom, it may be proper to inform the reader of a
private intrigue which had been for two months forming against me.
I had been hitherto, all my life, a stranger to courts, for which I was unqualified by the meanness of my
condition. I had indeed heard and read enough of the dispositions of great princes and ministers, but never
expected to have found such terrible effects of them, in so remote a country, governed, as I thought, by very
different maxims from those in Europe.
When I was just preparing to pay my attendance on the emperor of Blefuscu, a considerable person at court
(to whom I had been very serviceable, at a time when he lay under the highest displeasure of his imperial
majesty) came to my house very privately at night, in a close chair, and, without sending his name, desired
admittance. The chairmen were dismissed; I put the chair, with his lordship in it, into my coatpocket: and,
giving orders to a trusty servant, to say I was indisposed and gone to sleep, I fastened the door of my house,
placed the chair on the table, according to my usual custom, and sat down by it. After the common salutations
were over, observing his lordship's countenance full of concern, and inquiring into the reason, he desired "I
would hear him with patience, in a matter that highly concerned my honour and my life." His speech was to
the following effect, for I took notes of it as soon as he left me:
"You are to know," said he, "that several committees of council have been lately called, in the most private
manner, on your account; and it is but two days since his majesty came to a full resolution.
"You are very sensible that Skyresh Bolgolam" (GALBET, or highadmiral) "has been your mortal enemy,
almost ever since your arrival. His original reasons I know not; but his hatred is increased since your great
success against Blefuscu, by which his glory as admiral is much obscured. This lord, in conjunction with
Flimnap the hightreasurer, whose enmity against you is notorious on account of his lady, Limtoc the
general, Lalcon the chamberlain, and Balmuff the grand justiciary, have prepared articles of impeachment
against you, for treason and other capital crimes."
This preface made me so impatient, being conscious of my own merits and innocence, that I was going to
interrupt him; when he entreated me to be silent, and thus proceeded:
"Out of gratitude for the favours you have done me, I procured information of the whole proceedings, and a
copy of the articles; wherein I venture my head for your service.
"'Articles of Impeachment against QUINBUS FLESTRIN, (the ManMountain.)
ARTICLE I.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 26
Page No 29
"'Whereas, by a statute made in the reign of his imperial majesty Calin Deffar Plune, it is enacted, that,
whoever shall make water within the precincts of the royal palace, shall be liable to the pains and penalties of
hightreason; notwithstanding, the said Quinbus Flestrin, in open breach of the said law, under colour of
extinguishing the fire kindled in the apartment of his majesty's most dear imperial consort, did maliciously,
traitorously, and devilishly, by discharge of his urine, put out the said fire kindled in the said apartment, lying
and being within the precincts of the said royal palace, against the statute in that case provided, etc. against
the duty, etc.
ARTICLE II.
"'That the said Quinbus Flestrin, having brought the imperial fleet of Blefuscu into the royal port, and being
afterwards commanded by his imperial majesty to seize all the other ships of the said empire of Blefuscu, and
reduce that empire to a province, to be governed by a viceroy from hence, and to destroy and put to death, not
only all the Bigendian exiles, but likewise all the people of that empire who would not immediately forsake
the Bigendian heresy, he, the said Flestrin, like a false traitor against his most auspicious, serene, imperial
majesty, did petition to be excused from the said service, upon pretence of unwillingness to force the
consciences, or destroy the liberties and lives of an innocent people.
ARTICLE III.
"'That, whereas certain ambassadors arrived from the Court of Blefuscu, to sue for peace in his majesty's
court, he, the said Flestrin, did, like a false traitor, aid, abet, comfort, and divert, the said ambassadors,
although he knew them to be servants to a prince who was lately an open enemy to his imperial majesty, and
in an open war against his said majesty.
ARTICLE IV.
"'That the said Quinbus Flestrin, contrary to the duty of a faithful subject, is now preparing to make a voyage
to the court and empire of Blefuscu, for which he has received only verbal license from his imperial majesty;
and, under colour of the said license, does falsely and traitorously intend to take the said voyage, and thereby
to aid, comfort, and abet the emperor of Blefuscu, so lately an enemy, and in open war with his imperial
majesty aforesaid.'
"There are some other articles; but these are the most important, of which I have read you an abstract.
"In the several debates upon this impeachment, it must be confessed that his majesty gave many marks of his
great lenity; often urging the services you had done him, and endeavouring to extenuate your crimes. The
treasurer and admiral insisted that you should be put to the most painful and ignominious death, by setting
fire to your house at night, and the general was to attend with twenty thousand men, armed with poisoned
arrows, to shoot you on the face and hands. Some of your servants were to have private orders to strew a
poisonous juice on your shirts and sheets, which would soon make you tear your own flesh, and die in the
utmost torture. The general came into the same opinion; so that for a long time there was a majority against
you; but his majesty resolving, if possible, to spare your life, at last brought off the chamberlain.
"Upon this incident, Reldresal, principal secretary for private affairs, who always approved himself your true
friend, was commanded by the emperor to deliver his opinion, which he accordingly did; and therein justified
the good thoughts you have of him. He allowed your crimes to be great, but that still there was room for
mercy, the most commendable virtue in a prince, and for which his majesty was so justly celebrated. He said,
the friendship between you and him was so well known to the world, that perhaps the most honourable board
might think him partial; however, in obedience to the command he had received, he would freely offer his
sentiments. That if his majesty, in consideration of your services, and pursuant to his own merciful
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 27
Page No 30
disposition, would please to spare your life, and only give orders to put out both your eyes, he humbly
conceived, that by this expedient justice might in some measure be satisfied, and all the world would applaud
the lenity of the emperor, as well as the fair and generous proceedings of those who have the honour to be his
counsellors. That the loss of your eyes would be no impediment to your bodily strength, by which you might
still be useful to his majesty; that blindness is an addition to courage, by concealing dangers from us; that the
fear you had for your eyes, was the greatest difficulty in bringing over the enemy's fleet, and it would be
sufficient for you to see by the eyes of the ministers, since the greatest princes do no more.
"This proposal was received with the utmost disapprobation by the whole board. Bolgolam, the admiral,
could not preserve his temper, but, rising up in fury, said, he wondered how the secretary durst presume to
give his opinion for preserving the life of a traitor; that the services you had performed were, by all true
reasons of state, the great aggravation of your crimes; that you, who were able to extinguish the fire by
discharge of urine in her majesty's apartment (which he mentioned with horror), might, at another time, raise
an inundation by the same means, to drown the whole palace; and the same strength which enabled you to
bring over the enemy's fleet, might serve, upon the first discontent, to carry it back; that he had good reasons
to think you were a Bigendian in your heart; and, as treason begins in the heart, before it appears in
overtacts, so he accused you as a traitor on that account, and therefore insisted you should be put to death.
"The treasurer was of the same opinion: he showed to what straits his majesty's revenue was reduced, by the
charge of maintaining you, which would soon grow insupportable; that the secretary's expedient of putting
out your eyes, was so far from being a remedy against this evil, that it would probably increase it, as is
manifest from the common practice of blinding some kind of fowls, after which they fed the faster, and grew
sooner fat; that his sacred majesty and the council, who are your judges, were, in their own consciences, fully
convinced of your guilt, which was a sufficient argument to condemn you to death, without the formal proofs
required by the strict letter of the law.
"But his imperial majesty, fully determined against capital punishment, was graciously pleased to say, that
since the council thought the loss of your eyes too easy a censure, some other way may be inflicted hereafter.
And your friend the secretary, humbly desiring to be heard again, in answer to what the treasurer had
objected, concerning the great charge his majesty was at in maintaining you, said, that his excellency, who
had the sole disposal of the emperor's revenue, might easily provide against that evil, by gradually lessening
your establishment; by which, for want of sufficient for you would grow weak and faint, and lose your
appetite, and consequently, decay, and consume in a few months; neither would the stench of your carcass be
then so dangerous, when it should become more than half diminished; and immediately upon your death five
or six thousand of his majesty's subjects might, in two or three days, cut your flesh from your bones, take it
away by cartloads, and bury it in distant parts, to prevent infection, leaving the skeleton as a monument of
admiration to posterity.
"Thus, by the great friendship of the secretary, the whole affair was compromised. It was strictly enjoined,
that the project of starving you by degrees should be kept a secret; but the sentence of putting out your eyes
was entered on the books; none dissenting, except Bolgolam the admiral, who, being a creature of the
empress, was perpetually instigated by her majesty to insist upon your death, she having borne perpetual
malice against you, on account of that infamous and illegal method you took to extinguish the fire in her
apartment.
"In three days your friend the secretary will be directed to come to your house, and read before you the
articles of impeachment; and then to signify the great lenity and favour of his majesty and council, whereby
you are only condemned to the loss of your eyes, which his majesty does not question you will gratefully and
humbly submit to; and twenty of his majesty's surgeons will attend, in order to see the operation well
performed, by discharging very sharppointed arrows into the balls of your eyes, as you lie on the ground.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 28
Page No 31
"I leave to your prudence what measures you will take; and to avoid suspicion, I must immediately return in
as private a manner as I came."
His lordship did so; and I remained alone, under many doubts and perplexities of mind.
It was a custom introduced by this prince and his ministry (very different, as I have been assured, from the
practice of former times,) that after the court had decreed any cruel execution, either to gratify the monarch's
resentment, or the malice of a favourite, the emperor always made a speech to his whole council, expressing
his great lenity and tenderness, as qualities known and confessed by all the world. This speech was
immediately published throughout the kingdom; nor did any thing terrify the people so much as those
encomiums on his majesty's mercy; because it was observed, that the more these praises were enlarged and
insisted on, the more inhuman was the punishment, and the sufferer more innocent. Yet, as to myself, I must
confess, having never been designed for a courtier, either by my birth or education, I was so ill a judge of
things, that I could not discover the lenity and favour of this sentence, but conceived it (perhaps erroneously)
rather to be rigorous than gentle. I sometimes thought of standing my trial, for, although I could not deny the
facts alleged in the several articles, yet I hoped they would admit of some extenuation. But having in my life
perused many statetrials, which I ever observed to terminate as the judges thought fit to direct, I durst not
rely on so dangerous a decision, in so critical a juncture, and against such powerful enemies. Once I was
strongly bent upon resistance, for, while I had liberty the whole strength of that empire could hardly subdue
me, and I might easily with stones pelt the metropolis to pieces; but I soon rejected that project with horror,
by remembering the oath I had made to the emperor, the favours I received from him, and the high title of
NARDAC he conferred upon me. Neither had I so soon learned the gratitude of courtiers, to persuade myself,
that his majesty's present seventies acquitted me of all past obligations.
At last, I fixed upon a resolution, for which it is probable I may incur some censure, and not unjustly; for I
confess I owe the preserving of mine eyes, and consequently my liberty, to my own great rashness and want
of experience; because, if I had then known the nature of princes and ministers, which I have since observed
in many other courts, and their methods of treating criminals less obnoxious than myself, I should, with great
alacrity and readiness, have submitted to so easy a punishment. But hurried on by the precipitancy of youth,
and having his imperial majesty's license to pay my attendance upon the emperor of Blefuscu, I took this
opportunity, before the three days were elapsed, to send a letter to my friend the secretary, signifying my
resolution of setting out that morning for Blefuscu, pursuant to the leave I had got; and, without waiting for
an answer, I went to that side of the island where our fleet lay. I seized a large man of war, tied a cable to the
prow, and, lifting up the anchors, I stripped myself, put my clothes (together with my coverlet, which I
carried under my arm) into the vessel, and, drawing it after me, between wading and swimming arrived at the
royal port of Blefuscu, where the people had long expected me: they lent me two guides to direct me to the
capital city, which is of the same name. I held them in my hands, till I came within two hundred yards of the
gate, and desired them "to signify my arrival to one of the secretaries, and let him know, I there waited his
majesty's command." I had an answer in about an hour, "that his majesty, attended by the royal family, and
great officers of the court, was coming out to receive me." I advanced a hundred yards. The emperor and his
train alighted from their horses, the empress and ladies from their coaches, and I did not perceive they were in
any fright or concern. I lay on the ground to kiss his majesty's and the empress's hands. I told his majesty,
"that I was come according to my promise, and with the license of the emperor my master, to have the honour
of seeing so mighty a monarch, and to offer him any service in my power, consistent with my duty to my own
prince;" not mentioning a word of my disgrace, because I had hitherto no regular information of it, and might
suppose myself wholly ignorant of any such design; neither could I reasonably conceive that the emperor
would discover the secret, while I was out of his power; wherein, however, it soon appeared I was deceived.
I shall not trouble the reader with the particular account of my reception at this court, which was suitable to
the generosity of so great a prince; nor of the difficulties I was in for want of a house and bed, being forced to
lie on the ground, wrapped up in my coverlet.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 29
Page No 32
CHAPTER VIII.
[The author, by a lucky accident, finds means to leave Blefuscu; and, after some difficulties, returns safe to
his native country.]
Three days after my arrival, walking out of curiosity to the northeast coast of the island, I observed, about
half a league off in the sea, somewhat that looked like a boat overturned. I pulled off my shoes and stockings,
and, wailing two or three hundred yards, I found the object to approach nearer by force of the tide; and then
plainly saw it to be a real boat, which I supposed might by some tempest have been driven from a ship.
Whereupon, I returned immediately towards the city, and desired his imperial majesty to lend me twenty of
the tallest vessels he had left, after the loss of his fleet, and three thousand seamen, under the command of his
viceadmiral. This fleet sailed round, while I went back the shortest way to the coast, where I first discovered
the boat. I found the tide had driven it still nearer. The seamen were all provided with cordage, which I had
beforehand twisted to a sufficient strength. When the ships came up, I stripped myself, and waded till I came
within a hundred yards off the boat, after which I was forced to swim till I got up to it. The seamen threw me
the end of the cord, which I fastened to a hole in the forepart of the boat, and the other end to a man of war;
but I found all my labour to little purpose; for, being out of my depth, I was not able to work. In this necessity
I was forced to swim behind, and push the boat forward, as often as I could, with one of my hands; and the
tide favouring me, I advanced so far that I could just hold up my chin and feel the ground. I rested two or
three minutes, and then gave the boat another shove, and so on, till the sea was no higher than my armpits;
and now, the most laborious part being over, I took out my other cables, which were stowed in one of the
ships, and fastened them first to the boat, and then to nine of the vessels which attended me; the wind being
favourable, the seamen towed, and I shoved, until we arrived within forty yards of the shore; and, waiting till
the tide was out, I got dry to the boat, and by the assistance of two thousand men, with ropes and engines, I
made a shift to turn it on its bottom, and found it was but little damaged.
I shall not trouble the reader with the difficulties I was under, by the help of certain paddles, which cost me
ten days making, to get my boat to the royal port of Blefuscu, where a mighty concourse of people appeared
upon my arrival, full of wonder at the sight of so prodigious a vessel. I told the emperor "that my good
fortune had thrown this boat in my way, to carry me to some place whence I might return into my native
country; and begged his majesty's orders for getting materials to fit it up, together with his license to depart;"
which, after some kind expostulations, he was pleased to grant.
I did very much wonder, in all this time, not to have heard of any express relating to me from our emperor to
the court of Blefuscu. But I was afterward given privately to understand, that his imperial majesty, never
imagining I had the least notice of his designs, believed I was only gone to Blefuscu in performance of my
promise, according to the license he had given me, which was well known at our court, and would return in a
few days, when the ceremony was ended. But he was at last in pain at my long absence; and after consulting
with the treasurer and the rest of that cabal, a person of quality was dispatched with the copy of the articles
against me. This envoy had instructions to represent to the monarch of Blefuscu, "the great lenity of his
master, who was content to punish me no farther than with the loss of mine eyes; that I had fled from justice;
and if I did not return in two hours, I should be deprived of my title of NARDAC, and declared a traitor." The
envoy further added, "that in order to maintain the peace and amity between both empires, his master
expected that his brother of Blefuscu would give orders to have me sent back to Lilliput, bound hand and
foot, to be punished as a traitor."
The emperor of Blefuscu, having taken three days to consult, returned an answer consisting of many civilities
and excuses. He said, "that as for sending me bound, his brother knew it was impossible; that, although I had
deprived him of his fleet, yet he owed great obligations to me for many good offices I had done him in
making the peace. That, however, both their majesties would soon be made easy; for I had found a prodigious
vessel on the shore, able to carry me on the sea, which he had given orders to fit up, with my own assistance
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 30
Page No 33
and direction; and he hoped, in a few weeks, both empires would be freed from so insupportable an
encumbrance."
With this answer the envoy returned to Lilliput; and the monarch of Blefuscu related to me all that had
passed; offering me at the same time (but under the strictest confidence) his gracious protection, if I would
continue in his service; wherein, although I believed him sincere, yet I resolved never more to put any
confidence in princes or ministers, where I could possibly avoid it; and therefore, with all due
acknowledgments for his favourable intentions, I humbly begged to be excused. I told him, "that since
fortune, whether good or evil, had thrown a vessel in my way, I was resolved to venture myself on the ocean,
rather than be an occasion of difference between two such mighty monarchs." Neither did I find the emperor
at all displeased; and I discovered, by a certain accident, that he was very glad of my resolution, and so were
most of his ministers.
These considerations moved me to hasten my departure somewhat sooner than I intended; to which the court,
impatient to have me gone, very readily contributed. Five hundred workmen were employed to make two
sails to my boat, according to my directions, by quilting thirteen folds of their strongest linen together. I was
at the pains of making ropes and cables, by twisting ten, twenty, or thirty of the thickest and strongest of
theirs. A great stone that I happened to find, after a long search, by the seashore, served me for an anchor. I
had the tallow of three hundred cows, for greasing my boat, and other uses. I was at incredible pains in
cutting down some of the largest timbertrees, for oars and masts, wherein I was, however, much assisted by
his majesty's shipcarpenters, who helped me in smoothing them, after I had done the rough work.
In about a month, when all was prepared, I sent to receive his majesty's commands, and to take my leave. The
emperor and royal family came out of the palace; I lay down on my face to kiss his hand, which he very
graciously gave me: so did the empress and young princes of the blood. His majesty presented me with fifty
purses of two hundred SPRUGS apiece, together with his picture at full length, which I put immediately
into one of my gloves, to keep it from being hurt. The ceremonies at my departure were too many to trouble
the reader with at this time.
I stored the boat with the carcases of a hundred oxen, and three hundred sheep, with bread and drink
proportionable, and as much meat ready dressed as four hundred cooks could provide. I took with me six
cows and two bulls alive, with as many ewes and rams, intending to carry them into my own country, and
propagate the breed. And to feed them on board, I had a good bundle of hay, and a bag of corn. I would
gladly have taken a dozen of the natives, but this was a thing the emperor would by no means permit; and,
besides a diligent search into my pockets, his majesty engaged my honour "not to carry away any of his
subjects, although with their own consent and desire."
Having thus prepared all things as well as I was able, I set sail on the twentyfourth day of September 1701,
at six in the morning; and when I had gone about fourleagues to the northward, the wind being at
southeast, at six in the evening I descried a small island, about half a league to the northwest. I advanced
forward, and cast anchor on the leeside of the island, which seemed to be uninhabited. I then took some
refreshment, and went to my rest. I slept well, and as I conjectured at least six hours, for I found the day
broke in two hours after I awaked. It was a clear night. I ate my breakfast before the sun was up; and heaving
anchor, the wind being favourable, I steered the same course that I had done the day before, wherein I was
directed by my pocket compass. My intention was to reach, if possible, one of those islands. which I had
reason to believe lay to the northeast of Van Diemen's Land. I discovered nothing all that day; but upon the
next, about three in the afternoon, when I had by my computation made twentyfour leagues from Blefuscu, I
descried a sail steering to the southeast; my course was due east. I hailed her, but could get no answer; yet I
found I gained upon her, for the wind slackened. I made all the sail I could, and in half an hour she spied me,
then hung out her ancient, and discharged a gun. It is not easy to express the joy I was in, upon the
unexpected hope of once more seeing my beloved country, and the dear pledges I left in it. The ship
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 31
Page No 34
slackened her sails, and I came up with her between five and six in the evening, September 26th; but my heart
leaped within me to see her English colours. I put my cows and sheep into my coatpockets, and got on board
with all my little cargo of provisions. The vessel was an English merchantman, returning from Japan by the
North and South seas; the captain, Mr. John Biddel, of Deptford, a very civil man, and an excellent sailor.
We were now in the latitude of 30 degrees south; there were about fifty men in the ship; and here I met an old
comrade of mine, one Peter Williams, who gave me a good character to the captain. This gentleman treated
me with kindness, and desired I would let him know what place I came from last, and whither I was bound;
which I did in a few words, but he thought I was raving, and that the dangers I underwent had disturbed my
head; whereupon I took my black cattle and sheep out of my pocket, which, after great astonishment, clearly
convinced him of my veracity. I then showed him the gold given me by the emperor of Blefuscu, together
with his majesty's picture at full length, and some other rarities of that country. I gave him two purses of two
hundreds SPRUGS each, and promised, when we arrived in England, to make him a present of a cow and a
sheep big with young.
I shall not trouble the reader with a particular account of this voyage, which was very prosperous for the most
part. We arrived in the Downs on the 13th of April, 1702. I had only one misfortune, that the rats on board
carried away one of my sheep; I found her bones in a hole, picked clean from the flesh. The rest of my cattle I
got safe ashore, and set them agrazing in a bowlinggreen at Greenwich, where the fineness of the grass
made them feed very heartily, though I had always feared the contrary:
neither could I possibly have preserved them in so long a voyage, if the captain had not allowed me some of
his best biscuit, which, rubbed to powder, and mingled with water, was their constant food. The short time I
continued in England, I made a considerable profit by showing my cattle to many persons of quality and
others: and before I began my second voyage, I sold them for six hundred pounds. Since my last return I find
the breed is considerably increased, especially the sheep, which I hope will prove much to the advantage of
the woollen manufacture, by the fineness of the fleeces.
I stayed but two months with my wife and family, for my insatiable desire of seeing foreign countries, would
suffer me to continue no longer. I left fifteen hundred pounds with my wife, and fixed her in a good house at
Redriff. My remaining stock I carried with me, part in money and part in goods, in hopes to improve my
fortunes. My eldest uncle John had left me an estate in land, near Epping, of about thirty pounds a year; and I
had a long lease of the Black Bull in FetterLane, which yielded me as much more; so that I was not in any
danger of leaving my family upon the parish. My son Johnny, named so after his uncle, was at the
grammarschool, and a towardly child. My daughter Betty (who is now well married, and has children) was
then at her needlework. I took leave of my wife, and boy and girl, with tears on both sides, and went on
board the Adventure, a merchant ship of three hundred tons, bound for Surat, captain John Nicholas, of
Liverpool, commander. But my account of this voyage must be referred to the Second Part of my Travels.
PART II. A VOYAGE TO BROBDINGNAG.
CHAPTER I.
[A great storm described; the long boat sent to fetch water; the author goes with it to discover the country. He
is left on shore, is seized by one of the natives, and carried to a farmer's house. His reception, with several
accidents that happened there.
A description of the inhabitants.]
Having been condemned, by nature and fortune, to active and restless life, in two months after my return, I
again left my native country, and took shipping in the Downs, on the 20th day of June, 1702, in the
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 32
Page No 35
Adventure, Captain John Nicholas, a Cornish man, commander, bound for Surat. We had a very prosperous
gale, till we arrived at the Cape of Good Hope, where we landed for fresh water; but discovering a leak, we
unshipped our goods and wintered there; for the captain falling sick of an ague, we could not leave the Cape
till the end of March. We then set sail, and had a good voyage till we passed the Straits of Madagascar; but
having got northward of that island, and to about five degrees south latitude, the winds, which in those seas
are observed to blow a constant equal gale between the north and west, from the beginning of December to
the beginning of May, on the 19th of April began to blow with much greater violence, and more westerly than
usual, continuing so for twenty days together: during which time, we were driven a little to the east of the
Molucca Islands, and about three degrees northward of the line, as our captain found by an observation he
took the 2nd of May, at which time the wind ceased, and it was a perfect calm, whereat I was not a little
rejoiced. But he, being a man well experienced in the navigation of those seas, bid us all prepare against a
storm, which accordingly happened the day following: for the southern wind, called the southern monsoon,
began to set in.
Finding it was likely to overblow, we took in our spritsail, and stood by to hand the foresail; but making
foul weather, we looked the guns were all fast, and handed the mizen. The ship lay very broad off, so we
thought it better spooning before the sea, than trying or hulling. We reefed the foresail and set him, and
hauled aft the foresheet; the helm was hard aweather. The ship wore bravely. We belayed the fore
downhaul; but the sail was split, and we hauled down the yard, and got the sail into the ship, and unbound
all the things clear of it. It was a very fierce storm; the sea broke strange and dangerous. We hauled off upon
the laniard of the whipstaff, and helped the man at the helm. We would not get down our topmast, but let all
stand, because she scudded before the sea very well, and we knew that the topmast being aloft, the ship was
the wholesomer, and made better way through the sea, seeing we had searoom. When the storm was over,
we set foresail and mainsail, and brought the ship to. Then we set the mizen, maintopsail, and the
foretopsail. Our course was eastnortheast, the wind was at southwest. We got the starboard tacks
aboard, we cast off our weatherbraces and lifts; we set in the leebraces, and hauled forward by the
weatherbowlings, and hauled them tight, and belayed them, and hauled over the mizen tack to windward,
and kept her full and by as near as she would lie.
During this storm, which was followed by a strong wind westsouthwest, we were carried, by my
computation, about five hundred leagues to the east, so that the oldest sailor on board could not tell in what
part of the world we were. Our provisions held out well, our ship was staunch, and our crew all in good
health; but we lay in the utmost distress for water. We thought it best to hold on the same course, rather than
turn more northerly, which might have brought us to the northwest part of Great Tartary, and into the
Frozen Sea.
On the 16th day of June, 1703, a boy on the topmast discovered land. On the 17th, we came in full view of a
great island, or continent (for we knew not whether;) on the south side whereof was a small neck of land
jutting out into the sea, and a creek too shallow to hold a ship of above one hundred tons. We cast anchor
within a league of this creek, and our captain sent a dozen of his men well armed in the longboat, with
vessels for water, if any could be found. I desired his leave to go with them, that I might see the country, and
make what discoveries I could. When we came to land we saw no river or spring, nor any sign of inhabitants.
Our men therefore wandered on the shore to find out some fresh water near the sea, and I walked alone about
a mile on the other side, where I observed the country all barren and rocky. I now began to be weary, and
seeing nothing to entertain my curiosity, I returned gently down towards the creek; and the sea being full in
my view, I saw our men already got into the boat, and rowing for life to the ship. I was going to halloo after
them, although it had been to little purpose, when I observed a huge creature walking after them in the sea, as
fast as he could: he waded not much deeper than his knees, and took prodigious strides: but our men had the
start of him half a league, and, the sea thereabouts being full of sharppointed rocks, the monster was not
able to overtake the boat. This I was afterwards told, for I durst not stay to see the issue of the adventure; but
ran as fast as I could the way I first went, and then climbed up a steep hill, which gave me some prospect of
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 33
Page No 36
the country. I found it fully cultivated; but that which first surprised me was the length of the grass, which, in
those grounds that seemed to be kept for hay, was about twenty feet high.
I fell into a high road, for so I took it to be, though it served to the inhabitants only as a footpath through a
field of barley. Here I walked on for some time, but could see little on either side, it being now near harvest,
and the corn rising at least forty feet. I was an hour walking to the end of this field, which was fenced in with
a hedge of at least one hundred and twenty feet high, and the trees so lofty that I could make no computation
of their altitude. There was a stile to pass from this field into the next. It had four steps, and a stone to cross
over when you came to the uppermost. It was impossible for me to climb this stile, because every step was
sixfeet high, and the upper stone about twenty. I was endeavouring to find some gap in the hedge, when I
discovered one of the inhabitants in the next field, advancing towards the stile, of the same size with him
whom I saw in the sea pursuing our boat. He appeared as tall as an ordinary spire steeple, and took about ten
yards at every stride, as near as I could guess. I was struck with the utmost fear and astonishment, and ran to
hide myself in the corn, whence I saw him at the top of the stile looking back into the next field on the right
hand, and heard him call in a voice many degrees louder than a speakingtrumpet: but the noise was so high
in the air, that at first I certainly thought it was thunder. Whereupon seven monsters, like himself, came
towards him with reapinghooks in their hands, each hook about the largeness of six scythes. These people
were not so well clad as the first, whose servants or labourers they seemed to be; for, upon some words he
spoke, they went to reap the corn in the field where I lay. I kept from them at as great a distance as I could,
but was forced to move with extreme difficulty, for the stalks of the corn were sometimes not above a foot
distant, so that I could hardly squeeze my body betwixt them. However, I made a shift to go forward, till I
came to a part of the field where the corn had been laid by the rain and wind. Here it was impossible for me
to advance a step; for the stalks were so interwoven, that I could not creep through, and the beards of the
fallen ears so strong and pointed, that they pierced through my clothes into my flesh. At the same time I heard
the reapers not a hundred yards behind me. Being quite dispirited with toil, and wholly overcome by grief and
dispair, I lay down between two ridges, and heartily wished I might there end my days. I bemoaned my
desolate widow and fatherless children. I lamented my own folly and wilfulness, in attempting a second
voyage, against the advice of all my friends and relations. In this terrible agitation of mind, I could not
forbear thinking of Lilliput, whose inhabitants looked upon me as the greatest prodigy that ever appeared in
the world; where I was able to draw an imperial fleet in my hand, and perform those other actions, which will
be recorded for ever in the chronicles of that empire, while posterity shall hardly believe them, although
attested by millions. I reflected what a mortification it must prove to me, to appear as inconsiderable in this
nation, as one single Lilliputian would be among us. But this I conceived was to be the least of my
misfortunes; for, as human creatures are observed to be more savage and cruel in proportion to their bulk,
what could I expect but to be a morsel in the mouth of the first among these enormous barbarians that should
happen to seize me? Undoubtedly philosophers are in the right, when they tell us that nothing is great or little
otherwise than by comparison. It might have pleased fortune, to have let the Lilliputians find some nation,
where the people were as diminutive with respect to them, as they were to me. And who knows but that even
this prodigious race of mortals might be equally overmatched in some distant part of the world, whereof we
have yet no discovery.
Scared and confounded as I was, I could not forbear going on with these reflections, when one of the reapers,
approaching within ten yards of the ridge where I lay, made me apprehend that with the next step I should be
squashed to death under his foot, or cut in two with his reapinghook. And therefore, when he was again
about to move, I screamed as loud as fear could make me: whereupon the huge creature trod short, and,
looking round about under him for some time, at last espied me as I lay on the ground. He considered awhile,
with the caution of one who endeavours to lay hold on a small dangerous animal in such a manner that it shall
not be able either to scratch or bite him, as I myself have sometimes done with a weasel in England. At length
he ventured to take me behind, by the middle, between his forefinger and thumb, and brought me within
three yards of his eyes, that he might behold my shape more perfectly. I guessed his meaning, and my good
fortune gave me so much presence of mind, that I resolved not to struggle in the least as he held me in the air
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 34
Page No 37
above sixty feet from the ground, although he grievously pinched my sides, for fear I should slip through his
fingers. All I ventured was to raise mine eyes towards the sun, and place my hands together in a supplicating
posture, and to speak some words in a humble melancholy tone, suitable to the condition I then was in: for I
apprehended every moment that he would dash me against the ground, as we usually do any little hateful
animal, which we have a mind to destroy. But my good star would have it, that he appeared pleased with my
voice and gestures, and began to look upon me as a curiosity, much wondering to hear me pronounce
articulate words, although he could not understand them. In the mean time I was not able to forbear groaning
and shedding tears, and turning my head towards my sides; letting him know, as well as I could, how cruelly
I was hurt by the pressure of his thumb and finger. He seemed to apprehend my meaning; for, lifting up the
lappet of his coat, he put me gently into it, and immediately ran along with me to his master, who was a
substantial farmer, and the same person I had first seen in the field.
The farmer having (as I suppose by their talk) received such an account of me as his servant could give him,
took a piece of a small straw, about the size of a walkingstaff, and therewith lifted up the lappets of my coat;
which it seems he thought to be some kind of covering that nature had given me. He blew my hairs aside to
take a better view of my face. He called his hinds about him, and asked them, as I afterwards learned,
whether they had ever seen in the fields any little creature that resembled me. He then placed me softly on the
ground upon all fours, but I got immediately up, and walked slowly backward and forward, to let those
people see I had no intent to run away. They all sat down in a circle about me, the better to observe my
motions. I pulled off my hat, and made a low bow towards the farmer. I fell on my knees, and lifted up my
hands and eyes, and spoke several words as loud as I could: I took a purse of gold out of my pocket, and
humbly presented it to him. He received it on the palm of his hand, then applied it close to his eye to see what
it was, and afterwards turned it several times with the point of a pin (which he took out of his sleeve,) but
could make nothing of it. Whereupon I made a sign that he should place his hand on the ground. I then took
the purse, and, opening it, poured all the gold into his palm. There were six Spanish pieces of four pistoles
each, beside twenty or thirty smaller coins. I saw him wet the tip of his little finger upon his tongue, and take
up one of my largest pieces, and then another; but he seemed to be wholly ignorant what they were. He made
me a sign to put them again into my purse, and the purse again into my pocket, which, after offering it to him
several times, I thought it best to do.
The farmer, by this time, was convinced I must be a rational creature. He spoke often to me; but the sound of
his voice pierced my ears like that of a watermill, yet his words were articulate enough. I answered as loud
as I could in several languages, and he often laid his ear within two yards of me: but all in vain, for we were
wholly unintelligible to each other. He then sent his servants to their work, and taking his handkerchief out of
his pocket, he doubled and spread it on his left hand, which he placed flat on the ground with the palm
upward, making me a sign to step into it, as I could easily do, for it was not above a foot in thickness. I
thought it my part to obey, and, for fear of falling, laid myself at full length upon the handkerchief, with the
remainder of which he lapped me up to the head for further security, and in this manner carried me home to
his house. There he called his wife, and showed me to her; but she screamed and ran back, as women in
England do at the sight of a toad or a spider. However, when she had a while seen my behaviour, and how
well I observed the signs her husband made, she was soon reconciled, and by degrees grew extremely tender
of me.
It was about twelve at noon, and a servant brought in dinner. It was only one substantial dish of meat (fit for
the plain condition of a husbandman,) in a dish of about fourandtwenty feet diameter. The company were,
the farmer and his wife, three children, and an old grandmother. When they were sat down, the farmer placed
me at some distance from him on the table, which was thirty feet high from the floor. I was in a terrible fright,
and kept as far as I could from the edge, for fear of falling. The wife minced a bit of meat, then crumbled
some bread on a trencher, and placed it before me. I made her a low bow, took out my knife and fork, and fell
to eat, which gave them exceeding delight. The mistress sent her maid for a small dram cup, which held about
two gallons, and filled it with drink; I took up the vessel with much difficulty in both hands, and in a most
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 35
Page No 38
respectful manner drank to her ladyship's health, expressing the words as loud as I could in English, which
made the company laugh so heartily, that I was almost deafened with the noise. This liquor tasted like a small
cider, and was not unpleasant. Then the master made me a sign to come to his trencher side; but as I walked
on the table, being in great surprise all the time, as the indulgent reader will easily conceive and excuse, I
happened to stumble against a crust, and fell flat on my face, but received no hurt. I got up immediately, and
observing the good people to be in much concern, I took my hat (which I held under my arm out of good
manners,) and waving it over my head, made three huzzas, to show I had got no mischief by my fall. But
advancing forward towards my master (as I shall henceforth call him,) his youngest son, who sat next to him,
an arch boy of about ten years old, took me up by the legs, and held me so high in the air, that I trembled
every limb: but his father snatched me from him, and at the same time gave him such a box on the left ear, as
would have felled an European troop of horse to the earth, ordering him to be taken from the table. But being
afraid the boy might owe me a spite, and well remembering how mischievous all children among us naturally
are to sparrows, rabbits, young kittens, and puppy dogs, I fell on my knees, and pointing to the boy, made my
master to understand, as well as I could, that I desired his son might be pardoned. The father complied, and
the lad took his seat again, whereupon I went to him, and kissed his hand, which my master took, and made
him stroke me gently with it.
In the midst of dinner, my mistress's favourite cat leaped into her lap. I heard a noise behind me like that of a
dozen stockingweavers at work; and turning my head, I found it proceeded from the purring of that animal,
who seemed to be three times larger than an ox, as I computed by the view of her head, and one of her paws,
while her mistress was feeding and stroking her. The fierceness of this creature's countenance altogether
discomposed me; though I stood at the farther end of the table, above fifty feet off; and although my mistress
held her fast, for fear she might give a spring, and seize me in her talons. But it happened there was no
danger, for the cat took not the least notice of me when my master placed me within three yards of her. And
as I have been always told, and found true by experience in my travels, that flying or discovering fear before
a fierce animal, is a certain way to make it pursue or attack you, so I resolved, in this dangerous juncture, to
show no manner of concern. I walked with intrepidity five or six times before the very head of the cat, and
came within half a yard of her; whereupon she drew herself back, as if she were more afraid of me: I had less
apprehension concerning the dogs, whereof three or four came into the room, as it is usual in farmers' houses;
one of which was a mastiff, equal in bulk to four elephants, and another a greyhound, somewhat taller than
the mastiff, but not so large.
When dinner was almost done, the nurse came in with a child of a year old in her arms, who immediately
spied me, and began a squall that you might have heard from LondonBridge to Chelsea, after the usual
oratory of infants, to get me for a plaything. The mother, out of pure indulgence, took me up, and put me
towards the child, who presently seized me by the middle, and got my head into his mouth, where I roared so
loud that the urchin was frighted, and let me drop, and I should infallibly have broke my neck, if the mother
had not held her apron under me. The nurse, to quiet her babe, made use of a rattle which was a kind of
hollow vessel filled with great stones, and fastened by a cable to the child's waist: but all in vain; so that she
was forced to apply the last remedy by giving it suck. I must confess no object ever disgusted me so much as
the sight of her monstrous breast, which I cannot tell what to compare with, so as to give the curious reader
an idea of its bulk, shape, and colour. It stood prominent six feet, and could not be less than sixteen in
circumference. The nipple was about half the bigness of my head, and the hue both of that and the dug, so
varied with spots, pimples, and freckles, that nothing could appear more nauseous: for I had a near sight of
her, she sitting down, the more conveniently to give suck, and I standing on the table. This made me reflect
upon the fair skins of our English ladies, who appear so beautiful to us, only because they are of our own
size, and their defects not to be seen but through a magnifying glass; where we find by experiment that the
smoothest and whitest skins look rough, and coarse, and illcoloured.
I remember when I was at Lilliput, the complexion of those diminutive people appeared to me the fairest in
the world; and talking upon this subject with a person of learning there, who was an intimate friend of mine,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 36
Page No 39
he said that my face appeared much fairer and smoother when he looked on me from the ground, than it did
upon a nearer view, when I took him up in my hand, and brought him close, which he confessed was at first a
very shocking sight. He said, "he could discover great holes in my skin; that the stumps of my beard were ten
times stronger than the bristles of a boar, and my complexion made up of several colours altogether
disagreeable:" although I must beg leave to say for myself, that I am as fair as most of my sex and country,
and very little sunburnt by all my travels. On the other side, discoursing of the ladies in that emperor's court,
he used to tell me, "one had freckles; another too wide a mouth; a third too large a nose;" nothing of which I
was able to distinguish. I confess this reflection was obvious enough; which, however, I could not forbear,
lest the reader might think those vast creatures were actually deformed: for I must do them the justice to say,
they are a comely race of people, and particularly the features of my master's countenance, although he was
but a farmer, when I beheld him from the height of sixty feet, appeared very well proportioned.
When dinner was done, my master went out to his labourers, and, as I could discover by his voice and
gesture, gave his wife strict charge to take care of me. I was very much tired, and disposed to sleep, which my
mistress perceiving, she put me on her own bed, and covered me with a clean white handkerchief, but larger
and coarser than the mainsail of a manofwar.
I slept about two hours, and dreamt I was at home with my wife and children, which aggravated my sorrows
when I awaked, and found myself alone in a vast room, between two and three hundred feet wide, and above
two hundred high, lying in a bed twenty yards wide. My mistress was gone about her household affairs, and
had locked me in. The bed was eight yards from the floor. Some natural necessities required me to get down;
I durst not presume to call; and if I had, it would have been in vain, with such a voice as mine, at so great a
distance from the room where I lay to the kitchen where the family kept. While I was under these
circumstances, two rats crept up the curtains, and ran smelling backwards and forwards on the bed. One of
them came up almost to my face, whereupon I rose in a fright, and drew out my hanger to defend myself.
These horrible animals had the boldness to attack me on both sides, and one of them held his forefeet at my
collar; but I had the good fortune to rip up his belly before he could do me any mischief. He fell down at my
feet; and the other, seeing the fate of his comrade, made his escape, but not without one good wound on the
back, which I gave him as he fled, and made the blood run trickling from him. After this exploit, I walked
gently to and fro on the bed, to recover my breath and loss of spirits. These creatures were of the size of a
large mastiff, but infinitely more nimble and fierce; so that if I had taken off my belt before I went to sleep, I
must have infallibly been torn to pieces and devoured. I measured the tail of the dead rat, and found it to be
two yards long, wanting an inch; but it went against my stomach to drag the carcass off the bed, where it lay
still bleeding; I observed it had yet some life, but with a strong slash across the neck, I thoroughly despatched
it.
Soon after my mistress came into the room, who seeing me all bloody, ran and took me up in her hand. I
pointed to the dead rat, smiling, and making other signs to show I was not hurt; whereat she was extremely
rejoiced, calling the maid to take up the dead rat with a pair of tongs, and throw it out of the window. Then
she set me on a table, where I showed her my hanger all bloody, and wiping it on the lappet of my coat,
returned it to the scabbard. I was pressed to do more than one thing which another could not do for me, and
therefore endeavoured to make my mistress understand, that I desired to be set down on the floor; which after
she had done, my bashfulness would not suffer me to express myself farther, than by pointing to the door, and
bowing several times. The good woman, with much difficulty, at last perceived what I would be at, and
taking me up again in her hand, walked into the garden, where she set me down. I went on one side about two
hundred yards, and beckoning to her not to look or to follow me, I hid myself between two leaves of sorrel,
and there discharged the necessities of nature.
I hope the gentle reader will excuse me for dwelling on these and the like particulars, which, however
insignificant they may appear to groveling vulgar minds, yet will certainly help a philosopher to enlarge his
thoughts and imagination, and apply them to the benefit of public as well as private life, which was my sole
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 37
Page No 40
design in presenting this and other accounts of my travels to the world; wherein I have been chiefly studious
of truth, without affecting any ornaments of learning or of style. But the whole scene of this voyage made so
strong an impression on my mind, and is so deeply fixed in my memory, that, in committing it to paper I did
not omit one material circumstance: however, upon a strict review, I blotted out several passages. Of less
moment which were in my first copy, for fear of being censured as tedious and trifling, whereof travellers are
often, perhaps not without justice, accused.
CHAPTER II.
[A description of the farmer's daughter. The author carried to a markettown, and then to the metropolis. The
particulars of his journey.]
My mistress had a daughter of nine years old, a child of towardly parts for her age, very dexterous at her
needle, and skilful in dressing her baby. Her mother and she contrived to fit up the baby's cradle for me
against night: the cradle was put into a small drawer of a cabinet, and the drawer placed upon a hanging shelf
for fear of the rats. This was my bed all the time I staid with those people, though made more convenient by
degrees, as I began to learn their language and make my wants known. This young girl was so handy, that
after I had once or twice pulled off my clothes before her, she was able to dress and undress me, though I
never gave her that trouble when she would let me do either myself. She made me seven shirts, and some
other linen, of as fine cloth as could be got, which indeed was coarser than sackcloth; and these she
constantly washed for me with her own hands. She was likewise my schoolmistress, to teach me the
language: when I pointed to any thing, she told me the name of it in her own tongue, so that in a few days I
was able to call for whatever I had a mind to. She was very goodnatured, and not above forty feet high,
being little for her age. She gave me the name of GRILDRIG, which the family took up, and afterwards the
whole kingdom. The word imports what the Latins call NANUNCULUS, the Italians HOMUNCELETINO,
and the English MANNIKIN. To her I chiefly owe my preservation in that country: we never parted while I
was there; I called her my GLUMDALCLITCH, or little nurse; and should be guilty of great ingratitude, if I
omitted this honourable mention of her care and affection towards me, which I heartily wish it lay in my
power to requite as she deserves, instead of being the innocent, but unhappy instrument of her disgrace, as I
have too much reason to fear.
It now began to be known and talked of in the neighbourhood, that my master had found a strange animal in
the field, about the bigness of a SPLACNUCK, but exactly shaped in every part like a human creature; which
it likewise imitated in all its actions; seemed to speak in a little language of its own, had already learned
several words of theirs, went erect upon two legs, was tame and gentle, would come when it was called, do
whatever it was bid, had the finest limbs in the world, and a complexion fairer than a nobleman's daughter of
three years old. Another farmer, who lived hard by, and was a particular friend of my master, came on a visit
on purpose to inquire into the truth of this story. I was immediately produced, and placed upon a table, where
I walked as I was commanded, drew my hanger, put it up again, made my reverence to my master's guest,
asked him in his own language how he did, and told him HE WAS WELCOME, just as my little nurse had
instructed me. This man, who was old and dimsighted, put on his spectacles to behold me better; at which I
could not forbear laughing very heartily, for his eyes appeared like the full moon shining into a chamber at
two windows. Our people, who discovered the cause of my mirth, bore me company in laughing, at which the
old fellow was fool enough to be angry and out of countenance. He had the character of a great miser; and, to
my misfortune, he well deserved it, by the cursed advice he gave my master, to show me as a sight upon a
marketday in the next town, which was half an hour's riding, about twoandtwenty miles from our house. I
guessed there was some mischief when I observed my master and his friend whispering together, sometimes
pointing at me; and my fears made me fancy that I overheard and understood some of their words. But the
next morning Glumdalclitch, my little nurse, told me the whole matter, which she had cunningly picked out
from her mother. The poor girl laid me on her bosom, and fell a weeping with shame and grief. She
apprehended some mischief would happen to me from rude vulgar folks, who might squeeze me to death, or
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 38
Page No 41
break one of my limbs by taking me in their hands. She had also observed how modest I was in my nature,
how nicely I regarded my honour, and what an indignity I should conceive it, to be exposed for money as a
public spectacle, to the meanest of the people. She said, her papa and mamma had promised that Grildrig
should be hers; but now she found they meant to serve her as they did last year, when they pretended to give
her a lamb, and yet, as soon as it was fat, sold it to a butcher. For my own part, I may truly affirm, that I was
less concerned than my nurse. I had a strong hope, which never left me, that I should one day recover my
liberty: and as to the ignominy of being carried about for a monster, I considered myself to be a perfect
stranger in the country, and that such a misfortune could never be charged upon me as a reproach, if ever I
should return to England, since the king of Great Britain himself, in my condition, must have undergone the
same distress.
My master, pursuant to the advice of his friend, carried me in a box the next marketday to the neighbouring
town, and took along with him his little daughter, my nurse, upon a pillion behind him. The box was close on
every side, with a little door for me to go in and out, and a few gimlet holes to let in air. The girl had been so
careful as to put the quilt of her baby's bed into it, for me to lie down on. However, I was terribly shaken and
discomposed in this journey, though it was but of half an hour: for the horse went about forty feet at every
step and trotted so high, that the agitation was equal to the rising and falling of a ship in a great storm, but
much more frequent. Our journey was somewhat farther than from London to St. Alban's. My master alighted
at an inn which he used to frequent; and after consulting awhile with the innkeeper, and making some
necessary preparations, he hired the GRULTRUD, or crier, to give notice through the town of a strange
creature to be seen at the sign of the Green Eagle, not so big as a SPLACNUCK (an animal in that country
very finely shaped, about six feet long,) and in every part of the body resembling a human creature, could
speak several words, and perform a hundred diverting tricks.
I was placed upon a table in the largest room of the inn, which might be near three hundred feet square. My
little nurse stood on a low stool close to the table, to take care of me, and direct what I should do. My master,
to avoid a crowd, would suffer only thirty people at a time to see me. I walked about on the table as the girl
commanded; she asked me questions, as far as she knew my understanding of the language reached, and I
answered them as loud as I could. I turned about several times to the company, paid my humble respects, said
THEY WERE WELCOME, and used some other speeches I had been taught. I took up a thimble filled with
liquor, which Glumdalclitch had given me for a cup, and drank their health, I drew out my hanger, and
flourished with it after the manner of fencers in England. My nurse gave me a part of a straw, which I
exercised as a pike, having learnt the art in my youth. I was that day shown to twelve sets of company, and as
often forced to act over again the same fopperies, till I was half dead with weariness and vexation; for those
who had seen me made such wonderful reports, that the people were ready to break down the doors to come
in. My master, for his own interest, would not suffer any one to touch me except my nurse; and to prevent
danger, benches were set round the table at such a distance as to put me out of every body's reach. However,
an unlucky schoolboy aimed a hazel nut directly at my head, which very narrowly missed me; otherwise it
came with so much violence, that it would have infallibly knocked out my brains, for it was almost as large as
a small pumpkin, but I had the satisfaction to see the young rogue well beaten, and turned out of the room.
My master gave public notice that he would show me again the next marketday; and in the meantime he
prepared a convenient vehicle for me, which he had reason enough to do; for I was so tired with my first
journey, and with entertaining company for eight hours together, that I could hardly stand upon my legs, or
speak a word. It was at least three days before I recovered my strength; and that I might have no rest at home,
all the neighbouring gentlemen from a hundred miles round, hearing of my fame, came to see me at my
master's own house. There could not be fewer than thirty persons with their wives and children (for the
country is very populous;) and my master demanded the rate of a full room whenever he showed me at home,
although it were only to a single family; so that for some time I had but little ease every day of the week
(except Wednesday, which is their Sabbath,) although I were not carried to the town.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 39
Page No 42
My master, finding how profitable I was likely to be, resolved to carry me to the most considerable cities of
the kingdom. Having therefore provided himself with all things necessary for a long journey, and settled his
affairs at home, he took leave of his wife, and upon the 17th of August, 1703, about two months after my
arrival, we set out for the metropolis, situate near the middle of that empire, and about three thousand miles
distance from our house. My master made his daughter Glumdalclitch ride behind him. She carried me on her
lap, in a box tied about her waist. The girl had lined it on all sides with the softest cloth she could get, well
quilted underneath, furnished it with her baby's bed, provided me with linen and other necessaries, and made
everything as convenient as she could. We had no other company but a boy of the house, who rode after us
with the luggage.
My master's design was to show me in all the towns by the way, and to step out of the road for fifty or a
hundred miles, to any village, or person of quality's house, where he might expect custom. We made easy
journeys, of not above seven or eight score miles aday; for Glumdalclitch, on purpose to spare me,
complained she was tired with the trotting of the horse. She often took me out of my box, at my own desire,
to give me air, and show me the country, but always held me fast by a leadingstring. We passed over five or
six rivers, many degrees broader and deeper than the Nile or the Ganges: and there was hardly a rivulet so
small as the Thames at Londonbridge. We were ten weeks in our journey, and I was shown in eighteen large
towns, besides many villages, and private families.
On the 26th day of October we arrived at the metropolis, called in their language LORBRULGRUD, or Pride
of the Universe. My master took a lodging in the principal street of the city, not far from the royal palace, and
put out bills in the usual form, containing an exact description of my person and parts. He hired a large room
between three and four hundred feet wide. He provided a table sixty feet in diameter, upon which I was to act
my part, and pallisadoed it round three feet from the edge, and as many high, to prevent my falling over. I
was shown ten times aday, to the wonder and satisfaction of all people. I could now speak the language
tolerably well, and perfectly understood every word, that was spoken to me. Besides, I had learnt their
alphabet, and could make a shift to explain a sentence here and there; for Glumdalclitch had been my
instructor while we were at home, and at leisure hours during our journey. She carried a little book in her
pocket, not much larger than a Sanson's Atlas; it was a common treatise for the use of young girls, giving a
short account of their religion: out of this she taught me my letters, and interpreted the words.
CHAPTER III.
[The author sent for to court. The queen buys him of his master the farmer, and presents him to the king. He
disputes with his majesty's great scholars. An apartment at court provided for the author. He is in high favour
with the queen. He stands up for the honour of his own country. His quarrels with the queen's dwarf.]
The frequent labours I underwent every day, made, in a few weeks, a very considerable change in my health:
the more my master got by me, the more insatiable he grew. I had quite lost my stomach, and was almost
reduced to a skeleton. The farmer observed it, and concluding I must soon die, resolved to make as good a
hand of me as he could. While he was thus reasoning and resolving with himself, a SARDRAL, or
gentlemanusher, came from court, commanding my master to carry me immediately thither for the diversion
of the queen and her ladies. Some of the latter had already been to see me, and reported strange things of my
beauty, behaviour, and good sense. Her majesty, and those who attended her, were beyond measure delighted
with my demeanour. I fell on my knees, and begged the honour of kissing her imperial foot; but this gracious
princess held out her little finger towards me, after I was set on the table, which I embraced in both my arms,
and put the tip of it with the utmost respect to my lip. She made me some general questions about my country
and my travels, which I answered as distinctly, and in as few words as I could. She asked, "whether I could
be content to live at court?" I bowed down to the board of the table, and humbly answered "that I was my
master's slave: but, if I were at my own disposal, I should be proud to devote my life to her majesty's
service." She then asked my master, "whether he was willing to sell me at a good price?" He, who
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 40
Page No 43
apprehended I could not live a month, was ready enough to part with me, and demanded a thousand pieces of
gold, which were ordered him on the spot, each piece being about the bigness of eight hundred moidores; but
allowing for the proportion of all things between that country and Europe, and the high price of gold among
them, was hardly so great a sum as a thousand guineas would be in England. I then said to the queen, "since I
was now her majesty's most humble creature and vassal, I must beg the favour, that Glumdalclitch, who had
always tended me with so much care and kindness, and understood to do it so well, might be admitted into
her service, and continue to be my nurse and instructor."
Her majesty agreed to my petition, and easily got the farmer's consent, who was glad enough to have his
daughter preferred at court, and the poor girl herself was not able to hide her joy. My late master withdrew,
bidding me farewell, and saying he had left me in a good service; to which I replied not a word, only making
him a slight bow.
The queen observed my coldness; and, when the farmer was gone out of the apartment, asked me the reason.
I made bold to tell her majesty, "that I owed no other obligation to my late master, than his not dashing out
the brains of a poor harmless creature, found by chance in his fields: which obligation was amply
recompensed, by the gain he had made in showing me through half the kingdom, and the price he had now
sold me for. That the life I had since led was laborious enough to kill an animal of ten times my strength.
That my health was much impaired, by the continual drudgery of entertaining the rabble every hour of the
day; and that, if my master had not thought my life in danger, her majesty would not have got so cheap a
bargain. But as I was out of all fear of being illtreated under the protection of so great and good an empress,
the ornament of nature, the darling of the world, the delight of her subjects, the phoenix of the creation, so I
hoped my late master's apprehensions would appear to be groundless; for I already found my spirits revive,
by the influence of her most august presence."
This was the sum of my speech, delivered with great improprieties and hesitation. The latter part was
altogether framed in the style peculiar to that people, whereof I learned some phrases from Glumdalclitch,
while she was carrying me to court.
The queen, giving great allowance for my defectiveness in speaking, was, however, surprised at so much wit
and good sense in so diminutive an animal. She took me in her own hand, and carried me to the king, who
was then retired to his cabinet. His majesty, a prince of much gravity and austere countenance, not well
observing my shape at first view, asked the queen after a cold manner "how long it was since she grew fond
of a SPLACNUCK?" for such it seems he took me to be, as I lay upon my breast in her majesty's right hand.
But this princess, who has an infinite deal of wit and humour, set me gently on my feet upon the scrutoire,
and commanded me to give his majesty an account of myself, which I did in a very few words: and
Glumdalclitch who attended at the cabinet door, and could not endure I should be out of her sight, being
admitted, confirmed all that had passed from my arrival at her father's house.
The king, although he be as learned a person as any in his dominions, had been educated in the study of
philosophy, and particularly mathematics; yet when he observed my shape exactly, and saw me walk erect,
before I began to speak, conceived I might be a piece of clockwork (which is in that country arrived to a
very great perfection) contrived by some ingenious artist. But when he heard my voice, and found what I
delivered to be regular and rational, he could not conceal his astonishment. He was by no means satisfied
with the relation I gave him of the manner I came into his kingdom, but thought it a story concerted between
Glumdalclitch and her father, who had taught me a set of words to make me sell at a better price. Upon this
imagination, he put several other questions to me, and still received rational answers: no otherwise defective
than by a foreign accent, and an imperfect knowledge in the language, with some rustic phrases which I had
learned at the farmer's house, and did not suit the polite style of a court.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 41
Page No 44
His majesty sent for three great scholars, who were then in their weekly waiting, according to the custom in
that country. These gentlemen, after they had a while examined my shape with much nicety, were of different
opinions concerning me. They all agreed that I could not be produced according to the regular laws of nature,
because I was not framed with a capacity of preserving my life, either by swiftness, or climbing of trees, or
digging holes in the earth. They observed by my teeth, which they viewed with great exactness, that I was a
carnivorous animal; yet most quadrupeds being an overmatch for me, and field mice, with some others, too
nimble, they could not imagine how I should be able to support myself, unless I fed upon snails and other
insects, which they offered, by many learned arguments, to evince that I could not possibly do. One of these
virtuosi seemed to think that I might be an embryo, or abortive birth. But this opinion was rejected by the
other two, who observed my limbs to be perfect and finished; and that I had lived several years, as it was
manifest from my beard, the stumps whereof they plainly discovered through a magnifying glass. They would
not allow me to be a dwarf, because my littleness was beyond all degrees of comparison; for the queen's
favourite dwarf, the smallest ever known in that kingdom, was near thirty feet high. After much debate, they
concluded unanimously, that I was only RELPLUM SCALCATH, which is interpreted literally LUSUS
NATURAE; a determination exactly agreeable to the modern philosophy of Europe, whose professors,
disdaining the old evasion of occult causes, whereby the followers of Aristotle endeavoured in vain to
disguise their ignorance, have invented this wonderful solution of all difficulties, to the unspeakable
advancement of human knowledge.
After this decisive conclusion, I entreated to be heard a word or two. I applied myself to the king, and assured
his majesty, "that I came from a country which abounded with several millions of both sexes, and of my own
stature; where the animals, trees, and houses, were all in proportion, and where, by consequence, I might be
as able to defend myself, and to find sustenance, as any of his majesty's subjects could do here; which I took
for a full answer to those gentlemen's arguments." To this they only replied with a smile of contempt, saying,
"that the farmer had instructed me very well in my lesson." The king, who had a much better understanding,
dismissing his learned men, sent for the farmer, who by good fortune was not yet gone out of town. Having
therefore first examined him privately, and then confronted him with me and the young girl, his majesty
began to think that what we told him might possibly be true. He desired the queen to order that a particular
care should be taken of me; and was of opinion that Glumdalclitch should still continue in her office of
tending me, because he observed we had a great affection for each other. A convenient apartment was
provided for her at court: she had a sort of governess appointed to take care of her education, a maid to dress
her, and two other servants for menial offices; but the care of me was wholly appropriated to herself. The
queen commanded her own cabinetmaker to contrive a box, that might serve me for a bedchamber, after the
model that Glumdalclitch and I should agree upon. This man was a most ingenious artist, and according to
my direction, in three weeks finished for me a wooden chamber of sixteen feet square, and twelve high, with
sashwindows, a door, and two closets, like a London bedchamber.
The board, that made the ceiling, was to be lifted up and down by two hinges, to put in a bed ready furnished
by her majesty's upholsterer, which Glumdalclitch took out every day to air, made it with her own hands, and
letting it down at night, locked up the roof over me. A nice workman, who was famous for little curiosities,
undertook to make me two chairs, with backs and frames, of a substance not unlike ivory, and two tables,
with a cabinet to put my things in. The room was quilted on all sides, as well as the floor and the ceiling, to
prevent any accident from the carelessness of those who carried me, and to break the force of a jolt, when I
went in a coach. I desired a lock for my door, to prevent rats and mice from coming in. The smith, after
several attempts, made the smallest that ever was seen among them, for I have known a larger at the gate of a
gentleman's house in England. I made a shift to keep the key in a pocket of my own, fearing Glumdalclitch
might lose it. The queen likewise ordered the thinnest silks that could be gotten, to make me clothes, not
much thicker than an English blanket, very cumbersome till I was accustomed to them. They were after the
fashion of the kingdom, partly resembling the Persian, and partly the Chinese, and are a very grave and
decent habit.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 42
Page No 45
The queen became so fond of my company, that she could not dine without me. I had a table placed upon the
same at which her majesty ate, just at her left elbow, and a chair to sit on. Glumdalclitch stood on a stool on
the floor near my table, to assist and take care of me. I had an entire set of silver dishes and plates, and other
necessaries, which, in proportion to those of the queen, were not much bigger than what I have seen in a
London toyshop for the furniture of a babyhouse: these my little nurse kept in her pocket in a silver box,
and gave me at meals as I wanted them, always cleaning them herself. No person dined with the queen but
the two princesses royal, the eldest sixteen years old, and the younger at that time thirteen and a month. Her
majesty used to put a bit of meat upon one of my dishes, out of which I carved for myself, and her diversion
was to see me eat in miniature: for the queen (who had indeed but a weak stomach) took up, at one mouthful,
as much as a dozen English farmers could eat at a meal, which to me was for some time a very nauseous
sight. She would craunch the wing of a lark, bones and all, between her teeth, although it were nine times as
large as that of a fullgrown turkey; and put a bit of bread into her mouth as big as two twelvepenny loaves.
She drank out of a golden cup, above a hogshead at a draught. Her knives were twice as long as a scythe, set
straight upon the handle. The spoons, forks, and other instruments, were all in the same proportion. I
remember when Glumdalclitch carried me, out of curiosity, to see some of the tables at court, where ten or a
dozen of those enormous knives and forks were lifted up together, I thought I had never till then beheld so
terrible a sight.
It is the custom, that every Wednesday (which, as I have observed, is their Sabbath) the king and queen, with
the royal issue of both sexes, dine together in the apartment of his majesty, to whom I was now become a
great favourite; and at these times, my little chair and table were placed at his left hand, before one of the
saltcellars. This prince took a pleasure in conversing with me, inquiring into the manners, religion, laws,
government, and learning of Europe; wherein I gave him the best account I was able. His apprehension was
so clear, and his judgment so exact, that he made very wise reflections and observations upon all I said. But I
confess, that, after I had been a little too copious in talking of my own beloved country, of our trade and wars
by sea and land, of our schisms in religion, and parties in the state; the prejudices of his education prevailed
so far, that he could not forbear taking me up in his right hand, and stroking me gently with the other, after a
hearty fit of laughing, asked me, "whether I was a whig or tory?" Then turning to his first minister, who
waited behind him with a white staff, near as tall as the mainmast of the Royal Sovereign, he observed "how
contemptible a thing was human grandeur, which could be mimicked by such diminutive insects as I: and
yet," says he, "I dare engage these creatures have their titles and distinctions of honour; they contrive little
nests and burrows, that they call houses and cities; they make a figure in dress and equipage; they love, they
fight, they dispute, they cheat, they betray!" And thus he continued on, while my colour came and went
several times, with indignation, to hear our noble country, the mistress of arts and arms, the scourge of
France, the arbitress of Europe, the seat of virtue, piety, honour, and truth, the pride and envy of the world, so
contemptuously treated.
But as I was not in a condition to resent injuries, so upon mature thoughts I began to doubt whether I was
injured or no. For, after having been accustomed several months to the sight and converse of this people, and
observed every object upon which I cast mine eyes to be of proportionable magnitude, the horror I had at first
conceived from their bulk and aspect was so far worn off, that if I had then beheld a company of English
lords and ladies in their finery and birthday clothes, acting their several parts in the most courtly manner of
strutting, and bowing, and prating, to say the truth, I should have been strongly tempted to laugh as much at
them as the king and his grandees did at me. Neither, indeed, could I forbear smiling at myself, when the
queen used to place me upon her hand towards a lookingglass, by which both our persons appeared before
me in full view together; and there could be nothing more ridiculous than the comparison; so that I really
began to imagine myself dwindled many degrees below my usual size.
Nothing angered and mortified me so much as the queen's dwarf; who being of the lowest stature that was
ever in that country (for I verily think he was not full thirty feet high), became so insolent at seeing a creature
so much beneath him, that he would always affect to swagger and look big as he passed by me in the queen's
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 43
Page No 46
antechamber, while I was standing on some table talking with the lords or ladies of the court, and he seldom
failed of a smart word or two upon my littleness; against which I could only revenge myself by calling him
brother, challenging him to wrestle, and such repartees as are usually in the mouths of court pages. One day,
at dinner, this malicious little cub was so nettled with something I had said to him, that, raising himself upon
the frame of her majesty's chair, he took me up by the middle, as I was sitting down, not thinking any harm,
and let me drop into a large silver bowl of cream, and then ran away as fast as he could. I fell over head and
ears, and, if I had not been a good swimmer, it might have gone very hard with me; for Glumdalclitch in that
instant happened to be at the other end of the room, and the queen was in such a fright, that she wanted
presence of mind to assist me. But my little nurse ran to my relief, and took me out, after I had swallowed
above a quart of cream. I was put to bed: however, I received no other damage than the loss of a suit of
clothes, which was utterly spoiled. The dwarf was soundly whipt, and as a farther punishment, forced to drink
up the bowl of cream into which he had thrown me: neither was he ever restored to favour; for soon after the
queen bestowed him on a lady of high quality, so that I saw him no more, to my very great satisfaction; for I
could not tell to what extremities such a malicious urchin might have carried his resentment.
He had before served me a scurvy trick, which set the queen alaughing, although at the same time she was
heartily vexed, and would have immediately cashiered him, if I had not been so generous as to intercede. Her
majesty had taken a marrowbone upon her plate, and, after knocking out the marrow, placed the bone again
in the dish erect, as it stood before; the dwarf, watching his opportunity, while Glumdalclitch was gone to the
sideboard, mounted the stool that she stood on to take care of me at meals, took me up in both hands, and
squeezing my legs together, wedged them into the marrow bone above my waist, where I stuck for some
time, and made a very ridiculous figure. I believe it was near a minute before any one knew what was become
of me; for I thought it below me to cry out. But, as princes seldom get their meat hot, my legs were not
scalded, only my stockings and breeches in a sad condition. The dwarf, at my entreaty, had no other
punishment than a sound whipping.
I was frequently rallied by the queen upon account of my fearfulness; and she used to ask me whether the
people of my country were as great cowards as myself? The occasion was this: the kingdom is much pestered
with flies in summer; and these odious insects, each of them as big as a Dunstable lark, hardly gave me any
rest while I sat at dinner, with their continual humming and buzzing about mine ears. They would sometimes
alight upon my victuals, and leave their loathsome excrement, or spawn behind, which to me was very
visible, though not to the natives of that country, whose large optics were not so acute as mine, in viewing
smaller objects. Sometimes they would fix upon my nose, or forehead, where they stung me to the quick,
smelling very offensively; and I could easily trace that viscous matter, which, our naturalists tell us, enables
those creatures to walk with their feet upwards upon a ceiling. I had much ado to defend myself against these
detestable animals, and could not forbear starting when they came on my face. It was the common practice of
the dwarf, to catch a number of these insects in his hand, as schoolboys do among us, and let them out
suddenly under my nose, on purpose to frighten me, and divert the queen. My remedy was to cut them in
pieces with my knife, as they flew in the air, wherein my dexterity was much admired.
I remember, one morning, when Glumdalclitch had set me in a box upon a window, as she usually did in fair
days to give me air (for I durst not venture to let the box be hung on a nail out of the window, as we do with
cages in England), after I had lifted up one of my sashes, and sat down at my table to eat a piece of sweet
cake for my breakfast, above twenty wasps, allured by the smell, came flying into the room, humming louder
than the drones of as many bagpipes. Some of them seized my cake, and carried it piecemeal away; others
flew about my head and face, confounding me with the noise, and putting me in the utmost terror of their
stings. However, I had the courage to rise and draw my hanger, and attack them in the air. I dispatched four
of them, but the rest got away, and I presently shut my window. These insects were as large as partridges: I
took out their stings, found them an inch and a half long, and as sharp as needles. I carefully preserved them
all; and having since shown them, with some other curiosities, in several parts of Europe, upon my return to
England I gave three of them to Gresham College, and kept the fourth for myself.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 44
Page No 47
CHAPTER IV.
[The country described. A proposal for correcting modern maps. The king's palace; and some account of the
metropolis. The author's way of travelling. The chief temple described.]
I now intend to give the reader a short description of this country, as far as I travelled in it, which was not
above two thousand miles round Lorbrulgrud, the metropolis. For the queen, whom I always attended, never
went farther when she accompanied the king in his progresses, and there staid till his majesty returned from
viewing his frontiers. The whole extent of this prince's dominions reaches about six thousand miles in length,
and from three to five in breadth: whence I cannot but conclude, that our geographers of Europe are in a great
error, by supposing nothing but sea between Japan and California; for it was ever my opinion, that there must
be a balance of earth to counterpoise the great continent of Tartary; and therefore they ought to correct their
maps and charts, by joining this vast tract of land to the northwest parts of America, wherein I shall be ready
to lend them my assistance.
The kingdom is a peninsula, terminated to the northeast by a ridge of mountains thirty miles high, which are
altogether impassable, by reason of the volcanoes upon the tops: neither do the most learned know what sort
of mortals inhabit beyond those mountains, or whether they be inhabited at all. On the three other sides, it is
bounded by the ocean. There is not one seaport in the whole kingdom: and those parts of the coasts into
which the rivers issue, are so full of pointed rocks, and the sea generally so rough, that there is no venturing
with the smallest of their boats; so that these people are wholly excluded from any commerce with the rest of
the world. But the large rivers are full of vessels, and abound with excellent fish; for they seldom get any
from the sea, because the sea fish are of the same size with those in Europe, and consequently not worth
catching; whereby it is manifest, that nature, in the production of plants and animals of so extraordinary a
bulk, is wholly confined to this continent, of which I leave the reasons to be determined by philosophers.
However, now and then they take a whale that happens to be dashed against the rocks, which the common
people feed on heartily. These whales I have known so large, that a man could hardly carry one upon his
shoulders; and sometimes, for curiosity, they are brought in hampers to Lorbrulgrud; I saw one of them in a
dish at the king's table, which passed for a rarity, but I did not observe he was fond of it; for I think, indeed,
the bigness disgusted him, although I have seen one somewhat larger in Greenland.
The country is well inhabited, for it contains fiftyone cities, near a hundred walled towns, and a great
number of villages. To satisfy my curious reader, it may be sufficient to describe Lorbrulgrud. This city
stands upon almost two equal parts, on each side the river that passes through. It contains above eighty
thousand houses, and about six hundred thousand inhabitants. It is in length three GLOMGLUNGS (which
make about fiftyfour English miles,) and two and a half in breadth; as I measured it myself in the royal map
made by the king's order, which was laid on the ground on purpose for me, and extended a hundred feet: I
paced the diameter and circumference several times barefoot, and, computing by the scale, measured it pretty
exactly.
The king's palace is no regular edifice, but a heap of buildings, about seven miles round: the chief rooms are
generally two hundred and forty feet high, and broad and long in proportion. A coach was allowed to
Glumdalclitch and me, wherein her governess frequently took her out to see the town, or go among the shops;
and I was always of the party, carried in my box; although the girl, at my own desire, would often take me
out, and hold me in her hand, that I might more conveniently view the houses and the people, as we passed
along the streets. I reckoned our coach to be about a square of Westminsterhall, but not altogether so high:
however, I cannot be very exact. One day the governess ordered our coachman to stop at several shops, where
the beggars, watching their opportunity, crowded to the sides of the coach, and gave me the most horrible
spectacle that ever a European eye beheld. There was a woman with a cancer in her breast, swelled to a
monstrous size, full of holes, in two or three of which I could have easily crept, and covered my whole body.
There was a fellow with a wen in his neck, larger than five woolpacks; and another, with a couple of
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 45
Page No 48
wooden legs, each about twenty feet high. But the most hateful sight of all, was the lice crawling on their
clothes. I could see distinctly the limbs of these vermin with my naked eye, much better than those of a
European louse through a microscope, and their snouts with which they rooted like swine. They were the first
I had ever beheld, and I should have been curious enough to dissect one of them, if I had had proper
instruments, which I unluckily left behind me in the ship, although, indeed, the sight was so nauseous, that it
perfectly turned my stomach.
Besides the large box in which I was usually carried, the queen ordered a smaller one to be made for me, of
about twelve feet square, and ten high, for the convenience of travelling; because the other was somewhat too
large for Glumdalclitch's lap, and cumbersome in the coach; it was made by the same artist, whom I directed
in the whole contrivance. This travellingcloset was an exact square, with a window in the middle of three of
the squares, and each window was latticed with iron wire on the outside, to prevent accidents in long
journeys. On the fourth side, which had no window, two strong staples were fixed, through which the person
that carried me, when I had a mind to be on horseback, put a leathern belt, and buckled it about his waist.
This was always the office of some grave trusty servant, in whom I could confide, whether I attended the king
and queen in their progresses, or were disposed to see the gardens, or pay a visit to some great lady or
minister of state in the court, when Glumdalclitch happened to be out of order; for I soon began to be known
and esteemed among the greatest officers, I suppose more upon account of their majesties' favour, than any
merit of my own. In journeys, when I was weary of the coach, a servant on horseback would buckle on my
box, and place it upon a cushion before him; and there I had a full prospect of the country on three sides,
from my three windows. I had, in this closet, a fieldbed and a hammock, hung from the ceiling, two chairs
and a table, neatly screwed to the floor, to prevent being tossed about by the agitation of the horse or the
coach. And having been long used to seavoyages, those motions, although sometimes very violent, did not
much discompose me.
Whenever I had a mind to see the town, it was always in my travellingcloset; which Glumdalclitch held in
her lap in a kind of open sedan, after the fashion of the country, borne by four men, and attended by two
others in the queen's livery. The people, who had often heard of me, were very curious to crowd about the
sedan, and the girl was complaisant enough to make the bearers stop, and to take me in her hand, that I might
be more conveniently seen.
I was very desirous to see the chief temple, and particularly the tower belonging to it, which is reckoned the
highest in the kingdom. Accordingly one day my nurse carried me thither, but I may truly say I came back
disappointed; for the height is not above three thousand feet, reckoning from the ground to the highest
pinnacle top; which, allowing for the difference between the size of those people and us in Europe, is no great
matter for admiration, nor at all equal in proportion (if I rightly remember) to Salisbury steeple. But, not to
detract from a nation, to which, during my life, I shall acknowledge myself extremely obliged, it must be
allowed, that whatever this famous tower wants in height, is amply made up in beauty and strength: for the
walls are near a hundred feet thick, built of hewn stone, whereof each is about forty feet square, and adorned
on all sides with statues of gods and emperors, cut in marble, larger than the life, placed in their several
niches. I measured a little finger which had fallen down from one of these statues, and lay unperceived
among some rubbish, and found it exactly four feet and an inch in length. Glumdalclitch wrapped it up in her
handkerchief, and carried it home in her pocket, to keep among other trinkets, of which the girl was very
fond, as children at her age usually are.
The king's kitchen is indeed a noble building, vaulted at top, and about six hundred feet high. The great oven
is not so wide, by ten paces, as the cupola at St. Paul's: for I measured the latter on purpose, after my return.
But if I should describe the kitchen grate, the prodigious pots and kettles, the joints of meat turning on the
spits, with many other particulars, perhaps I should be hardly believed; at least a severe critic would be apt to
think I enlarged a little, as travellers are often suspected to do. To avoid which censure I fear I have run too
much into the other extreme; and that if this treatise should happen to be translated into the language of
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 46
Page No 49
Brobdingnag (which is the general name of that kingdom,) and transmitted thither, the king and his people
would have reason to complain that I had done them an injury, by a false and diminutive representation.
His majesty seldom keeps above six hundred horses in his stables: they are generally from fiftyfour to sixty
feet high. But, when he goes abroad on solemn days, he is attended, for state, by a military guard of five
hundred horse, which, indeed, I thought was the most splendid sight that could be ever beheld, till I saw part
of his army in battalia, whereof I shall find another occasion to speak.
CHAPTER V.
[Several adventurers that happened to the author. The execution of a criminal. The author shows his skill in
navigation.]
I should have lived happy enough in that country, if my littleness had not exposed me to several ridiculous
and troublesome accidents; some of which I shall venture to relate. Glumdalclitch often carried me into the
gardens of the court in my smaller box, and would sometimes take me out of it, and hold me in her hand, or
set me down to walk. I remember, before the dwarf left the queen, he followed us one day into those gardens,
and my nurse having set me down, he and I being close together, near some dwarf apple trees, I must needs
show my wit, by a silly allusion between him and the trees, which happens to hold in their language as it does
in ours. Whereupon, the malicious rogue, watching his opportunity, when I was walking under one of them,
shook it directly over my head, by which a dozen apples, each of them near as large as a Bristol barrel, came
tumbling about my ears; one of them hit me on the back as I chanced to stoop, and knocked me down flat on
my face; but I received no other hurt, and the dwarf was pardoned at my desire, because I had given the
provocation.
Another day, Glumdalclitch left me on a smooth grassplot to divert myself, while she walked at some
distance with her governess. In the meantime, there suddenly fell such a violent shower of hail, that I was
immediately by the force of it, struck to the ground: and when I was down, the hailstones gave me such cruel
bangs all over the body, as if I had been pelted with tennisballs; however, I made a shift to creep on all
fours, and shelter myself, by lying flat on my face, on the leeside of a border of lemonthyme, but so
bruised from head to foot, that I could not go abroad in ten days. Neither is this at all to be wondered at,
because nature, in that country, observing the same proportion through all her operations, a hailstone is near
eighteen hundred times as large as one in Europe; which I can assert upon experience, having been so curious
as to weigh and measure them.
But a more dangerous accident happened to me in the same garden, when my little nurse, believing she had
put me in a secure place (which I often entreated her to do, that I might enjoy my own thoughts,) and having
left my box at home, to avoid the trouble of carrying it, went to another part of the garden with her governess
and some ladies of her acquaintance. While she was absent, and out of hearing, a small white spaniel that
belonged to one of the chief gardeners, having got by accident into the garden, happened to range near the
place where I lay: the dog, following the scent, came directly up, and taking me in his mouth, ran straight to
his master wagging his tail, and set me gently on the ground. By good fortune he had been so well taught, that
I was carried between his teeth without the least hurt, or even tearing my clothes. But the poor gardener, who
knew me well, and had a great kindness for me, was in a terrible fright: he gently took me up in both his
hands, and asked me how I did? but I was so amazed and out of breath, that I could not speak a word. In a
few minutes I came to myself, and he carried me safe to my little nurse, who, by this time, had returned to the
place where she left me, and was in cruel agonies when I did not appear, nor answer when she called. She
severely reprimanded the gardener on account of his dog. But the thing was hushed up, and never known at
court, for the girl was afraid of the queen's anger; and truly, as to myself, I thought it would not be for my
reputation, that such a story should go about.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 47
Page No 50
This accident absolutely determined Glumdalclitch never to trust me abroad for the future out of her sight. I
had been long afraid of this resolution, and therefore concealed from her some little unlucky adventures, that
happened in those times when I was left by myself. Once a kite, hovering over the garden, made a stoop at
me, and if I had not resolutely drawn my hanger, and run under a thick espalier, he would have certainly
carried me away in his talons. Another time, walking to the top of a fresh molehill, I fell to my neck in the
hole, through which that animal had cast up the earth, and coined some lie, not worth remembering, to excuse
myself for spoiling my clothes. I likewise broke my right shin against the shell of a snail, which I happened to
stumble over, as I was walking alone and thinking on poor England.
I cannot tell whether I were more pleased or mortified to observe, in those solitary walks, that the smaller
birds did not appear to be at all afraid of me, but would hop about within a yard's distance, looking for worms
and other food, with as much indifference and security as if no creature at all were near them. I remember, a
thrush had the confidence to snatch out of my hand, with his bill, a of cake that Glumdalclitch had just given
me for my breakfast. When I attempted to catch any of these birds, they would boldly turn against me,
endeavouring to peck my fingers, which I durst not venture within their reach; and then they would hop back
unconcerned, to hunt for worms or snails, as they did before. But one day, I took a thick cudgel, and threw it
with all my strength so luckily, at a linnet, that I knocked him down, and seizing him by the neck with both
my hands, ran with him in triumph to my nurse. However, the bird, who had only been stunned, recovering
himself gave me so many boxes with his wings, on both sides of my head and body, though I held him at
arm'slength, and was out of the reach of his claws, that I was twenty times thinking to let him go. But I was
soon relieved by one of our servants, who wrung off the bird's neck, and I had him next day for dinner, by the
queen's command. This linnet, as near as I can remember, seemed to be somewhat larger than an English
swan.
The maids of honour often invited Glumdalclitch to their apartments, and desired she would bring me along
with her, on purpose to have the pleasure of seeing and touching me. They would often strip me naked from
top to toe, and lay me at full length in their bosoms; wherewith I was much disgusted because, to say the
truth, a very offensive smell came from their skins; which I do not mention, or intend, to the disadvantage of
those excellent ladies, for whom I have all manner of respect; but I conceive that my sense was more acute in
proportion to my littleness, and that those illustrious persons were no more disagreeable to their lovers, or to
each other, than people of the same quality are with us in England. And, after all, I found their natural smell
was much more supportable, than when they used perfumes, under which I immediately swooned away. I
cannot forget, that an intimate friend of mine in Lilliput, took the freedom in a warm day, when I had used a
good deal of exercise, to complain of a strong smell about me, although I am as little faulty that way, as most
of my sex: but I suppose his faculty of smelling was as nice with regard to me, as mine was to that of this
people. Upon this point, I cannot forbear doing justice to the queen my mistress, and Glumdalclitch my nurse,
whose persons were as sweet as those of any lady in England.
That which gave me most uneasiness among these maids of honour (when my nurse carried me to visit then)
was, to see them use me without any manner of ceremony, like a creature who had no sort of consequence:
for they would strip themselves to the skin, and put on their smocks in my presence, while I was placed on
their toilet, directly before their naked bodies, which I am sure to me was very far from being a tempting
sight, or from giving me any other emotions than those of horror and disgust: their skins appeared so coarse
and uneven, so variously coloured, when I saw them near, with a mole here and there as broad as a trencher,
and hairs hanging from it thicker than packthreads, to say nothing farther concerning the rest of their persons.
Neither did they at all scruple, while I was by, to discharge what they had drank, to the quantity of at least
two hogsheads, in a vessel that held above three tuns. The handsomest among these maids of honour, a
pleasant, frolicsome girl of sixteen, would sometimes set me astride upon one of her nipples, with many other
tricks, wherein the reader will excuse me for not being over particular. But I was so much displeased, that I
entreated Glumdalclitch to contrive some excuse for not seeing that young lady any more.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 48
Page No 51
One day, a young gentleman, who was nephew to my nurse's governess, came and pressed them both to see
an execution. It was of a man, who had murdered one of that gentleman's intimate acquaintance.
Glumdalclitch was prevailed on to be of the company, very much against her inclination, for she was
naturally tenderhearted: and, as for myself, although I abhorred such kind of spectacles, yet my curiosity
tempted me to see something that I thought must be extraordinary. The malefactor was fixed in a chair upon a
scaffold erected for that purpose, and his head cut off at one blow, with a sword of about forty feet long. The
veins and arteries spouted up such a prodigious quantity of blood, and so high in the air, that the great JET
D'EAU at Versailles was not equal to it for the time it lasted: and the head, when it fell on the scaffold floor,
gave such a bounce as made me start, although I was at least half an English mile distant.
The queen, who often used to hear me talk of my seavoyages, and took all occasions to divert me when I
was melancholy, asked me whether I understood how to handle a sail or an oar, and whether a little exercise
of rowing might not be convenient for my health? I answered, that I understood both very well: for although
my proper employment had been to be surgeon or doctor to the ship, yet often, upon a pinch, I was forced to
work like a common mariner. But I could not see how this could be done in their country, where the smallest
wherry was equal to a firstrate man of war among us; and such a boat as I could manage would never live in
any of their rivers. Her majesty said, if I would contrive a boat, her own joiner should make it, and she would
provide a place for me to sail in. The fellow was an ingenious workman, and by my instructions, in ten days,
finished a pleasureboat with all its tackling, able conveniently to hold eight Europeans. When it was
finished, the queen was so delighted, that she ran with it in her lap to the king, who ordered it to be put into a
cistern full of water, with me in it, by way of trial, where I could not manage my two sculls, or little oars, for
want of room. But the queen had before contrived another project. She ordered the joiner to make a wooden
trough of three hundred feet long, fifty broad, and eight deep; which, being well pitched, to prevent leaking,
was placed on the floor, along the wall, in an outer room of the palace. It had a cock near the bottom to let out
the water, when it began to grow stale; and two servants could easily fill it in half an hour. Here I often used
to row for my own diversion, as well as that of the queen and her ladies, who thought themselves well
entertained with my skill and agility. Sometimes I would put up my sail, and then my business was only to
steer, while the ladies gave me a gale with their fans; and, when they were weary, some of their pages would
blow my sail forward with their breath, while I showed my art by steering starboard or larboard as I pleased.
When I had done, Glumdalclitch always carried back my boat into her closet, and hung it on a nail to dry.
In this exercise I once met an accident, which had like to have cost me my life; for, one of the pages having
put my boat into the trough, the governess who attended Glumdalclitch very officiously lifted me up, to place
me in the boat: but I happened to slip through her fingers, and should infallibly have fallen down forty feet
upon the floor, if, by the luckiest chance in the world, I had not been stopped by a corkingpin that stuck in
the good gentlewoman's stomacher; the head of the pin passing between my shirt and the waistband of my
breeches, and thus I was held by the middle in the air, till Glumdalclitch ran to my relief.
Another time, one of the servants, whose office it was to fill my trough every third day with fresh water, was
so careless as to let a huge frog (not perceiving it) slip out of his pail. The frog lay concealed till I was put
into my boat, but then, seeing a restingplace, climbed up, and made it lean so much on one side, that I was
forced to balance it with all my weight on the other, to prevent overturning. When the frog was got in, it
hopped at once half the length of the boat, and then over my head, backward and forward, daubing my face
and clothes with its odious slime. The largeness of its features made it appear the most deformed animal that
can be conceived. However, I desired Glumdalclitch to let me deal with it alone. I banged it a good while
with one of my sculls, and at last forced it to leap out of the boat.
But the greatest danger I ever underwent in that kingdom, was from a monkey, who belonged to one of the
clerks of the kitchen. Glumdalclitch had locked me up in her closet, while she went somewhere upon
business, or a visit. The weather being very warm, the closetwindow was left open, as well as the windows
and the door of my bigger box, in which I usually lived, because of its largeness and conveniency. As I sat
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 49
Page No 52
quietly meditating at my table, I heard something bounce in at the closetwindow, and skip about from one
side to the other: whereat, although I was much alarmed, yet I ventured to look out, but not stirring from my
seat; and then I saw this frolicsome animal frisking and leaping up and down, till at last he came to my box,
which he seemed to view with great pleasure and curiosity, peeping in at the door and every window. I
retreated to the farther corner of my room; or box; but the monkey looking in at every side, put me in such a
fright, that I wanted presence of mind to conceal myself under the bed, as I might easily have done. After
some time spent in peeping, grinning, and chattering, he at last espied me; and reaching one of his paws in at
the door, as a cat does when she plays with a mouse, although I often shifted place to avoid him, he at length
seized the lappet of my coat (which being made of that country silk, was very thick and strong), and dragged
me out. He took me up in his right forefoot and held me as a nurse does a child she is going to suckle, just
as I have seen the same sort of creature do with a kitten in Europe; and when I offered to struggle he
squeezed me so hard, that I thought it more prudent to submit. I have good reason to believe, that he took me
for a young one of his own species, by his often stroking my face very gently with his other paw. In these
diversions he was interrupted by a noise at the closet door, as if somebody were opening it: whereupon he
suddenly leaped up to the window at which he had come in, and thence upon the leads and gutters, walking
upon three legs, and holding me in the fourth, till he clambered up to a roof that was next to ours. I heard
Glumdalclitch give a shriek at the moment he was carrying me out. The poor girl was almost distracted: that
quarter of the palace was all in an uproar; the servants ran for ladders; the monkey was seen by hundreds in
the court, sitting upon the ridge of a building, holding me like a baby in one of his forepaws, and feeding me
with the other, by cramming into my mouth some victuals he had squeezed out of the bag on one side of his
chaps, and patting me when I would not eat; whereat many of the rabble below could not forbear laughing;
neither do I think they justly ought to be blamed, for, without question, the sight was ridiculous enough to
every body but myself. Some of the people threw up stones, hoping to drive the monkey down; but this was
strictly forbidden, or else, very probably, my brains had been dashed out.
The ladders were now applied, and mounted by several men; which the monkey observing, and finding
himself almost encompassed, not being able to make speed enough with his three legs, let me drop on a ridge
tile, and made his escape. Here I sat for some time, five hundred yards from the ground, expecting every
moment to be blown down by the wind, or to fall by my own giddiness, and come tumbling over and over
from the ridge to the eaves; but an honest lad, one of my nurse's footmen, climbed up, and putting me into his
breeches pocket, brought me down safe.
I was almost choked with the filthy stuff the monkey had crammed down my throat: but my dear little nurse
picked it out of my mouth with a small needle, and then I fell avomiting, which gave me great relief. Yet I
was so weak and bruised in the sides with the squeezes given me by this odious animal, that I was forced to
keep my bed a fortnight. The king, queen, and all the court, sent every day to inquire after my health; and her
majesty made me several visits during my sickness. The monkey was killed, and an order made, that no such
animal should be kept about the palace.
When I attended the king after my recovery, to return him thanks for his favours, he was pleased to rally me a
good deal upon this adventure. He asked me, "what my thoughts and speculations were, while I lay in the
monkey's paw; how I liked the victuals he gave me; his manner of feeding; and whether the fresh air on the
roof had sharpened my stomach." He desired to know, "what I would have done upon such an occasion in my
own country." I told his majesty, "that in Europe we had no monkeys, except such as were brought for
curiosity from other places, and so small, that I could deal with a dozen of them together, if they presumed to
attack me. And as for that monstrous animal with whom I was so lately engaged (it was indeed as large as an
elephant), if my fears had suffered me to think so far as to make use of my hanger," (looking fiercely, and
clapping my hand on the hilt, as I spoke) "when he poked his paw into my chamber, perhaps I should have
given him such a wound, as would have made him glad to withdraw it with more haste than he put it in." This
I delivered in a firm tone, like a person who was jealous lest his courage should be called in question.
However, my speech produced nothing else beside a laud laughter, which all the respect due to his majesty
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 50
Page No 53
from those about him could not make them contain. This made me reflect, how vain an attempt it is for a man
to endeavour to do himself honour among those who are out of all degree of equality or comparison with him.
And yet I have seen the moral of my own behaviour very frequent in England since my return; where a little
contemptible varlet, without the least title to birth, person, wit, or common sense, shall presume to look with
importance, and put himself upon a foot with the greatest persons of the kingdom.
I was every day furnishing the court with some ridiculous story: and Glumdalclitch, although she loved me to
excess, yet was arch enough to inform the queen, whenever I committed any folly that she thought would be
diverting to her majesty. The girl, who had been out of order, was carried by her governess to take the air
about an hour's distance, or thirty miles from town. They alighted out of the coach near a small footpath in a
field, and Glumdalclitch setting down my travelling box, I went out of it to walk. There was a cowdung in
the path, and I must need try my activity by attempting to leap over it. I took a run, but unfortunately jumped
short, and found myself just in the middle up to my knees. I waded through with some difficulty, and one of
the footmen wiped me as clean as he could with his handkerchief, for I was filthily bemired; and my nurse
confined me to my box, till we returned home; where the queen was soon informed of what had passed, and
the footmen spread it about the court: so that all the mirth for some days was at my expense.
CHAPTER VI.
[Several contrivances of the author to please the king and queen. He shows his skill in music. The king
inquires into the state of England, which the author relates to him. The king's observations thereon.]
I used to attend the king's levee once or twice a week, and had often seen him under the barber's hand, which
indeed was at first very terrible to behold; for the razor was almost twice as long as an ordinary scythe. His
majesty, according to the custom of the country, was only shaved twice aweek. I once prevailed on the
barber to give me some of the suds or lather, out of which I picked forty or fifty of the strongest stumps of
hair. I then took a piece of fine wood, and cut it like the back of a comb, making several holes in it at equal
distances with as small a needle as I could get from Glumdalclitch. I fixed in the stumps so artificially,
scraping and sloping them with my knife toward the points, that I made a very tolerable comb; which was a
seasonable supply, my own being so much broken in the teeth, that it was almost useless: neither did I know
any artist in that country so nice and exact, as would undertake to make me another.
And this puts me in mind of an amusement, wherein I spent many of my leisure hours. I desired the queen's
woman to save for me the combings of her majesty's hair, whereof in time I got a good quantity; and
consulting with my friend the cabinetmaker, who had received general orders to do little jobs for me, I
directed him to make two chairframes, no larger than those I had in my box, and to bore little holes with a
fine awl, round those parts where I designed the backs and seats; through these holes I wove the strongest
hairs I could pick out, just after the manner of cane chairs in England. When they were finished, I made a
present of them to her majesty; who kept them in her cabinet, and used to show them for curiosities, as indeed
they were the wonder of every one that beheld them. The queen would have me sit upon one of these chairs,
but I absolutely refused to obey her, protesting I would rather die than place a dishonourable part of my body
on those precious hairs, that once adorned her majesty's head. Of these hairs (as I had always a mechanical
genius) I likewise made a neat little purse, about five feet long, with her majesty's name deciphered in gold
letters, which I gave to Glumdalclitch, by the queen's consent. To say the truth, it was more for show than
use, being not of strength to bear the weight of the larger coins, and therefore she kept nothing in it but some
little toys that girls are fond of.
The king, who delighted in music, had frequent concerts at court, to which I was sometimes carried, and set
in my box on a table to hear them: but the noise was so great that I could hardly distinguish the tunes. I am
confident that all the drums and trumpets of a royal army, beating and sounding together just at your ears,
could not equal it. My practice was to have my box removed from the place where the performers sat, as far
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 51
Page No 54
as I could, then to shut the doors and windows of it, and draw the window curtains; after which I found their
music not disagreeable.
I had learned in my youth to play a little upon the spinet. Glumdalclitch kept one in her chamber, and a
master attended twice aweek to teach her: I called it a spinet, because it somewhat resembled that
instrument, and was played upon in the same manner. A fancy came into my head, that I would entertain the
king and queen with an English tune upon this instrument. But this appeared extremely difficult: for the
spinet was near sixty feet long, each key being almost a foot wide, so that with my arms extended I could not
reach to above five keys, and to press them down required a good smart stroke with my fist, which would be
too great a labour, and to no purpose. The method I contrived was this: I prepared two round sticks, about the
bigness of common cudgels; they were thicker at one end than the other, and I covered the thicker ends with
pieces of a mouse's skin, that by rapping on them I might neither damage the tops of the keys nor interrupt the
sound. Before the spinet a bench was placed, about four feet below the keys, and I was put upon the bench. I
ran sideling upon it, that way and this, as fast as I could, banging the proper keys with my two sticks, and
made a shift to play a jig, to the great satisfaction of both their majesties; but it was the most violent exercise
I ever underwent; and yet I could not strike above sixteen keys, nor consequently play the bass and treble
together, as other artists do; which was a great disadvantage to my performance.
The king, who, as I before observed, was a prince of excellent understanding, would frequently order that I
should be brought in my box, and set upon the table in his closet: he would then command me to bring one of
my chairs out of the box, and sit down within three yards distance upon the top of the cabinet, which brought
me almost to a level with his face. In this manner I had several conversations with him. I one day took the
freedom to tell his majesty, "that the contempt he discovered towards Europe, and the rest of the world, did
not seem answerable to those excellent qualities of mind that he was master of; that reason did not extend
itself with the bulk of the body; on the contrary, we observed in our country, that the tallest persons were
usually the least provided with it; that among other animals, bees and ants had the reputation of more
industry, art, and sagacity, than many of the larger kinds; and that, as inconsiderable as he took me to be, I
hoped I might live to do his majesty some signal service." The king heard me with attention, and began to
conceive a much better opinion of me than he had ever before. He desired "I would give him as exact an
account of the government of England as I possibly could; because, as fond as princes commonly are of their
own customs (for so he conjectured of other monarchs, by my former discourses), he should be glad to hear
of any thing that might deserve imitation."
Imagine with thyself, courteous reader, how often I then wished for the tongue of Demosthenes or Cicero,
that might have enabled me to celebrate the praise of my own dear native country in a style equal to its merits
and felicity.
I began my discourse by informing his majesty, that our dominions consisted of two islands, which composed
three mighty kingdoms, under one sovereign, beside our plantations in America. I dwelt long upon the
fertility of our soil, and the temperature of our climate. I then spoke at large upon the constitution of an
English parliament; partly made up of an illustrious body called the House of Peers; persons of the noblest
blood, and of the most ancient and ample patrimonies. I described that extraordinary care always taken of
their education in arts and arms, to qualify them for being counsellors both to the king and kingdom; to have
a share in the legislature; to be members of the highest court of judicature, whence there can be no appeal;
and to be champions always ready for the defence of their prince and country, by their valour, conduct, and
fidelity. That these were the ornament and bulwark of the kingdom, worthy followers of their most renowned
ancestors, whose honour had been the reward of their virtue, from which their posterity were never once
known to degenerate. To these were joined several holy persons, as part of that assembly, under the title of
bishops, whose peculiar business is to take care of religion, and of those who instruct the people therein.
These were searched and sought out through the whole nation, by the prince and his wisest counsellors,
among such of the priesthood as were most deservedly distinguished by the sanctity of their lives, and the
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 52
Page No 55
depth of their erudition; who were indeed the spiritual fathers of the clergy and the people.
That the other part of the parliament consisted of an assembly called the House of Commons, who were all
principal gentlemen, freely picked and culled out by the people themselves, for their great abilities and love
of their country, to represent the wisdom of the whole nation. And that these two bodies made up the most
august assembly in Europe; to whom, in conjunction with the prince, the whole legislature is committed.
I then descended to the courts of justice; over which the judges, those venerable sages and interpreters of the
law, presided, for determining the disputed rights and properties of men, as well as for the punishment of vice
and protection of innocence. I mentioned the prudent management of our treasury; the valour and
achievements of our forces, by sea and land. I computed the number of our people, by reckoning how many
millions there might be of each religious sect, or political party among us. I did not omit even our sports and
pastimes, or any other particular which I thought might redound to the honour of my country. And I finished
all with a brief historical account of affairs and events in England for about a hundred years past.
This conversation was not ended under five audiences, each of several hours; and the king heard the whole
with great attention, frequently taking notes of what I spoke, as well as memorandums of what questions he
intended to ask me.
When I had put an end to these long discources, his majesty, in a sixth audience, consulting his notes,
proposed many doubts, queries, and objections, upon every article. He asked, "What methods were used to
cultivate the minds and bodies of our young nobility, and in what kind of business they commonly spent the
first and teachable parts of their lives? What course was taken to supply that assembly, when any noble
family became extinct? What qualifications were necessary in those who are to be created new lords: whether
the humour of the prince, a sum of money to a court lady, or a design of strengthening a party opposite to the
public interest, ever happened to be the motive in those advancements? What share of knowledge these lords
had in the laws of their country, and how they came by it, so as to enable them to decide the properties of
their fellowsubjects in the last resort? Whether they were always so free from avarice, partialities, or want,
that a bribe, or some other sinister view, could have no place among them? Whether those holy lords I spoke
of were always promoted to that rank upon account of their knowledge in religious matters, and the sanctity
of their lives; had never been compliers with the times, while they were common priests; or slavish prostitute
chaplains to some nobleman, whose opinions they continued servilely to follow, after they were admitted into
that assembly?"
He then desired to know, "What arts were practised in electing those whom I called commoners: whether a
stranger, with a strong purse, might not influence the vulgar voters to choose him before their own landlord,
or the most considerable gentleman in the neighbourhood? How it came to pass, that people were so violently
bent upon getting into this assembly, which I allowed to be a great trouble and expense, often to the ruin of
their families, without any salary or pension? because this appeared such an exalted strain of virtue and
public spirit, that his majesty seemed to doubt it might possibly not be always sincere."
And he desired to know, "Whether such zealous gentlemen could have any views of refunding themselves for
the charges and trouble they were at by sacrificing the public good to the designs of a weak and vicious
prince, in conjunction with a corrupted ministry?" He multiplied his questions, and sifted me thoroughly upon
every part of this head, proposing numberless inquiries and objections, which I think it not prudent or
convenient to repeat.
Upon what I said in relation to our courts of justice, his majesty desired to be satisfied in several points: and
this I was the better able to do, having been formerly almost ruined by a long suit in chancery, which was
decreed for me with costs. He asked, "What time was usually spent in determining between right and wrong,
and what degree of expense? Whether advocates and orators had liberty to plead in causes manifestly known
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 53
Page No 56
to be unjust, vexatious, or oppressive? Whether party, in religion or politics, were observed to be of any
weight in the scale of justice? Whether those pleading orators were persons educated in the general
knowledge of equity, or only in provincial, national, and other local customs? Whether they or their judges
had any part in penning those laws, which they assumed the liberty of interpreting, and glossing upon at their
pleasure? Whether they had ever, at different times, pleaded for and against the same cause, and cited
precedents to prove contrary opinions? Whether they were a rich or a poor corporation? Whether they
received any pecuniary reward for pleading, or delivering their opinions? And particularly, whether they were
ever admitted as members in the lower senate?"
He fell next upon the management of our treasury; and said, "he thought my memory had failed me, because I
computed our taxes at about five or six millions ayear, and when I came to mention the issues, he found
they sometimes amounted to more than double; for the notes he had taken were very particular in this point,
because he hoped, as he told me, that the knowledge of our conduct might be useful to him, and he could not
be deceived in his calculations. But, if what I told him were true, he was still at a loss how a kingdom could
run out of its estate, like a private person." He asked me, "who were our creditors; and where we found
money to pay them?" He wondered to hear me talk of such chargeable and expensive wars; "that certainly we
must be a quarrelsome people, or live among very bad neighbours, and that our generals must needs be richer
than our kings." He asked, what business we had out of our own islands, unless upon the score of trade, or
treaty, or to defend the coasts with our fleet?" Above all, he was amazed to hear me talk of a mercenary
standing army, in the midst of peace, and among a free people. He said, "if we were governed by our own
consent, in the persons of our representatives, he could not imagine of whom we were afraid, or against
whom we were to fight; and would hear my opinion, whether a private man's house might not be better
defended by himself, his children, and family, than by halfadozen rascals, picked up at a venture in the
streets for small wages, who might get a hundred times more by cutting their throats?"
He laughed at my "odd kind of arithmetic," as he was pleased to call it, "in reckoning the numbers of our
people, by a computation drawn from the several sects among us, in religion and politics." He said, "he knew
no reason why those, who entertain opinions prejudicial to the public, should be obliged to change, or should
not be obliged to conceal them. And as it was tyranny in any government to require the first, so it was
weakness not to enforce the second: for a man may be allowed to keep poisons in his closet, but not to vend
them about for cordials."
He observed, "that among the diversions of our nobility and gentry, I had mentioned gaming: he desired to
know at what age this entertainment was usually taken up, and when it was laid down; how much of their
time it employed; whether it ever went so high as to affect their fortunes; whether mean, vicious people, by
their dexterity in that art, might not arrive at great riches, and sometimes keep our very nobles in dependence,
as well as habituate them to vile companions, wholly take them from the improvement of their minds, and
force them, by the losses they received, to learn and practise that infamous dexterity upon others?"
He was perfectly astonished with the historical account gave him of our affairs during the last century;
protesting "it was only a heap of conspiracies, rebellions, murders, massacres, revolutions, banishments, the
very worst effects that avarice, faction, hypocrisy, perfidiousness, cruelty, rage, madness, hatred, envy, lust,
malice, and ambition, could produce."
His majesty, in another audience, was at the pains to recapitulate the sum of all I had spoken; compared the
questions he made with the answers I had given; then taking me into his hands, and stroking me gently,
delivered himself in these words, which I shall never forget, nor the manner he spoke them in: "My little
friend Grildrig, you have made a most admirable panegyric upon your country; you have clearly proved, that
ignorance, idleness, and vice, are the proper ingredients for qualifying a legislator; that laws are best
explained, interpreted, and applied, by those whose interest and abilities lie in perverting, confounding, and
eluding them. I observe among you some lines of an institution, which, in its original, might have been
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 54
Page No 57
tolerable, but these half erased, and the rest wholly blurred and blotted by corruptions. It does not appear,
from all you have said, how any one perfection is required toward the procurement of any one station among
you; much less, that men are ennobled on account of their virtue; that priests are advanced for their piety or
learning; soldiers, for their conduct or valour; judges, for their integrity; senators, for the love of their
country; or counsellors for their wisdom. As for yourself," continued the king, "who have spent the greatest
part of your life in travelling, I am well disposed to hope you may hitherto have escaped many vices of your
country. But by what I have gathered from your own relation, and the answers I have with much pains wrung
and extorted from you, I cannot but conclude the bulk of your natives to be the most pernicious race of little
odious vermin that nature ever suffered to crawl upon the surface of the earth."
CHAPTER VII.
[The author's love of his country. He makes a proposal of much advantage to the king, which is rejected. The
king's great ignorance in politics. The learning of that country very imperfect and confined. The laws, and
military affairs, and parties in the state.]
Nothing but an extreme love of truth could have hindered me from concealing this part of my story. It was in
vain to discover my resentments, which were always turned into ridicule; and I was forced to rest with
patience, while my noble and beloved country was so injuriously treated. I am as heartily sorry as any of my
readers can possibly be, that such an occasion was given: but this prince happened to be so curious and
inquisitive upon every particular, that it could not consist either with gratitude or good manners, to refuse
giving him what satisfaction I was able. Yet thus much I may be allowed to say in my own vindication, that I
artfully eluded many of his questions, and gave to every point a more favourable turn, by many degrees, than
the strictness of truth would allow. For I have always borne that laudable partiality to my own country, which
Dionysius Halicarnassensis, with so much justice, recommends to an historian: I would hide the frailties and
deformities of my political mother, and place her virtues and beauties in the most advantageous light. This
was my sincere endeavour in those many discourses I had with that monarch, although it unfortunately failed
of success.
But great allowances should be given to a king, who lives wholly secluded from the rest of the world, and
must therefore be altogether unacquainted with the manners and customs that most prevail in other nations:
the want of which knowledge will ever produce many prejudices, and a certain narrowness of thinking, from
which we, and the politer countries of Europe, are wholly exempted. And it would be hard indeed, if so
remote a prince's notions of virtue and vice were to be offered as a standard for all mankind.
To confirm what I have now said, and further to show the miserable effects of a confined education, I shall
here insert a passage, which will hardly obtain belief. In hopes to ingratiate myself further into his majesty's
favour, I told him of "an invention, discovered between three and four hundred years ago, to make a certain
powder, into a heap of which, the smallest spark of fire falling, would kindle the whole in a moment,
although it were as big as a mountain, and make it all fly up in the air together, with a noise and agitation
greater than thunder. That a proper quantity of this powder rammed into a hollow tube of brass or iron,
according to its bigness, would drive a ball of iron or lead, with such violence and speed, as nothing was able
to sustain its force. That the largest balls thus discharged, would not only destroy whole ranks of an army at
once, but batter the strongest walls to the ground, sink down ships, with a thousand men in each, to the
bottom of the sea, and when linked together by a chain, would cut through masts and rigging, divide
hundreds of bodies in the middle, and lay all waste before them. That we often put this powder into large
hollow balls of iron, and discharged them by an engine into some city we were besieging, which would rip up
the pavements, tear the houses to pieces, burst and throw splinters on every side, dashing out the brains of all
who came near. That I knew the ingredients very well, which were cheap and common; I understood the
manner of compounding them, and could direct his workmen how to make those tubes, of a size
proportionable to all other things in his majesty's kingdom, and the largest need not be above a hundred feet
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 55
Page No 58
long; twenty or thirty of which tubes, charged with the proper quantity of powder and balls, would batter
down the walls of the strongest town in his dominions in a few hours, or destroy the whole metropolis, if ever
it should pretend to dispute his absolute commands." This I humbly offered to his majesty, as a small tribute
of acknowledgment, in turn for so many marks that I had received, of his royal favour and protection.
The king was struck with horror at the description I had given of those terrible engines, and the proposal I had
made. "He was amazed, how so impotent and grovelling an insect as I" (these were his expressions) "could
entertain such inhuman ideas, and in so familiar a manner, as to appear wholly unmoved at all the scenes of
blood and desolation which I had painted as the common effects of those destructive machines; whereof," he
said, "some evil genius, enemy to mankind, must have been the first contriver. As for himself, he protested,
that although few things delighted him so much as new discoveries in art or in nature, yet he would rather
lose half his kingdom, than be privy to such a secret; which he commanded me, as I valued any life, never to
mention any more."
A strange effect of narrow principles and views! that a prince possessed of every quality which procures
veneration, love, and esteem; of strong parts, great wisdom, and profound learning, endowed with admirable
talents, and almost adored by his subjects, should, from a nice, unnecessary scruple, whereof in Europe we
can have no conception, let slip an opportunity put into his hands that would have made him absolute master
of the lives, the liberties, and the fortunes of his people! Neither do I say this, with the least intention to
detract from the many virtues of that excellent king, whose character, I am sensible, will, on this account, be
very much lessened in the opinion of an English reader: but I take this defect among them to have risen from
their ignorance, by not having hitherto reduced politics into a science, as the more acute wits of Europe have
done. For, I remember very well, in a discourse one day with the king, when I happened to say, "there were
several thousand books among us written upon the art of government," it gave him (directly contrary to my
intention) a very mean opinion of our understandings. He professed both to abominate and despise all
mystery, refinement, and intrigue, either in a prince or a minister. He could not tell what I meant by secrets of
state, where an enemy, or some rival nation, were not in the case. He confined the knowledge of governing
within very narrow bounds, to common sense and reason, to justice and lenity, to the speedy determination of
civil and criminal causes; with some other obvious topics, which are not worth considering. And he gave it
for his opinion, "that whoever could make two ears of corn, or two blades of grass, to grow upon a spot of
ground where only one grew before, would deserve better of mankind, and do more essential service to his
country, than the whole race of politicians put together."
The learning of this people is very defective, consisting only in morality, history, poetry, and mathematics,
wherein they must be allowed to excel. But the last of these is wholly applied to what may be useful in life, to
the improvement of agriculture, and all mechanical arts; so that among us, it would be little esteemed. And as
to ideas, entities, abstractions, and transcendentals, I could never drive the least conception into their heads.
No law in that country must exceed in words the number of letters in their alphabet, which consists only of
two and twenty. But indeed few of them extend even to that length. They are expressed in the most plain and
simple terms, wherein those people are not mercurial enough to discover above one interpretation: and to
write a comment upon any law, is a capital crime. As to the decision of civil causes, or proceedings against
criminals, their precedents are so few, that they have little reason to boast of any extraordinary skill in either.
They have had the art of printing, as well as the Chinese, time out of mind: but their libraries are not very
large; for that of the king, which is reckoned the largest, does not amount to above a thousand volumes,
placed in a gallery of twelve hundred feet long, whence I had liberty to borrow what books I pleased. The
queen's joiner had contrived in one of Glumdalclitch's rooms, a kind of wooden machine fiveandtwenty
feet high, formed like a standing ladder; the steps were each fifty feet long. It was indeed a moveable pair of
stairs, the lowest end placed at ten feet distance from the wall of the chamber. The book I had a mind to read,
was put up leaning against the wall: I first mounted to the upper step of the ladder, and turning my face
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 56
Page No 59
towards the book, began at the top of the page, and so walking to the right and left about eight or ten paces,
according to the length of the lines, till I had gotten a little below the level of mine eyes, and then descending
gradually till I came to the bottom: after which I mounted again, and began the other page in the same
manner, and so turned over the leaf, which I could easily do with both my hands, for it was as thick and stiff
as a pasteboard, and in the largest folios not above eighteen or twenty feet long.
Their style is clear, masculine, and smooth, but not florid; for they avoid nothing more than multiplying
unnecessary words, or using various expressions. I have perused many of their books, especially those in
history and morality. Among the rest, I was much diverted with a little old treatise, which always lay in
Glumdalclitch's bed chamber, and belonged to her governess, a grave elderly gentlewoman, who dealt in
writings of morality and devotion. The book treats of the weakness of human kind, and is in little esteem,
except among the women and the vulgar. However, I was curious to see what an author of that country could
say upon such a subject. This writer went through all the usual topics of European moralists, showing "how
diminutive, contemptible, and helpless an animal was man in his own nature; how unable to defend himself
from inclemencies of the air, or the fury of wild beasts: how much he was excelled by one creature in
strength, by another in speed, by a third in foresight, by a fourth in industry." He added, "that nature was
degenerated in these latter declining ages of the world, and could now produce only small abortive births, in
comparison of those in ancient times." He said "it was very reasonable to think, not only that the species of
men were originally much larger, but also that there must have been giants in former ages; which, as it is
asserted by history and tradition, so it has been confirmed by huge bones and skulls, casually dug up in
several parts of the kingdom, far exceeding the common dwindled race of men in our days." He argued, "that
the very laws of nature absolutely required we should have been made, in the beginning of a size more large
and robust; not so liable to destruction from every little accident, of a tile falling from a house, or a stone cast
from the hand of a boy, or being drowned in a little brook." From this way of reasoning, the author drew
several moral applications, useful in the conduct of life, but needless here to repeat. For my own part, I could
not avoid reflecting how universally this talent was spread, of drawing lectures in morality, or indeed rather
matter of discontent and repining, from the quarrels we raise with nature. And I believe, upon a strict inquiry,
those quarrels might be shown as illgrounded among us as they are among that people.
As to their military affairs, they boast that the king's army consists of a hundred and seventysix thousand
foot, and thirtytwo thousand horse: if that may be called an army, which is made up of tradesmen in the
several cities, and farmers in the country, whose commanders are only the nobility and gentry, without pay or
reward. They are indeed perfect enough in their exercises, and under very good discipline, wherein I saw no
great merit; for how should it be otherwise, where every farmer is under the command of his own landlord,
and every citizen under that of the principal men in his own city, chosen after the manner of Venice, by
ballot?
I have often seen the militia of Lorbrulgrud drawn out to exercise, in a great field near the city of twenty
miles square. They were in all not above twentyfive thousand foot, and six thousand horse; but it was
impossible for me to compute their number, considering the space of ground they took up. A cavalier,
mounted on a large steed, might be about ninety feet high. I have seen this whole body of horse, upon a word
of command, draw their swords at once, and brandish them in the air.
Imagination can figure nothing so grand, so surprising, and so astonishing! it looked as if ten thousand
flashes of lightning were darting at the same time from every quarter of the sky.
I was curious to know how this prince, to whose dominions there is no access from any other country, came
to think of armies, or to teach his people the practice of military discipline. But I was soon informed, both by
conversation and reading their histories; for, in the course of many ages, they have been troubled with the
same disease to which the whole race of mankind is subject; the nobility often contending for power, the
people for liberty, and the king for absolute dominion. All which, however happily tempered by the laws of
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 57
Page No 60
that kingdom, have been sometimes violated by each of the three parties, and have more than once
occasioned civil wars; the last whereof was happily put an end to by this prince's grandfather, in a general
composition; and the militia, then settled with common consent, has been ever since kept in the strictest duty.
CHAPTER VIII.
[The king and queen make a progress to the frontiers. The author attends them. The manner in which he
leaves the country very particularly related. He returns to England.]
I had always a strong impulse that I should some time recover my liberty, though it was impossible to
conjecture by what means, or to form any project with the least hope of succeeding. The ship in which I
sailed, was the first ever known to be driven within sight of that coast, and the king had given strict orders,
that if at any time another appeared, it should be taken ashore, and with all its crew and passengers brought in
a tumbril to Lorbrulgrud. He was strongly bent to get me a woman of my own size, by whom I might
propagate the breed: but I think I should rather have died than undergone the disgrace of leaving a posterity to
be kept in cages, like tame canarybirds, and perhaps, in time, sold about the kingdom, to persons of quality,
for curiosities. I was indeed treated with much kindness: I was the favourite of a great king and queen, and
the delight of the whole court; but it was upon such a foot as ill became the dignity of humankind. I could
never forget those domestic pledges I had left behind me. I wanted to be among people, with whom I could
converse upon even terms, and walk about the streets and fields without being afraid of being trod to death
like a frog or a young puppy. But my deliverance came sooner than I expected, and in a manner not very
common; the whole story and circumstances of which I shall faithfully relate.
I had now been two years in this country; and about the beginning of the third, Glumdalclitch and I attended
the king and queen, in a progress to the south coast of the kingdom. I was carried, as usual, in my
travellingbox, which as I have already described, was a very convenient closet, of twelve feet wide. And I
had ordered a hammock to be fixed, by silken ropes from the four corners at the top, to break the jolts, when a
servant carried me before him on horseback, as I sometimes desired; and would often sleep in my hammock,
while we were upon the road. On the roof of my closet, not directly over the middle of the hammock, I
ordered the joiner to cut out a hole of a foot square, to give me air in hot weather, as I slept; which hole I shut
at pleasure with a board that drew backward and forward through a groove.
When we came to our journey's end, the king thought proper to pass a few days at a palace he has near
Flanflasnic, a city within eighteen English miles of the seaside. Glumdalclitch and I were much fatigued: I
had gotten a small cold, but the poor girl was so ill as to be confined to her chamber. I longed to see the
ocean, which must be the only scene of my escape, if ever it should happen. I pretended to be worse than I
really was, and desired leave to take the fresh air of the sea, with a page, whom I was very fond of, and who
had sometimes been trusted with me. I shall never forget with what unwillingness Glumdalclitch consented,
nor the strict charge she gave the page to be careful of me, bursting at the same time into a flood of tears, as if
she had some forboding of what was to happen. The boy took me out in my box, about half an hours walk
from the palace, towards the rocks on the seashore. I ordered him to set me down, and lifting up one of my
sashes, cast many a wistful melancholy look towards the sea. I found myself not very well, and told the page
that I had a mind to take a nap in my hammock, which I hoped would do me good. I got in, and the boy shut
the window close down, to keep out the cold. I soon fell asleep, and all I can conjecture is, while I slept, the
page, thinking no danger could happen, went among the rocks to look for birds' eggs, having before observed
him from my window searching about, and picking up one or two in the clefts. Be that as it will, I found
myself suddenly awaked with a violent pull upon the ring, which was fastened at the top of my box for the
conveniency of carriage. I felt my box raised very high in the air, and then borne forward with prodigious
speed. The first jolt had like to have shaken me out of my hammock, but afterward the motion was easy
enough. I called out several times, as loud as I could raise my voice, but all to no purpose. I looked towards
my windows, and could see nothing but the clouds and sky. I heard a noise just over my head, like the
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 58
Page No 61
clapping of wings, and then began to perceive the woful condition I was in; that some eagle had got the ring
of my box in his beak, with an intent to let it fall on a rock, like a tortoise in a shell, and then pick out my
body, and devour it: for the sagacity and smell of this bird enables him to discover his quarry at a great
distance, though better concealed than I could be within a twoinch board.
In a little time, I observed the noise and flutter of wings to increase very fast, and my box was tossed up and
down, like a sign in a windy day. I heard several bangs or buffets, as I thought given to the eagle (for such I
am certain it must have been that held the ring of my box in his beak), and then, all on a sudden, felt myself
falling perpendicularly down, for above a minute, but with such incredible swiftness, that I almost lost my
breath. My fall was stopped by a terrible squash, that sounded louder to my ears than the cataract of Niagara;
after which, I was quite in the dark for another minute, and then my box began to rise so high, that I could see
light from the tops of the windows. I now perceived I was fallen into the sea. My box, by the weight of my
body, the goods that were in, and the broad plates of iron fixed for strength at the four corners of the top and
bottom, floated about five feet deep in water. I did then, and do now suppose, that the eagle which flew away
with my box was pursued by two or three others, and forced to let me drop, while he defended himself
against the rest, who hoped to share in the prey. The plates of iron fastened at the bottom of the box (for those
were the strongest) preserved the balance while it fell, and hindered it from being broken on the surface of the
water. Every joint of it was well grooved; and the door did not move on hinges, but up and down like a sash,
which kept my closet so tight that very little water came in. I got with much difficulty out of my hammock,
having first ventured to draw back the slipboard on the roof already mentioned, contrived on purpose to let
in air, for want of which I found myself almost stifled.
How often did I then wish myself with my dear Glumdalclitch, from whom one single hour had so far divided
me! And I may say with truth, that in the midst of my own misfortunes I could not forbear lamenting my poor
nurse, the grief she would suffer for my loss, the displeasure of the queen, and the ruin of her fortune.
Perhaps many travellers have not been under greater difficulties and distress than I was at this juncture,
expecting every moment to see my box dashed to pieces, or at least overset by the first violent blast, or rising
wave. A breach in one single pane of glass would have been immediate death: nor could any thing have
preserved the windows, but the strong lattice wires placed on the outside, against accidents in travelling. I
saw the water ooze in at several crannies, although the leaks were not considerable, and I endeavoured to stop
them as well as I could. I was not able to lift up the roof of my closet, which otherwise I certainly should have
done, and sat on the top of it; where I might at least preserve myself some hours longer, than by being shut up
(as I may call it) in the hold. Or if I escaped these dangers for a day or two, what could I expect but a
miserable death of cold and hunger? I was four hours under these circumstances, expecting, and indeed
wishing, every moment to be my last.
I have already told the reader that there were two strong staples fixed upon that side of my box which had no
window, and into which the servant, who used to carry me on horseback, would put a leathern belt, and
buckle it about his waist. Being in this disconsolate state, I heard, or at least thought I heard, some kind of
grating noise on that side of my box where the staples were fixed; and soon after I began to fancy that the box
was pulled or towed along the sea; for I now and then felt a sort of tugging, which made the waves rise near
the tops of my windows, leaving me almost in the dark. This gave me some faint hopes of relief, although I
was not able to imagine how it could be brought about. I ventured to unscrew one of my chairs, which were
always fastened to the floor; and having made a hard shift to screw it down again, directly under the
slippingboard that I had lately opened, I mounted on the chair, and putting my mouth as near as I could to
the hole, I called for help in a loud voice, and in all the languages I understood. I then fastened my
handkerchief to a stick I usually carried, and thrusting it up the hole, waved it several times in the air, that if
any boat or ship were near, the seamen might conjecture some unhappy mortal to be shut up in the box.
I found no effect from all I could do, but plainly perceived my closet to be moved along; and in the space of
an hour, or better, that side of the box where the staples were, and had no windows, struck against something
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 59
Page No 62
that was hard. I apprehended it to be a rock, and found myself tossed more than ever. I plainly heard a noise
upon the cover of my closet, like that of a cable, and the grating of it as it passed through the ring. I then
found myself hoisted up, by degrees, at least three feet higher than I was before. Whereupon I again thrust up
my stick and handkerchief, calling for help till I was almost hoarse. In return to which, I heard a great shout
repeated three times, giving me such transports of joy as are not to be conceived but by those who feel them. I
now heard a trampling over my head, and somebody calling through the hole with a loud voice, in the
English tongue, "If there be any body below, let them speak." I answered, "I was an Englishman, drawn by ill
fortune into the greatest calamity that ever any creature underwent, and begged, by all that was moving, to be
delivered out of the dungeon I was in." The voice replied, "I was safe, for my box was fastened to their ship;
and the carpenter should immediately come and saw a hole in the cover, large enough to pull me out." I
answered, "that was needless, and would take up too much time; for there was no more to be done, but let one
of the crew put his finger into the ring, and take the box out of the sea into the ship, and so into the captain's
cabin." Some of them, upon hearing me talk so wildly, thought I was mad: others laughed; for indeed it never
came into my head, that I was now got among people of my own stature and strength. The carpenter came,
and in a few minutes sawed a passage about four feet square, then let down a small ladder, upon which I
mounted, and thence was taken into the ship in a very weak condition.
The sailors were all in amazement, and asked me a thousand questions, which I had no inclination to answer.
I was equally confounded at the sight of so many pigmies, for such I took them to be, after having so long
accustomed mine eyes to the monstrous objects I had left. But the captain, Mr. Thomas Wilcocks, an honest
worthy Shropshire man, observing I was ready to faint, took me into his cabin, gave me a cordial to comfort
me, and made me turn in upon his own bed, advising me to take a little rest, of which I had great need. Before
I went to sleep, I gave him to understand that I had some valuable furniture in my box, too good to be lost: a
fine hammock, a handsome fieldbed, two chairs, a table, and a cabinet; that my closet was hung on all sides,
or rather quilted, with silk and cotton; that if he would let one of the crew bring my closet into his cabin, I
would open it there before him, and show him my goods. The captain, hearing me utter these absurdities,
concluded I was raving; however (I suppose to pacify me) he promised to give order as I desired, and going
upon deck, sent some of his men down into my closet, whence (as I afterwards found) they drew up all my
goods, and stripped off the quilting; but the chairs, cabinet, and bedstead, being screwed to the floor, were
much damaged by the ignorance of the seamen, who tore them up by force. Then they knocked off some of
the boards for the use of the ship, and when they had got all they had a mind for, let the hull drop into the sea,
which by reason of many breaches made in the bottom and sides, sunk to rights. And, indeed, I was glad not
to have been a spectator of the havoc they made, because I am confident it would have sensibly touched me,
by bringing former passages into my mind, which I would rather have forgot.
I slept some hours, but perpetually disturbed with dreams of the place I had left, and the dangers I had
escaped. However, upon waking, I found myself much recovered. It was now about eight o'clock at night, and
the captain ordered supper immediately, thinking I had already fasted too long. He entertained me with great
kindness, observing me not to look wildly, or talk inconsistently: and, when we were left alone, desired I
would give him a relation of my travels, and by what accident I came to be set adrift, in that monstrous
wooden chest. He said "that about twelve o'clock at noon, as he was looking through his glass, he spied it at a
distance, and thought it was a sail, which he had a mind to make, being not much out of his course, in hopes
of buying some biscuit, his own beginning to fall short. That upon coming nearer, and finding his error, he
sent out his longboat to discover what it was; that his men came back in a fright, swearing they had seen a
swimming house. That he laughed at their folly, and went himself in the boat, ordering his men to take a
strong cable along with them. That the weather being calm, he rowed round me several times, observed my
windows and wire lattices that defended them. That he discovered two staples upon one side, which was all
of boards, without any passage for light. He then commanded his men to row up to that side, and fastening a
cable to one of the staples, ordered them to tow my chest, as they called it, toward the ship. When it was
there, he gave directions to fasten another cable to the ring fixed in the cover, and to raise up my chest with
pulleys, which all the sailors were not able to do above two or three feet." He said, "they saw my stick and
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 60
Page No 63
handkerchief thrust out of the hole, and concluded that some unhappy man must be shut up in the cavity." I
asked, "whether he or the crew had seen any prodigious birds in the air, about the time he first discovered
me." To which he answered, that discoursing this matter with the sailors while I was asleep, one of them said,
he had observed three eagles flying towards the north, but remarked nothing of their being larger than the
usual size:" which I suppose must be imputed to the great height they were at; and he could not guess the
reason of my question. I then asked the captain, "how far he reckoned we might be from land?" He said, "by
the best computation he could make, we were at least a hundred leagues." I assured him, "that he must be
mistaken by almost half, for I had not left the country whence I came above two hours before I dropped into
the sea." Whereupon he began again to think that my brain was disturbed, of which he gave me a hint, and
advised me to go to bed in a cabin he had provided. I assured him, "I was well refreshed with his good
entertainment and company, and as much in my senses as ever I was in my life." He then grew serious, and
desired to ask me freely, "whether I were not troubled in my mind by the consciousness of some enormous
crime, for which I was punished, at the command of some prince, by exposing me in that chest; as great
criminals, in other countries, have been forced to sea in a leaky vessel, without provisions: for although he
should be sorry to have taken so ill a man into his ship, yet he would engage his word to set me safe ashore,
in the first port where we arrived." He added, "that his suspicions were much increased by some very absurd
speeches I had delivered at first to his sailors, and afterwards to himself, in relation to my closet or chest, as
well as by my odd looks and behaviour while I was at supper."
I begged his patience to hear me tell my story, which I faithfully did, from the last time I left England, to the
moment he first discovered me. And, as truth always forces its way into rational minds, so this honest worthy
gentleman, who had some tincture of learning, and very good sense, was immediately convinced of my
candour and veracity. But further to confirm all I had said, I entreated him to give order that my cabinet
should be brought, of which I had the key in my pocket; for he had already informed me how the seamen
disposed of my closet. I opened it in his own presence, and showed him the small collection of rarities I made
in the country from which I had been so strangely delivered. There was the comb I had contrived out of the
stumps of the king's beard, and another of the same materials, but fixed into a paring of her majesty's
thumbnail, which served for the back. There was a collection of needles and pins, from a foot to half a yard
long; four wasp stings, like joiner's tacks; some combings of the queen's hair; a gold ring, which one day she
made me a present of, in a most obliging manner, taking it from her little finger, and throwing it over my
head like a collar. I desired the captain would please to accept this ring in return for his civilities; which he
absolutely refused. I showed him a corn that I had cut off with my own hand, from a maid of honour's toe; it
was about the bigness of Kentish pippin, and grown so hard, that when I returned England, I got it hollowed
into a cup, and set in silver. Lastly, I desired him to see the breeches I had then on, which were made of a
mouse's skin.
I could force nothing on him but a footman's tooth, which I observed him to examine with great curiosity, and
found he had a fancy for it. He received it with abundance of thanks, more than such a trifle could deserve. It
was drawn by an unskilful surgeon, in a mistake, from one of Glumdalclitch's men, who was afflicted with
the toothache, but it was as sound as any in his head. I got it cleaned, and put it into my cabinet. It was about
a foot long, and four inches in diameter.
The captain was very well satisfied with this plain relation I had given him, and said, "he hoped, when we
returned to England, I would oblige the world by putting it on paper, and making it public." My answer was,
"that we were overstocked with books of travels: that nothing could now pass which was not extraordinary;
wherein I doubted some authors less consulted truth, than their own vanity, or interest, or the diversion of
ignorant readers; that my story could contain little beside common events, without those ornamental
descriptions of strange plants, trees, birds, and other animals; or of the barbarous customs and idolatry of
savage people, with which most writers abound. However, I thanked him for his good opinion, and promised
to take the matter into my thoughts."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 61
Page No 64
He said "he wondered at one thing very much, which was, to hear me speak so loud;" asking me "whether the
king or queen of that country were thick of hearing?" I told him, "it was what I had been used to for above
two years past, and that I admired as much at the voices of him and his men, who seemed to me only to
whisper, and yet I could hear them well enough. But, when I spoke in that country, it was like a man talking
in the streets, to another looking out from the top of a steeple, unless when I was placed on a table, or held in
any person's hand." I told him, "I had likewise observed another thing, that, when I first got into the ship, and
the sailors stood all about me, I thought they were the most little contemptible creatures I had ever beheld."
For indeed, while I was in that prince's country, I could never endure to look in a glass, after mine eyes had
been accustomed to such prodigious objects, because the comparison gave me so despicable a conceit of
myself. The captain said, "that while we were at supper, he observed me to look at every thing with a sort of
wonder, and that I often seemed hardly able to contain my laughter, which he knew not well how to take, but
imputed it to some disorder in my brain." I answered, "it was very true; and I wondered how I could forbear,
when I saw his dishes of the size of a silver threepence, a leg of pork hardly a mouthful, a cup not so big as
a nutshell;" and so I went on, describing the rest of his householdstuff and provisions, after the same
manner. For, although he queen had ordered a little equipage of all things necessary for me, while I was in
her service, yet my ideas were wholly taken up with what I saw on every side of me, and I winked at my own
littleness, as people do at their own faults. The captain understood my raillery very well, and merrily replied
with the old English proverb, "that he doubted mine eyes were bigger than my belly, for he did not observe
my stomach so good, although I had fasted all day;" and, continuing in his mirth, protested "he would have
gladly given a hundred pounds, to have seen my closet in the eagle's bill, and afterwards in its fall from so
great a height into the sea; which would certainly have been a most astonishing object, worthy to have the
description of it transmitted to future ages:" and the comparison of Phaeton was so obvious, that he could not
forbear applying it, although I did not much admire the conceit.
The captain having been at Tonquin, was, in his return to England, driven northeastward to the latitude of
44 degrees, and longitude of 143. But meeting a tradewind two days after I came on board him, we sailed
southward a long time, and coasting New Holland, kept our course westsouthwest, and then
southsouthwest, till we doubled the Cape of Good Hope. Our voyage was very prosperous, but I shall not
trouble the reader with a journal of it. The captain called in at one or two ports, and sent in his longboat for
provisions and fresh water; but I never went out of the ship till we came into the Downs, which was on the
third day of June, 1706, about nine months after my escape. I offered to leave my goods in security for
payment of my freight: but the captain protested he would not receive one farthing. We took a kind leave of
each other, and I made him promise he would come to see me at my house in Redriff. I hired a horse and
guide for five shillings, which I borrowed of the captain.
As I was on the road, observing the littleness of the houses, the trees, the cattle, and the people, I began to
think myself in Lilliput. I was afraid of trampling on every traveller I met, and often called aloud to have
them stand out of the way, so that I had like to have gotten one or two broken heads for my impertinence.
When I came to my own house, for which I was forced to inquire, one of the servants opening the door, I bent
down to go in, (like a goose under a gate,) for fear of striking my head. My wife run out to embrace me, but I
stooped lower than her knees, thinking she could otherwise never be able to reach my mouth. My daughter
kneeled to ask my blessing, but I could not see her till she arose, having been so long used to stand with my
head and eyes erect to above sixty feet; and then I went to take her up with one hand by the waist. I looked
down upon the servants, and one or two friends who were in the house, as if they had been pigmies and I a
giant. I told my wife, "she had been too thrifty, for I found she had starved herself and her daughter to
nothing." In short, I behaved myself so unaccountably, that they were all of the captain's opinion when he
first saw me, and concluded I had lost my wits. This I mention as an instance of the great power of habit and
prejudice.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 62
Page No 65
In a little time, I and my family and friends came to a right understanding: but my wife protested "I should
never go to sea any more;" although my evil destiny so ordered, that she had not power to hinder me, as the
reader may know hereafter. In the mean time, I here conclude the second part of my unfortunate voyages.
PART III. A VOYAGE TO LAPUTA, BALNIBARBI, LUGGNAGG, GLUBBDUBDRIB, AND JAPAN.
CHAPTER I.
[The author sets out on his third voyage. Is taken by pirates. The malice of a Dutchman. His arrival at an
island. He is received into Laputa.]
I had not been at home above ten days, when Captain William Robinson, a Cornish man, commander of the
Hopewell, a stout ship of three hundred tons, came to my house. I had formerly been surgeon of another ship
where he was master, and a fourth part owner, in a voyage to the Levant. He had always treated me more like
a brother, than an inferior officer; and, hearing of my arrival, made me a visit, as I apprehended only out of
friendship, for nothing passed more than what is usual after long absences. But repeating his visits often,
expressing his joy to find I me in good health, asking, "whether I were now settled for life?" adding, "that he
intended a voyage to the East Indies in two months," at last he plainly invited me, though with some
apologies, to be surgeon of the ship; "that I should have another surgeon under me, beside our two mates; that
my salary should be double to the usual pay; and that having experienced my knowledge in seaaffairs to be
at least equal to his, he would enter into any engagement to follow my advice, as much as if I had shared in
the command."
He said so many other obliging things, and I knew him to be so honest a man, that I could not reject this
proposal; the thirst I had of seeing the world, notwithstanding my past misfortunes, continuing as violent as
ever. The only difficulty that remained, was to persuade my wife, whose consent however I at last obtained,
by the prospect of advantage she proposed to her children.
We set out the 5th day of August, 1706, and arrived at Fort St. George the 11th of April, 1707. We staid there
three weeks to refresh our crew, many of whom were sick. From thence we went to Tonquin, where the
captain resolved to continue some time, because many of the goods he intended to buy were not ready, nor
could he expect to be dispatched in several months. Therefore, in hopes to defray some of the charges he
must be at, he bought a sloop, loaded it with several sorts of goods, wherewith the Tonquinese usually trade
to the neighbouring islands, and putting fourteen men on board, whereof three were of the country, he
appointed me master of the sloop, and gave me power to traffic, while he transacted his affairs at Tonquin.
We had not sailed above three days, when a great storm arising, we were driven five days to the
northnortheast, and then to the east: after which we had fair weather, but still with a pretty strong gale
from the west. Upon the tenth day we were chased by two pirates, who soon overtook us; for my sloop was so
deep laden, that she sailed very slow, neither were we in a condition to defend ourselves.
We were boarded about the same time by both the pirates, who entered furiously at the head of their men; but
finding us all prostrate upon our faces (for so I gave order), they pinioned us with strong ropes, and setting
guard upon us, went to search the sloop.
I observed among them a Dutchman, who seemed to be of some authority, though he was not commander of
either ship. He knew us by our countenances to be Englishmen, and jabbering to us in his own language,
swore we should be tied back to back and thrown into the sea. I spoken Dutch tolerably well; I told him who
we were, and begged him, in consideration of our being Christians and Protestants, of neighbouring countries
in strict alliance, that he would move the captains to take some pity on us. This inflamed his rage; he repeated
his threatenings, and turning to his companions, spoke with great vehemence in the Japanese language, as I
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 63
Page No 66
suppose, often using the word CHRISTIANOS.
The largest of the two pirate ships was commanded by a Japanese captain, who spoke a little Dutch, but very
imperfectly. He came up to me, and after several questions, which I answered in great humility, he said, "we
should not die." I made the captain a very low bow, and then, turning to the Dutchman, said, "I was sorry to
find more mercy in a heathen, than in a brother christian." But I had soon reason to repent those foolish
words:
for that malicious reprobate, having often endeavoured in vain to persuade both the captains that I might be
thrown into the sea (which they would not yield to, after the promise made me that I should not die),
however, prevailed so far, as to have a punishment inflicted on me, worse, in all human appearance, than
death itself. My men were sent by an equal division into both the pirate ships, and my sloop new manned. As
to myself, it was determined that I should be set adrift in a small canoe, with paddles and a sail, and four
days' provisions; which last, the Japanese captain was so kind to double out of his own stores, and would
permit no man to search me. I got down into the canoe, while the Dutchman, standing upon the deck, loaded
me with all the curses and injurious terms his language could afford.
About an hour before we saw the pirates I had taken an observation, and found we were in the latitude of 46
N. and longitude of 183. When I was at some distance from the pirates, I discovered, by my pocketglass,
several islands to the southeast. I set up my sail, the wind being fair, with a design to reach the nearest of
those islands, which I made a shift to do, in about three hours. It was all rocky: however I got many birds'
eggs; and, striking fire, I kindled some heath and dry seaweed, by which I roasted my eggs. I ate no other
supper, being resolved to spare my provisions as much as I could. I passed the night under the shelter of a
rock, strewing some heath under me, and slept pretty well.
The next day I sailed to another island, and thence to a third and fourth, sometimes using my sail, and
sometimes my paddles. But, not to trouble the reader with a particular account of my distresses, let it suffice,
that on the fifth day I arrived at the last island in my sight, which lay southsoutheast to the former.
This island was at a greater distance than I expected, and I did not reach it in less than five hours. I
encompassed it almost round, before I could find a convenient place to land in; which was a small creek,
about three times the wideness of my canoe. I found the island to be all rocky, only a little intermingled with
tufts of grass, and sweetsmelling herbs. I took out my small provisions and after having refreshed myself, I
secured the remainder in a cave, whereof there were great numbers; I gathered plenty of eggs upon the rocks,
and got a quantity of dry seaweed, and parched grass, which I designed to kindle the next day, and roast my
eggs as well as I could, for I had about me my flint, steel, match, and burningglass. I lay all night in the cave
where I had lodged my provisions. My bed was the same dry grass and seaweed which I intended for fuel. I
slept very little, for the disquiets of my mind prevailed over my weariness, and kept me awake. I considered
how impossible it was to preserve my life in so desolate a place, and how miserable my end must be: yet
found myself so listless and desponding, that I had not the heart to rise; and before I could get spirits enough
to creep out of my cave, the day was far advanced. I walked awhile among the rocks: the sky was perfectly
clear, and the sun so hot, that I was forced to turn my face from it: when all on a sudden it became obscure, as
I thought, in a manner very different from what happens by the interposition of a cloud. I turned back, and
perceived a vast opaque body between me and the sun moving forwards towards the island: it seemed to be
about two miles high, and hid the sun six or seven minutes; but I did not observe the air to be much colder, or
the sky more darkened, than if I had stood under the shade of a mountain. As it approached nearer over the
place where I was, it appeared to be a firm substance, the bottom flat, smooth, and shining very bright, from
the reflection of the sea below. I stood upon a height about two hundred yards from the shore, and saw this
vast body descending almost to a parallel with me, at less than an English mile distance. I took out my pocket
perspective, and could plainly discover numbers of people moving up and down the sides of it, which
appeared to be sloping; but what those people where doing I was not able to distinguish.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 64
Page No 67
The natural love of life gave me some inward motion of joy, and I was ready to entertain a hope that this
adventure might, some way or other, help to deliver me from the desolate place and condition I was in. But at
the same time the reader can hardly conceive my astonishment, to behold an island in the air, inhabited by
men, who were able (as it should seem) to raise or sink, or put it into progressive motion, as they pleased. But
not being at that time in a disposition to philosophise upon this phenomenon, I rather chose to observe what
course the island would take, because it seemed for awhile to stand still. Yet soon after, it advanced nearer,
and I could see the sides of it encompassed with several gradations of galleries, and stairs, at certain intervals,
to descend from one to the other. In the lowest gallery, I beheld some people fishing with long angling rods,
and others looking on. I waved my cap (for my hat was long since worn out) and my handkerchief toward the
island; and upon its nearer approach, I called and shouted with the utmost strength of my voice; and then
looking circumspectly, I beheld a crowd gather to that side which was most in my view. I found by their
pointing towards me and to each other, that they plainly discovered me, although they made no return to my
shouting. But I could see four or five men running in great haste, up the stairs, to the top of the island, who
then disappeared. I happened rightly to conjecture, that these were sent for orders to some person in authority
upon this occasion.
The number of people increased, and, in less than half all hour, the island was moved and raised in such a
manner, that the lowest gallery appeared in a parallel of less then a hundred yards distance from the height
where I stood. I then put myself in the most supplicating posture, and spoke in the humblest accent, but
received no answer. Those who stood nearest over against me, seemed to be persons of distinction, as I
supposed by their habit. They conferred earnestly with each other, looking often upon me. At length one of
them called out in a clear, polite, smooth dialect, not unlike in sound to the Italian: and therefore I returned an
answer in that language, hoping at least that the cadence might be more agreeable to his ears. Although
neither of us understood the other, yet my meaning was easily known, for the people saw the distress I was in.
They made signs for me to come down from the rock, and go towards the shore, which I accordingly did; and
the flying island being raised to a convenient height, the verge directly over me, a chain was let down from
the lowest gallery, with a seat fastened to the bottom, to which I fixed myself, and was drawn up by pulleys.
CHAPTER II.
[The humours and dispositions of the Laputians described. An account of their learning. Of the king and his
court. The author's reception there. The inhabitants subject to fear and disquietudes. An account of the
women.]
Ay my alighting, I was surrounded with a crowd of people, but those who stood nearest seemed to be of
better quality. They beheld me with all the marks and circumstances of wonder; neither indeed was I much in
their debt, having never till then seen a race of mortals so singular in their shapes, habits, and countenances.
Their heads were all reclined, either to the right, or the left; one of their eyes turned inward, and the other
directly up to the zenith. Their outward garments were adorned with the figures of suns, moons, and stars;
interwoven with those of fiddles, flutes, harps, trumpets, guitars, harpsichords, and many other instruments of
music, unknown to us in Europe. I observed, here and there, many in the habit of servants, with a blown
bladder, fastened like a flail to the end of a stick, which they carried in their hands. In each bladder was a
small quantity of dried peas, or little pebbles, as I was afterwards informed. With these bladders, they now
and then flapped the mouths and ears of those who stood near them, of which practice I could not then
conceive the meaning. It seems the minds of these people are so taken up with intense speculations, that they
neither can speak, nor attend to the discourses of others, without being roused by some external taction upon
the organs of speech and hearing; for which reason, those persons who are able to afford it always keep a
flapper (the original is CLIMENOLE) in their family, as one of their domestics; nor ever walk abroad, or
make visits, without him. And the business of this officer is, when two, three, or more persons are in
company, gently to strike with his bladder the mouth of him who is to speak, and the right ear of him or them
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 65
Page No 68
to whom the speaker addresses himself. This flapper is likewise employed diligently to attend his master in
his walks, and upon occasion to give him a soft flap on his eyes; because he is always so wrapped up in
cogitation, that he is in manifest danger of falling down every precipice, and bouncing his head against every
post; and in the streets, of justling others, or being justled himself into the kennel.
It was necessary to give the reader this information, without which he would be at the same loss with me to
understand the proceedings of these people, as they conducted me up the stairs to the top of the island, and
from thence to the royal palace. While we were ascending, they forgot several times what they were about,
and left me to myself, till their memories were again roused by their flappers; for they appeared altogether
unmoved by the sight of my foreign habit and countenance, and by the shouts of the vulgar, whose thoughts
and minds were more disengaged.
At last we entered the palace, and proceeded into the chamber of presence, where I saw the king seated on his
throne, attended on each side by persons of prime quality. Before the throne, was a large table filled with
globes and spheres, and mathematical instruments of all kinds. His majesty took not the least notice of us,
although our entrance was not without sufficient noise, by the concourse of all persons belonging to the court.
But he was then deep in a problem; and we attended at least an hour, before he could solve it. There stood by
him, on each side, a young page with flaps in their hands, and when they saw he was at leisure, one of them
gently struck his mouth, and the other his right ear; at which he startled like one awaked on the sudden, and
looking towards me and the company I was in, recollected the occasion of our coming, whereof he had been
informed before. He spoke some words, whereupon immediately a young man with a flap came up to my
side, and flapped me gently on the right ear; but I made signs, as well as I could, that I had no occasion for
such an instrument; which, as I afterwards found, gave his majesty, and the whole court, a very mean opinion
of my understanding. The king, as far as I could conjecture, asked me several questions, and I addressed
myself to him in all the languages I had. When it was found I could neither understand nor be understood, I
was conducted by his order to an apartment in his palace (this prince being distinguished above all his
predecessors for his hospitality to strangers), where two servants were appointed to attend me. My dinner was
brought, and four persons of quality, whom I remembered to have seen very near the king's person, did me
the honour to dine with me. We had two courses, of three dishes each. In the first course, there was a shoulder
of mutton cut into an equilateral triangle, a piece of beef into a rhomboides, and a pudding into a cycloid. The
second course was two ducks trussed up in the form of fiddles; sausages and puddings resembling flutes and
hautboys, and a breast of veal in the shape of a harp. The servants cut our bread into cones, cylinders,
parallelograms, and several other mathematical figures.
While we were at dinner, I made bold to ask the names of several things in their language, and those noble
persons, by the assistance of their flappers, delighted to give me answers, hoping to raise my admiration of
their great abilities if I could be brought to converse with them. I was soon able to call for bread and drink, or
whatever else I wanted.
After dinner my company withdrew, and a person was sent to me by the king's order, attended by a flapper.
He brought with him pen, ink, and paper, and three or four books, giving me to understand by signs, that he
was sent to teach me the language. We sat together four hours, in which time I wrote down a great number of
words in columns, with the translations over against them; I likewise made a shift to learn several short
sentences; for my tutor would order one of my servants to fetch something, to turn about, to make a bow, to
sit, or to stand, or walk, and the like. Then I took down the sentence in writing. He showed me also, in one of
his books, the figures of the sun, moon, and stars, the zodiac, the tropics, and polar circles, together with the
denominations of many plains and solids. He gave me the names and descriptions of all the musical
instruments, and the general terms of art in playing on each of them. After he had left me, I placed all my
words, with their interpretations, in alphabetical order. And thus, in a few days, by the help of a very faithful
memory, I got some insight into their language. The word, which I interpret the flying or floating island, is in
the original LAPUTA, whereof I could never learn the true etymology. LAP, in the old obsolete language,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 66
Page No 69
signifies high; and UNTUH, a governor; from which they say, by corruption, was derived LAPUTA, from
LAPUNTUH. But I do not approve of this derivation, which seems to be a little strained. I ventured to offer
to the learned among them a conjecture of my own, that Laputa was QUASI LAP OUTED; LAP, signifying
properly, the dancing of the sunbeams in the sea, and OUTED, a wing; which, however, I shall not obtrude,
but submit to the judicious reader.
Those to whom the king had entrusted me, observing how ill I was clad, ordered a tailor to come next
morning, and take measure for a suit of clothes. This operator did his office after a different manner from
those of his trade in Europe. He first took my altitude by a quadrant, and then, with a rule and compasses,
described the dimensions and outlines of my whole body, all which he entered upon paper; and in six days
brought my clothes very ill made, and quite out of shape, by happening to mistake a figure in the calculation.
But my comfort was, that I observed such accidents very frequent, and little regarded.
During my confinement for want of clothes, and by an indisposition that held me some days longer, I much
enlarged my dictionary; and when I went next to court, was able to understand many things the king spoke,
and to return him some kind of answers. His majesty had given orders, that the island should move northeast
and by east, to the vertical point over Lagado, the metropolis of the whole kingdom below, upon the firm
earth. It was about ninety leagues distant, and our voyage lasted four days and a half. I was not in the least
sensible of the progressive motion made in the air by the island. On the second morning, about eleven
o'clock, the king himself in person, attended by his nobility, courtiers, and officers, having prepared all their
musical instruments, played on them for three hours without intermission, so that I was quite stunned with the
noise; neither could I possibly guess the meaning, till my tutor informed me. He said that, the people of their
island had their ears adapted to hear "the music of the spheres, which always played at certain periods, and
the court was now prepared to bear their part, in whatever instrument they most excelled."
In our journey towards Lagado, the capital city, his majesty ordered that the island should stop over certain
towns and villages, from whence he might receive the petitions of his subjects. And to this purpose, several
packthreads were let down, with small weights at the bottom. On these packthreads the people strung their
petitions, which mounted up directly, like the scraps of paper fastened by school boys at the end of the string
that holds their kite. Sometimes we received wine and victuals from below, which were drawn up by pulleys.
The knowledge I had in mathematics, gave me great assistance in acquiring their phraseology, which
depended much upon that science, and music; and in the latter I was not unskilled. Their ideas are perpetually
conversant in lines and figures. If they would, for example, praise the beauty of a woman, or any other
animal, they describe it by rhombs, circles, parallelograms, ellipses, and other geometrical terms, or by words
of art drawn from music, needless here to repeat. I observed in the king's kitchen all sorts of mathematical
and musical instruments, after the figures of which they cut up the joints that were served to his majesty's
table.
Their houses are very ill built, the walls bevil, without one right angle in any apartment; and this defect arises
from the contempt they bear to practical geometry, which they despise as vulgar and mechanic; those
instructions they give being too refined for the intellects of their workmen, which occasions perpetual
mistakes. And although they are dexterous enough upon a piece of paper, in the management of the rule, the
pencil, and the divider, yet in the common actions and behaviour of life, I have not seen a more clumsy,
awkward, and unhandy people, nor so slow and perplexed in their conceptions upon all other subjects, except
those of mathematics and music. They are very bad reasoners, and vehemently given to opposition, unless
when they happen to be of the right opinion, which is seldom their case. Imagination, fancy, and invention,
they are wholly strangers to, nor have any words in their language, by which those ideas can be expressed;
the whole compass of their thoughts and mind being shut up within the two forementioned sciences.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 67
Page No 70
Most of them, and especially those who deal in the astronomical part, have great faith in judicial astrology,
although they are ashamed to own it publicly. But what I chiefly admired, and thought altogether
unaccountable, was the strong disposition I observed in them towards news and politics, perpetually inquiring
into public affairs, giving their judgments in matters of state, and passionately disputing every inch of a party
opinion. I have indeed observed the same disposition among most of the mathematicians I have known in
Europe, although I could never discover the least analogy between the two sciences; unless those people
suppose, that because the smallest circle has as many degrees as the largest, therefore the regulation and
management of the world require no more abilities than the handling and turning of a globe; but I rather take
this quality to spring from a very common infirmity of human nature, inclining us to be most curious and
conceited in matters where we have least concern, and for which we are least adapted by study or nature.
These people are under continual disquietudes, never enjoying a minutes peace of mind; and their
disturbances proceed from causes which very little affect the rest of mortals. Their apprehensions arise from
several changes they dread in the celestial bodies: for instance, that the earth, by the continual approaches of
the sun towards it, must, in course of time, be absorbed, or swallowed up; that the face of the sun, will, by
degrees, be encrusted with its own effluvia, and give no more light to the world; that the earth very narrowly
escaped a brush from the tail of the last comet, which would have infallibly reduced it to ashes; and that the
next, which they have calculated for oneandthirty years hence, will probably destroy us. For if, in its
perihelion, it should approach within a certain degree of the sun (as by their calculations they have reason to
dread) it will receive a degree of heat ten thousand times more intense than that of red hot glowing iron, and
in its absence from the sun, carry a blazing tail ten hundred thousand and fourteen miles long, through which,
if the earth should pass at the distance of one hundred thousand miles from the nucleus, or main body of the
comet, it must in its passage be set on fire, and reduced to ashes: that the sun, daily spending its rays without
any nutriment to supply them, will at last be wholly consumed and annihilated; which must be attended with
the destruction of this earth, and of all the planets that receive their light from it.
They are so perpetually alarmed with the apprehensions of these, and the like impending dangers, that they
can neither sleep quietly in their beds, nor have any relish for the common pleasures and amusements of life.
When they meet an acquaintance in the morning, the first question is about the sun's health, how he looked at
his setting and rising, and what hopes they have to avoid the stroke of the approaching comet. This
conversation they are apt to run into with the same temper that boys discover in delighting to hear terrible
stories of spirits and hobgoblins, which they greedily listen to, and dare not go to bed for fear.
The women of the island have abundance of vivacity: they, contemn their husbands, and are exceedingly fond
of strangers, whereof there is always a considerable number from the continent below, attending at court,
either upon affairs of the several towns and corporations, or their own particular occasions, but are much
despised, because they want the same endowments. Among these the ladies choose their gallants: but the
vexation is, that they act with too much ease and security; for the husband is always so rapt in speculation,
that the mistress and lover may proceed to the greatest familiarities before his face, if he be but provided with
paper and implements, and without his flapper at his side.
The wives and daughters lament their confinement to the island, although I think it the most delicious spot of
ground in the world; and although they live here in the greatest plenty and magnificence, and are allowed to
do whatever they please, they long to see the world, and take the diversions of the metropolis, which they are
not allowed to do without a particular license from the king; and this is not easy to be obtained, because the
people of quality have found, by frequent experience, how hard it is to persuade their women to return from
below. I was told that a great court lady, who had several children,is married to the prime minister, the
richest subject in the kingdom, a very graceful person, extremely fond of her, and lives in the finest palace of
the island,went down to Lagado on the pretence of health, there hid herself for several months, till the king
sent a warrant to search for her; and she was found in an obscure eatinghouse all in rags, having pawned her
clothes to maintain an old deformed footman, who beat her every day, and in whose company she was taken,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 68
Page No 71
much against her will. And although her husband received her with all possible kindness, and without the
least reproach, she soon after contrived to steal down again, with all her jewels, to the same gallant, and has
not been heard of since.
This may perhaps pass with the reader rather for an European or English story, than for one of a country so
remote. But he may please to consider, that the caprices of womankind are not limited by any climate or
nation, and that they are much more uniform, than can be easily imagined.
In about a month's time, I had made a tolerable proficiency in their language, and was able to answer most of
the king's questions, when I had the honour to attend him. His majesty discovered not the least curiosity to
inquire into the laws, government, history, religion, or manners of the countries where I had been; but
confined his questions to the state of mathematics, and received the account I gave him with great contempt
and indifference, though often roused by his flapper on each side.
CHAPTER III.
[A phenomenon solved by modern philosophy and astronomy. The Laputians' great improvements in the
latter. The king's method of suppressing insurrections.]
I desired leave of this prince to see the curiosities of the island, which he was graciously pleased to grant, and
ordered my tutor to attend me. I chiefly wanted to know, to what cause, in art or in nature, it owed its several
motions, whereof I will now give a philosophical account to the reader.
The flying or floating island is exactly circular, its diameter 7837 yards, or about four miles and a half, and
consequently contains ten thousand acres. It is three hundred yards thick. The bottom, or under surface,
which appears to those who view it below, is one even regular plate of adamant, shooting up to the height of
about two hundred yards. Above it lie the several minerals in their usual order, and over all is a coat of rich
mould, ten or twelve feet deep. The declivity of the upper surface, from the circumference to the centre, is the
natural cause why all the dews and rains, which fall upon the island, are conveyed in small rivulets toward the
middle, where they are emptied into four large basins, each of about half a mile in circuit, and two hundred
yards distant from the centre. From these basins the water is continually exhaled by the sun in the daytime,
which effectually prevents their overflowing. Besides, as it is in the power of the monarch to raise the island
above the region of clouds and vapours, he can prevent the falling of dews and rain whenever he pleases. For
the highest clouds cannot rise above two miles, as naturalists agree, at least they were never known to do so
in that country.
At the centre of the island there is a chasm about fifty yards in diameter, whence the astronomers descend
into a large dome, which is therefore called FLANDONA GAGNOLE, or the astronomer's cave, situated at
the depth of a hundred yards beneath the upper surface of the adamant. In this cave are twenty lamps
continually burning, which, from the reflection of the adamant, cast a strong light into every part. The place is
stored with great variety of sextants, quadrants, telescopes, astrolabes, and other astronomical instruments.
But the greatest curiosity, upon which the fate of the island depends, is a loadstone of a prodigious size, in
shape resembling a weaver's shuttle. It is in length six yards, and in the thickest part at least three yards over.
This magnet is sustained by a very strong axle of adamant passing through its middle, upon which it plays,
and is poised so exactly that the weakest hand can turn it. It is hooped round with a hollow cylinder of
adamant, four feet yards in diameter, placed horizontally, and supported by eight adamantine feet, each six
yards high. In the middle of the concave side, there is a groove twelve inches deep, in which the extremities
of the axle are lodged, and turned round as there is occasion.
The stone cannot be removed from its place by any force, because the hoop and its feet are one continued
piece with that body of adamant which constitutes the bottom of the island.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 69
Page No 72
By means of this loadstone, the island is made to rise and fall, and move from one place to another. For, with
respect to that part of the earth over which the monarch presides, the stone is endued at one of its sides with
an attractive power, and at the other with a repulsive. Upon placing the magnet erect, with its attracting end
towards the earth, the island descends; but when the repelling extremity points downwards, the island mounts
directly upwards. When the position of the stone is oblique, the motion of the island is so too: for in this
magnet, the forces always act in lines parallel to its direction.
By this oblique motion, the island is conveyed to different parts of the monarch's dominions. To explain the
manner of its progress, let A B represent a line drawn across the dominions of Balnibarbi, let the line C D
represent the loadstone, of which let D be the repelling end, and C the attracting end, the island being over C:
let the stone be placed in position C D, with its repelling end downwards; then the island will be driven
upwards obliquely towards D. When it is arrived at D, let the stone be turned upon its axle, till its attracting
end points towards E, and then the island will be carried obliquely towards E; where, if the stone be again
turned upon its axle till it stands in the position E F, with its repelling point downwards, the island will rise
obliquely towards F, where, by directing the attracting end towards G, the island may be carried to G, and
from G to H, by turning the stone, so as to make its repelling extremity to point directly downward. And thus,
by changing the situation of the stone, as often as there is occasion, the island is made to rise and fall by turns
in an oblique direction, and by those alternate risings and fallings (the obliquity being not considerable) is
conveyed from one part of the dominions to the other.
But it must be observed, that this island cannot move beyond the extent of the dominions below, nor can it
rise above the height of four miles. For which the astronomers (who have written large systems concerning
the stone) assign the following reason: that the magnetic virtue does not extend beyond the distance of four
miles, and that the mineral, which acts upon the stone in the bowels of the earth, and in the sea about six
leagues distant from the shore, is not diffused through the whole globe, but terminated with the limits of the
king's dominions; and it was easy, from the great advantage of such a superior situation, for a prince to bring
under his obedience whatever country lay within the attraction of that magnet.
When the stone is put parallel to the plane of the horizon, the island stands still; for in that case the
extremities of it, being at equal distance from the earth, act with equal force, the one in drawing downwards,
the other in pushing upwards, and consequently no motion can ensue.
This loadstone is under the care of certain astronomers, who, from time to time, give it such positions as the
monarch directs.
They spend the greatest part of their lives in observing the celestial bodies, which they do by the assistance of
glasses, far excelling ours in goodness. For, although their largest telescopes do not exceed three feet, they
magnify much more than those of a hundred with us, and show the stars with greater clearness. This
advantage has enabled them to extend their discoveries much further than our astronomers in Europe; for they
have made a catalogue of ten thousand fixed stars, whereas the largest of ours do not contain above one third
part of that number. They have likewise discovered two lesser stars, or satellites, which revolve about Mars;
whereof the innermost is distant from the centre of the primary planet exactly three of his diameters, and the
outermost, five; the former revolves in the space of ten hours, and the latter in twentyone and a half; so that
the squares of their periodical times are very near in the same proportion with the cubes of their distance from
the centre of Mars; which evidently shows them to be governed by the same law of gravitation that influences
the other heavenly bodies.
They have observed ninetythree different comets, and settled their periods with great exactness. If this be
true (and they affirm it with great confidence) it is much to be wished, that their observations were made
public, whereby the theory of comets, which at present is very lame and defective, might be brought to the
same perfection with other arts of astronomy.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 70
Page No 73
The king would be the most absolute prince in the universe, if he could but prevail on a ministry to join with
him; but these having their estates below on the continent, and considering that the office of a favourite has a
very uncertain tenure, would never consent to the enslaving of their country.
If any town should engage in rebellion or mutiny, fall into violent factions, or refuse to pay the usual tribute,
the king has two methods of reducing them to obedience. The first and the mildest course is, by keeping the
island hovering over such a town, and the lands about it, whereby he can deprive them of the benefit of the
sun and the rain, and consequently afflict the inhabitants with dearth and diseases: and if the crime deserve it,
they are at the same time pelted from above with great stones, against which they have no defence but by
creeping into cellars or caves, while the roofs of their houses are beaten to pieces. But if they still continue
obstinate, or offer to raise insurrections, he proceeds to the last remedy, by letting the island drop directly
upon their heads, which makes a universal destruction both of houses and men. However, this is an extremity
to which the prince is seldom driven, neither indeed is he willing to put it in execution; nor dare his ministers
advise him to an action, which, as it would render them odious to the people, so it would be a great damage to
their own estates, which all lie below; for the island is the king's demesne.
But there is still indeed a more weighty reason, why the kings of this country have been always averse from
executing so terrible an action, unless upon the utmost necessity. For, if the town intended to be destroyed
should have in it any tall rocks, as it generally falls out in the larger cities, a situation probably chosen at first
with a view to prevent such a catastrophe; or if it abound in high spires, or pillars of stone, a sudden fall
might endanger the bottom or under surface of the island, which, although it consist, as I have said, of one
entire adamant, two hundred yards thick, might happen to crack by too great a shock, or burst by approaching
too near the fires from the houses below, as the backs, both of iron and stone, will often do in our chimneys.
Of all this the people are well apprised, and understand how far to carry their obstinacy, where their liberty or
property is concerned. And the king, when he is highest provoked, and most determined to press a city to
rubbish, orders the island to descend with great gentleness, out of a pretence of tenderness to his people, but,
indeed, for fear of breaking the adamantine bottom; in which case, it is the opinion of all their philosophers,
that the loadstone could no longer hold it up, and the whole mass would fall to the ground.
By a fundamental law of this realm, neither the king, nor either of his two eldest sons, are permitted to leave
the island; nor the queen, till she is past childbearing.
CHAPTER IV.
[The author leaves Laputa; is conveyed to Balnibarbi; arrives at the metropolis. A description of the
metropolis, and the country adjoining. The author hospitably received by a great lord. His conversation with
that lord.]
Although I cannot say that I was ill treated in this island, yet I must confess I thought myself too much
neglected, not without some degree of contempt; for neither prince nor people appeared to be curious in any
part of knowledge, except mathematics and music, wherein I was far their inferior, and upon that account
very little regarded.
On the other side, after having seen all the curiosities of the island, I was very desirous to leave it, being
heartily weary of those people. They were indeed excellent in two sciences for which I have great esteem,
and wherein I am not unversed; but, at the same time, so abstracted and involved in speculation, that I never
met with such disagreeable companions. I conversed only with women, tradesmen, flappers, and courtpages,
during two months of my abode there; by which, at last, I rendered myself extremely contemptible; yet these
were the only people from whom I could ever receive a reasonable answer.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 71
Page No 74
I had obtained, by hard study, a good degree of knowledge in their language: I was weary of being confined
to an island where I received so little countenance, and resolved to leave it with the first opportunity.
There was a great lord at court, nearly related to the king, and for that reason alone used with respect. He was
universally reckoned the most ignorant and stupid person among them. He had performed many eminent
services for the crown, had great natural and acquired parts, adorned with integrity and honour; but so ill an
ear for music, that his detractors reported, "he had been often known to beat time in the wrong place;" neither
could his tutors, without extreme difficulty, teach him to demonstrate the most easy proposition in the
mathematics. He was pleased to show me many marks of favour, often did me the honour of a visit, desired to
be informed in the affairs of Europe, the laws and customs, the manners and learning of the several countries
where I had travelled. He listened to me with great attention, and made very wise observations on all I spoke.
He had two flappers attending him for state, but never made use of them, except at court and in visits of
ceremony, and would always command them to withdraw, when we were alone together.
I entreated this illustrious person, to intercede in my behalf with his majesty, for leave to depart; which he
accordingly did, as he was pleased to tell me, with regret: for indeed he had made me several offers very
advantageous, which, however, I refused, with expressions of the highest acknowledgment.
On the 16th of February I took leave of his majesty and the court. The king made me a present to the value of
about two hundred pounds English, and my protector, his kinsman, as much more, together with a letter of
recommendation to a friend of his in Lagado, the metropolis. The island being then hovering over a mountain
about two miles from it, I was let down from the lowest gallery, in the same manner as I had been taken up.
The continent, as far as it is subject to the monarch of the flying island, passes under the general name of
BALNIBARBI; and the metropolis, as I said before, is called LAGADO. I felt some little satisfaction in
finding myself on firm ground. I walked to the city without any concern, being clad like one of the natives,
and sufficiently instructed to converse with them. I soon found out the person's house to whom I was
recommended, presented my letter from his friend the grandee in the island, and was received with much
kindness. This great lord, whose name was Munodi, ordered me an apartment in his own house, where I
continued during my stay, and was entertained in a most hospitable manner.
The next morning after my arrival, he took me in his chariot to see the town, which is about half the bigness
of London; but the houses very strangely built, and most of them out of repair. The people in the streets
walked fast, looked wild, their eyes fixed, and were generally in rags. We passed through one of the town
gates, and went about three miles into the country, where I saw many labourers working with several sorts of
tools in the ground, but was not able to conjecture what they were about: neither did observe any expectation
either of corn or grass, although the soil appeared to be excellent. I could not forbear admiring at these odd
appearances, both in town and country; and I made bold to desire my conductor, that he would be pleased to
explain to me, what could be meant by so many busy heads, hands, and faces, both in the streets and the
fields, because I did not discover any good effects they produced; but, on the contrary, I never knew a soil so
unhappily cultivated, houses so ill contrived and so ruinous, or a people whose countenances and habit
expressed so much misery and want.
This lord Munodi was a person of the first rank, and had been some years governor of Lagado; but, by a cabal
of ministers, was discharged for insufficiency. However, the king treated him with tenderness, as a
wellmeaning man, but of a low contemptible understanding.
When I gave that free censure of the country and its inhabitants, he made no further answer than by telling
me, "that I had not been long enough among them to form a judgment; and that the different nations of the
world had different customs;" with other common topics to the same purpose. But, when we returned to his
palace, he asked me "how I liked the building, what absurdities I observed, and what quarrel I had with the
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 72
Page No 75
dress or looks of his domestics?" This he might safely do; because every thing about him was magnificent,
regular, and polite. I answered, "that his excellency's prudence, quality, and fortune, had exempted him from
those defects, which folly and beggary had produced in others." He said, "if I would go with him to his
countryhouse, about twenty miles distant, where his estate lay, there would be more leisure for this kind of
conversation." I told his excellency "that I was entirely at his disposal;" and accordingly we set out next
morning.
During our journey he made me observe the several methods used by farmers in managing their lands, which
to me were wholly unaccountable; for, except in some very few places, I could not discover one ear of corn
or blade of grass. But, in three hours travelling, the scene was wholly altered; we came into a most beautiful
country; farmers' houses, at small distances, neatly built; the fields enclosed, containing vineyards,
corngrounds, and meadows. Neither do I remember to have seen a more delightful prospect. His excellency
observed my countenance to clear up; he told me, with a sigh, "that there his estate began, and would
continue the same, till we should come to his house: that his countrymen ridiculed and despised him, for
managing his affairs no better, and for setting so ill an example to the kingdom; which, however, was
followed by very few, such as were old, and wilful, and weak like himself."
We came at length to the house, which was indeed a noble structure, built according to the best rules of
ancient architecture. The fountains, gardens, walks, avenues, and groves, were all disposed with exact
judgment and taste. I gave due praises to every thing I saw, whereof his excellency took not the least notice
till after supper; when, there being no third companion, he told me with a very melancholy air "that he
doubted he must throw down his houses in town and country, to rebuild them after the present mode; destroy
all his plantations, and cast others into such a form as modern usage required, and give the same directions to
all his tenants, unless he would submit to incur the censure of pride, singularity, affectation, ignorance,
caprice, and perhaps increase his majesty's displeasure; that the admiration I appeared to be under would
cease or diminish, when he had informed me of some particulars which, probably, I never heard of at court,
the people there being too much taken up in their own speculations, to have regard to what passed here
below."
The sum of his discourse was to this effect: "That about forty years ago, certain persons went up to Laputa,
either upon business or diversion, and, after five months continuance, came back with a very little smattering
in mathematics, but full of volatile spirits acquired in that airy region: that these persons, upon their return,
began to dislike the management of every thing below, and fell into schemes of putting all arts, sciences,
languages, and mechanics, upon a new foot. To this end, they procured a royal patent for erecting an academy
of projectors in Lagado; and the humour prevailed so strongly among the people, that there is not a town of
any consequence in the kingdom without such an academy. In these colleges the professors contrive new
rules and methods of agriculture and building, and new instruments, and tools for all trades and
manufactures; whereby, as they undertake, one man shall do the work of ten; a palace may be built in a week,
of materials so durable as to last for ever without repairing. All the fruits of the earth shall come to maturity
at whatever season we think fit to choose, and increase a hundred fold more than they do at present; with
innumerable other happy proposals. The only inconvenience is, that none of these projects are yet brought to
perfection; and in the mean time, the whole country lies miserably waste, the houses in ruins, and the people
without food or clothes. By all which, instead of being discouraged, they are fifty times more violently bent
upon prosecuting their schemes, driven equally on by hope and despair: that as for himself, being not of an
enterprising spirit, he was content to go on in the old forms, to live in the houses his ancestors had built, and
act as they did, in every part of life, without innovation: that some few other persons of quality and gentry
had done the same, but were looked on with an eye of contempt and illwill, as enemies to art, ignorant, and
ill commonwealth's men, preferring their own ease and sloth before the general improvement of their
country."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 73
Page No 76
His lordship added, "That he would not, by any further particulars, prevent the pleasure I should certainly
take in viewing the grand academy, whither he was resolved I should go." He only desired me to observe a
ruined building, upon the side of a mountain about three miles distant, of which he gave me this account:
"That he had a very convenient mill within half a mile of his house, turned by a current from a large river,
and sufficient for his own family, as well as a great number of his tenants; that about seven years ago, a club
of those projectors came to him with proposals to destroy this mill, and build another on the side of that
mountain, on the long ridge whereof a long canal must be cut, for a repository of water, to be conveyed up by
pipes and engines to supply the mill, because the wind and air upon a height agitated the water, and thereby
made it fitter for motion, and because the water, descending down a declivity, would turn the mill with half
the current of a river whose course is more upon a level." He said, "that being then not very well with the
court, and pressed by many of his friends, he complied with the proposal; and after employing a hundred men
for two years, the work miscarried, the projectors went off, laying the blame entirely upon him, railing at him
ever since, and putting others upon the same experiment, with equal assurance of success, as well as equal
disappointment."
In a few days we came back to town; and his excellency, considering the bad character he had in the
academy, would not go with me himself, but recommended me to a friend of his, to bear me company thither.
My lord was pleased to represent me as a great admirer of projects, and a person of much curiosity and easy
belief; which, indeed, was not without truth; for I had myself been a sort of projector in my younger days.
CHAPTER V.
[The author permitted to see the grand academy of Lagado. The academy largely described. The arts wherein
the professors employ themselves.]
This academy is not an entire single building, but a continuation of several houses on both sides of a street,
which growing waste, was purchased and applied to that use.
I was received very kindly by the warden, and went for many days to the academy. Every room has in it one
or more projectors; and I believe I could not be in fewer than five hundred rooms.
The first man I saw was of a meagre aspect, with sooty hands and face, his hair and beard long, ragged, and
singed in several places. His clothes, shirt, and skin, were all of the same colour. He has been eight years
upon a project for extracting sunbeams out of cucumbers, which were to be put in phials hermetically sealed,
and let out to warm the air in raw inclement summers. He told me, he did not doubt, that, in eight years more,
he should be able to supply the governor's gardens with sunshine, at a reasonable rate: but he complained that
his stock was low, and entreated me "to give him something as an encouragement to ingenuity, especially
since this had been a very dear season for cucumbers." I made him a small present, for my lord had furnished
me with money on purpose, because he knew their practice of begging from all who go to see them.
I went into another chamber, but was ready to hasten back, being almost overcome with a horrible stink. My
conductor pressed me forward, conjuring me in a whisper "to give no offence, which would be highly
resented;" and therefore I durst not so much as stop my nose. The projector of this cell was the most ancient
student of the academy; his face and beard were of a pale yellow; his hands and clothes daubed over with
filth. When I was presented to him, he gave me a close embrace, a compliment I could well have excused.
His employment, from his first coming into the academy, was an operation to reduce human excrement to its
original food, by separating the several parts, removing the tincture which it receives from the gall, making
the odour exhale, and scumming off the saliva. He had a weekly allowance, from the society, of a vessel
filled with human ordure, about the bigness of a Bristol barrel.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 74
Page No 77
I saw another at work to calcine ice into gunpowder; who likewise showed me a treatise he had written
concerning the malleability of fire, which he intended to publish.
There was a most ingenious architect, who had contrived a new method for building houses, by beginning at
the roof, and working downward to the foundation; which he justified to me, by the like practice of those two
prudent insects, the bee and the spider.
There was a man born blind, who had several apprentices in his own condition: their employment was to mix
colours for painters, which their master taught them to distinguish by feeling and smelling. It was indeed my
misfortune to find them at that time not very perfect in their lessons, and the professor himself happened to be
generally mistaken. This artist is much encouraged and esteemed by the whole fraternity.
In another apartment I was highly pleased with a projector who had found a device of ploughing the ground
with hogs, to save the charges of ploughs, cattle, and labour. The method is this: in an acre of ground you
bury, at six inches distance and eight deep, a quantity of acorns, dates, chestnuts, and other mast or
vegetables, whereof these animals are fondest; then you drive six hundred or more of them into the field,
where, in a few days, they will root up the whole ground in search of their food, and make it fit for sowing, at
the same time manuring it with their dung: it is true, upon experiment, they found the charge and trouble very
great, and they had little or no crop. However it is not doubted, that this invention may be capable of great
improvement.
I went into another room, where the walls and ceiling were all hung round with cobwebs, except a narrow
passage for the artist to go in and out. At my entrance, he called aloud to me, "not to disturb his webs." He
lamented "the fatal mistake the world had been so long in, of using silkworms, while we had such plenty of
domestic insects who infinitely excelled the former, because they understood how to weave, as well as spin."
And he proposed further, "that by employing spiders, the charge of dyeing silks should be wholly saved;"
whereof I was fully convinced, when he showed me a vast number of flies most beautifully coloured,
wherewith he fed his spiders, assuring us "that the webs would take a tincture from them; and as he had them
of all hues, he hoped to fit everybody's fancy, as soon as he could find proper food for the flies, of certain
gums, oils, and other glutinous matter, to give a strength and consistence to the threads."
There was an astronomer, who had undertaken to place a sundial upon the great weathercock on the
townhouse, by adjusting the annual and diurnal motions of the earth and sun, so as to answer and coincide
with all accidental turnings of the wind.
I was complaining of a small fit of the colic, upon which my conductor led me into a room where a great
physician resided, who was famous for curing that disease, by contrary operations from the same instrument.
He had a large pair of bellows, with a long slender muzzle of ivory: this he conveyed eight inches up the
anus, and drawing in the wind, he affirmed he could make the guts as lank as a dried bladder. But when the
disease was more stubborn and violent, he let in the muzzle while the bellows were full of wind, which he
discharged into the body of the patient; then withdrew the instrument to replenish it, clapping his thumb
strongly against the orifice of then fundament; and this being repeated three or four times, the adventitious
wind would rush out, bringing the noxious along with it, (like water put into a pump), and the patient
recovered. I saw him try both experiments upon a dog, but could not discern any effect from the former. After
the latter the animal was ready to burst, and made so violent a discharge as was very offensive to me and my
companion.
The dog died on the spot, and we left the doctor endeavouring to recover him, by the same operation.
I visited many other apartments, but shall not trouble my reader with all the curiosities I observed, being
studious of brevity.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 75
Page No 78
I had hitherto seen only one side of the academy, the other being appropriated to the advancers of speculative
learning, of whom I shall say something, when I have mentioned one illustrious person more, who is called
among them "the universal artist." He told us "he had been thirty years employing his thoughts for the
improvement of human life." He had two large rooms full of wonderful curiosities, and fifty men at work.
Some were condensing air into a dry tangible substance, by extracting the nitre, and letting the aqueous or
fluid particles percolate; others softening marble, for pillows and pincushions; others petrifying the hoofs of
a living horse, to preserve them from foundering. The artist himself was at that time busy upon two great
designs; the first, to sow land with chaff, wherein he affirmed the true seminal virtue to be contained, as he
demonstrated by several experiments, which I was not skilful enough to comprehend. The other was, by a
certain composition of gums, minerals, and vegetables, outwardly applied, to prevent the growth of wool
upon two young lambs; and he hoped, in a reasonable time to propagate the breed of naked sheep, all over the
kingdom.
We crossed a walk to the other part of the academy, where, as I have already said, the projectors in
speculative learning resided.
The first professor I saw, was in a very large room, with forty pupils about him. After salutation, observing
me to look earnestly upon a frame, which took up the greatest part of both the length and breadth of the room,
he said, "Perhaps I might wonder to see him employed in a project for improving speculative knowledge, by
practical and mechanical operations. But the world would soon be sensible of its usefulness; and he flattered
himself, that a more noble, exalted thought never sprang in any other man's head. Every one knew how
laborious the usual method is of attaining to arts and sciences; whereas, by his contrivance, the most ignorant
person, at a reasonable charge, and with a little bodily labour, might write books in philosophy, poetry,
politics, laws, mathematics, and theology, without the least assistance from genius or study." He then led me
to the frame, about the sides, whereof all his pupils stood in ranks. It was twenty feet square, placed in the
middle of the room. The superfices was composed of several bits of wood, about the bigness of a die, but
some larger than others. They were all linked together by slender wires. These bits of wood were covered, on
every square, with paper pasted on them; and on these papers were written all the words of their language, in
their several moods, tenses, and declensions; but without any order. The professor then desired me "to
observe; for he was going to set his engine at work." The pupils, at his command, took each of them hold of
an iron handle, whereof there were forty fixed round the edges of the frame; and giving them a sudden turn,
the whole disposition of the words was entirely changed. He then commanded sixandthirty of the lads, to
read the several lines softly, as they appeared upon the frame; and where they found three or four words
together that might make part of a sentence, they dictated to the four remaining boys, who were scribes. This
work was repeated three or four times, and at every turn, the engine was so contrived, that the words shifted
into new places, as the square bits of wood moved upside down.
Six hours a day the young students were employed in this labour; and the professor showed me several
volumes in large folio, already collected, of broken sentences, which he intended to piece together, and out of
those rich materials, to give the world a complete body of all arts and sciences; which, however, might be still
improved, and much expedited, if the public would raise a fund for making and employing five hundred such
frames in Lagado, and oblige the managers to contribute in common their several collections.
He assured me "that this invention had employed all his thoughts from his youth; that he had emptied the
whole vocabulary into his frame, and made the strictest computation of the general proportion there is in
books between the numbers of particles, nouns, and verbs, and other parts of speech."
I made my humblest acknowledgment to this illustrious person, for his great communicativeness; and
promised, "if ever I had the good fortune to return to my native country, that I would do him justice, as the
sole inventor of this wonderful machine;" the form and contrivance of which I desired leave to delineate on
paper, as in the figure here annexed. I told him, "although it were the custom of our learned in Europe to steal
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 76
Page No 79
inventions from each other, who had thereby at least this advantage, that it became a controversy which was
the right owner; yet I would take such caution, that he should have the honour entire, without a rival."
We next went to the school of languages, where three professors sat in consultation upon improving that of
their own country.
The first project was, to shorten discourse, by cutting polysyllables into one, and leaving out verbs and
participles, because, in reality, all things imaginable are but norms.
The other project was, a scheme for entirely abolishing all words whatsoever; and this was urged as a great
advantage in point of health, as well as brevity. For it is plain, that every word we speak is, in some degree, a
diminution of our lunge by corrosion, and, consequently, contributes to the shortening of our lives. An
expedient was therefore offered, "that since words are only names for things, it would be more convenient for
all men to carry about them such things as were necessary to express a particular business they are to
discourse on." And this invention would certainly have taken place, to the great ease as well as health of the
subject, if the women, in conjunction with the vulgar and illiterate, had not threatened to raise a rebellion
unless they might be allowed the liberty to speak with their tongues, after the manner of their forefathers;
such constant irreconcilable enemies to science are the common people.
However, many of the most learned and wise adhere to the new scheme of expressing themselves by things;
which has only this inconvenience attending it, that if a man's business be very great, and of various kinds, he
must be obliged, in proportion, to carry a greater bundle of things upon his back, unless he can afford one or
two strong servants to attend him. I have often beheld two of those sages almost sinking under the weight of
their packs, like pedlars among us, who, when they met in the street, would lay down their loads, open their
sacks, and hold conversation for an hour together; then put up their implements, help each other to resume
their burdens, and take their leave.
But for short conversations, a man may carry implements in his pockets, and under his arms, enough to
supply him; and in his house, he cannot be at a loss. Therefore the room where company meet who practise
this art, is full of all things, ready at hand, requisite to furnish matter for this kind of artificial converse.
Another great advantage proposed by this invention was, that it would serve as a universal language, to be
understood in all civilised nations, whose goods and utensils are generally of the same kind, or nearly
resembling, so that their uses might easily be comprehended. And thus ambassadors would be qualified to
treat with foreign princes, or ministers of state, to whose tongues they were utter strangers.
I was at the mathematical school, where the master taught his pupils after a method scarce imaginable to us in
Europe. The proposition, and demonstration, were fairly written on a thin wafer, with ink composed of a
cephalic tincture. This, the student was to swallow upon a fasting stomach, and for three days following, eat
nothing but bread and water. As the wafer digested, the tincture mounted to his brain, bearing the proposition
along with it. But the success has not hitherto been answerable, partly by some error in the QUANTUM or
composition, and partly by the perverseness of lads, to whom this bolus is so nauseous, that they generally
steal aside, and discharge it upwards, before it can operate; neither have they been yet persuaded to use so
long an abstinence, as the prescription requires.
CHAPTER VI.
[A further account of the academy. The author proposes some improvements, which are honourably
received.]
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 77
Page No 80
In the school of political projectors, I was but ill entertained; the professors appearing, in my judgment,
wholly out of their senses, which is a scene that never fails to make me melancholy. These unhappy people
were proposing schemes for persuading monarchs to choose favourites upon the score of their wisdom,
capacity, and virtue; of teaching ministers to consult the public good; of rewarding merit, great abilities,
eminent services; of instructing princes to know their true interest, by placing it on the same foundation with
that of their people; of choosing for employments persons qualified to exercise them, with many other wild,
impossible chimeras, that never entered before into the heart of man to conceive; and confirmed in me the old
observation, "that there is nothing so extravagant and irrational, which some philosophers have not
maintained for truth."
But, however, I shall so far do justice to this part of the Academy, as to acknowledge that all of them were
not so visionary. There was a most ingenious doctor, who seemed to be perfectly versed in the whole nature
and system of government. This illustrious person had very usefully employed his studies, in finding out
effectual remedies for all diseases and corruptions to which the several kinds of public administration are
subject, by the vices or infirmities of those who govern, as well as by the licentiousness of those who are to
obey. For instance: whereas all writers and reasoners have agreed, that there is a strict universal resemblance
between the natural and the political body; can there be any thing more evident, than that the health of both
must be preserved, and the diseases cured, by the same prescriptions? It is allowed, that senates and great
councils are often troubled with redundant, ebullient, and other peccant humours; with many diseases of the
head, and more of the heart; with strong convulsions, with grievous contractions of the nerves and sinews in
both hands, but especially the right; with spleen, flatus, vertigos, and deliriums; with scrofulous tumours, full
of fetid purulent matter; with sour frothy ructations: with canine appetites, and crudeness of digestion, besides
many others, needless to mention.
This doctor therefore proposed, "that upon the meeting of the senate, certain physicians should attend it the
three first days of their sitting, and at the close of each day's debate feel the pulses of every senator; after
which, having maturely considered and consulted upon the nature of the several maladies, and the methods of
cure, they should on the fourth day return to the senate house, attended by their apothecaries stored with
proper medicines; and before the members sat, administer to each of them lenitives, aperitives, abstersives,
corrosives, restringents, palliatives, laxatives, cephalalgics, icterics, apophlegmatics, acoustics, as their
several cases required; and, according as these medicines should operate, repeat, alter, or omit them, at the
next meeting."
This project could not be of any great expense to the public; and might in my poor opinion, be of much use
for the despatch of business, in those countries where senates have any share in the legislative power; beget
unanimity, shorten debates, open a few mouths which are now closed, and close many more which are now
open; curb the petulancy of the young, and correct the positiveness of the old; rouse the stupid, and damp the
pert.
Again: because it is a general complaint, that the favourites of princes are troubled with short and weak
memories; the same doctor proposed, "that whoever attended a first minister, after having told his business,
with the utmost brevity and in the plainest words, should, at his departure, give the said minister a tweak by
the nose, or a kick in the belly, or tread on his corns, or lug him thrice by both ears, or run a pin into his
breech; or pinch his arm black and blue, to prevent forgetfulness; and at every levee day, repeat the same
operation, till the business were done, or absolutely refused."
He likewise directed, "that every senator in the great council of a nation, after he had delivered his opinion,
and argued in the defence of it, should be obliged to give his vote directly contrary; because if that were done,
the result would infallibly terminate in the good of the public."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 78
Page No 81
When parties in a state are violent, he offered a wonderful contrivance to reconcile them. The method is this:
You take a hundred leaders of each party; you dispose them into couples of such whose heads are nearest of a
size; then let two nice operators saw off the occiput of each couple at the same time, in such a manner that the
brain may be equally divided. Let the occiputs, thus cut off, be interchanged, applying each to the head of his
opposite partyman. It seems indeed to be a work that requires some exactness, but the professor assured us,
"that if it were dexterously performed, the cure would be infallible." For he argued thus: "that the two half
brains being left to debate the matter between themselves within the space of one skull, would soon come to a
good understanding, and produce that moderation, as well as regularity of thinking, so much to be wished for
in the heads of those, who imagine they come into the world only to watch and govern its motion: and as to
the difference of brains, in quantity or quality, among those who are directors in faction, the doctor assured
us, from his own knowledge, that "it was a perfect trifle."
I heard a very warm debate between two professors, about the most commodious and effectual ways and
means of raising money, without grieving the subject. The first affirmed, "the justest method would be, to lay
a certain tax upon vices and folly; and the sum fixed upon every man to be rated, after the fairest manner, by
a jury of his neighbours." The second was of an opinion directly contrary; "to tax those qualities of body and
mind, for which men chiefly value themselves; the rate to be more or less, according to the degrees of
excelling; the decision whereof should be left entirely to their own breast." The highest tax was upon men
who are the greatest favourites of the other sex, and the assessments, according to the number and nature of
the favours they have received; for which, they are allowed to be their own vouchers. Wit, valour, and
politeness, were likewise proposed to be largely taxed, and collected in the same manner, by every person's
giving his own word for the quantum of what he possessed. But as to honour, justice, wisdom, and learning,
they should not be taxed at all; because they are qualifications of so singular a kind, that no man will either
allow them in his neighbour or value them in himself.
The women were proposed to be taxed according to their beauty and skill in dressing, wherein they had the
same privilege with the men, to be determined by their own judgment. But constancy, chastity, good sense,
and good nature, were not rated, because they would not bear the charge of collecting.
To keep senators in the interest of the crown, it was proposed that the members should raffle for employment;
every man first taking an oath, and giving security, that he would vote for the court, whether he won or not;
after which, the losers had, in their turn, the liberty of raffling upon the next vacancy. Thus, hope and
expectation would be kept alive; none would complain of broken promises, but impute their disappointments
wholly to fortune, whose shoulders are broader and stronger than those of a ministry.
Another professor showed me a large paper of instructions for discovering plots and conspiracies against the
government. He advised great statesmen to examine into the diet of all suspected persons; their times of
eating; upon which side they lay in bed; with which hand they wipe their posteriors; take a strict view of their
excrements, and, from the colour, the odour, the taste, the consistence, the crudeness or maturity of digestion,
form a judgment of their thoughts and designs; because men are never so serious, thoughtful, and intent, as
when they are at stool, which he found by frequent experiment; for, in such conjunctures, when he used,
merely as a trial, to consider which was the best way of murdering the king, his ordure would have a tincture
of green; but quite different, when he thought only of raising an insurrection, or burning the metropolis.
The whole discourse was written with great acuteness, containing many observations, both curious and useful
for politicians; but, as I conceived, not altogether complete. This I ventured to tell the author, and offered, if
he pleased, to supply him with some additions. He received my proposition with more compliance than is
usual among writers, especially those of the projecting species, professing "he would be glad to receive
further information."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 79
Page No 82
I told him, "that in the kingdom of Tribnia, (3) by the natives called Langdon, (4) where I had sojourned
some time in my travels, the bulk of the people consist in a manner wholly of discoverers, witnesses,
informers, accusers, prosecutors, evidences, swearers, together with their several subservient and subaltern
instruments, all under the colours, the conduct, and the pay of ministers of state, and their deputies. The plots,
in that kingdom, are usually the workmanship of those persons who desire to raise their own characters of
profound politicians; to restore new vigour to a crazy administration; to stifle or divert general discontents; to
fill their coffers with forfeitures; and raise, or sink the opinion of public credit, as either shall best answer
their private advantage. It is first agreed and settled among them, what suspected persons shall be accused of
a plot; then, effectual care is taken to secure all their letters and papers, and put the owners in chains. These
papers are delivered to a set of artists, very dexterous in finding out the mysterious meanings of words,
syllables, and letters: for instance, they can discover a close stool, to signify a privy council; a flock of geese,
a senate; a lame dog, an invader; the plague, a standing army; a buzzard, a prime minister; the gout, a high
priest; a gibbet, a secretary of state; a chamber pot, a committee of grandees; a sieve, a court lady; a broom, a
revolution; a mousetrap, an employment; a bottomless pit, a treasury; a sink, a court; a cap and bells, a
favourite; a broken reed, a court of justice; an empty tun, a general; a running sore, the administration. (5)
"When this method fails, they have two others more effectual, which the learned among them call acrostics
and anagrams. First, they can decipher all initial letters into political meanings. Thus N, shall signify a plot;
B, a regiment of horse; L, a fleet at sea; or, secondly, by transposing the letters of the alphabet in any
suspected paper, they can lay open the deepest designs of a discontented party. So, for example, if I should
say, in a letter to a friend, 'Our brother Tom has just got the piles,' a skilful decipherer would discover, that
the same letters which compose that sentence, may be analysed into the following words, 'Resist, a plot is
brought homeThe tour.' And this is the anagrammatic method."
The professor made me great acknowledgments for communicating these observations, and promised to make
honourable mention of me in his treatise.
I saw nothing in this country that could invite me to a longer continuance, and began to think of returning
home to England.
CHAPTER VII.
[The author leaves Lagado: arrives at Maldonada. No ship ready. He takes a short voyage to Glubbdubdrib.
His reception by the governor.]
The continent, of which this kingdom is apart, extends itself, as I have reason to believe, eastward, to that
unknown tract of America westward of California; and north, to the Pacific Ocean, which is not above a
hundred and fifty miles from Lagado; where there is a good port, and much commerce with the great island
of Luggnagg, situated to the northwest about 29 degrees north latitude, and 140 longitude. This island of
Luggnagg stands southeastward of Japan, about a hundred leagues distant. There is a strict alliance between
the Japanese emperor and the king of Luggnagg; which affords frequent opportunities of sailing from one
island to the other. I determined therefore to direct my course this way, in order to my return to Europe. I
hired two mules, with a guide, to show me the way, and carry my small baggage. I took leave of my noble
protector, who had shown me so much favour, and made me a generous present at my departure.
My journey was without any accident or adventure worth relating. When I arrived at the port of Maldonada
(for so it is called) there was no ship in the harbour bound for Luggnagg, nor likely to be in some time. The
town is about as large as Portsmouth. I soon fell into some acquaintance, and was very hospitably received. A
gentleman of distinction said to me, "that since the ships bound for Luggnagg could not be ready in less than
a month, it might be no disagreeable amusement for me to take a trip to the little island of Glubbdubdrib,
about five leagues off to the southwest." He offered himself and a friend to accompany me, and that I should
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 80
Page No 83
be provided with a small convenient bark for the voyage.
Glubbdubdrib, as nearly as I can interpret the word, signifies the island of sorcerers or magicians. It is about
one third as large as the Isle of Wight, and extremely fruitful: it is governed by the head of a certain tribe,
who are all magicians. This tribe marries only among each other, and the eldest in succession is prince or
governor. He has a noble palace, and a park of about three thousand acres, surrounded by a wall of hewn
stone twenty feet high. In this park are several small enclosures for cattle, corn, and gardening.
The governor and his family are served and attended by domestics of a kind somewhat unusual. By his skill
in necromancy he has a power of calling whom he pleases from the dead, and commanding their service for
twentyfour hours, but no longer; nor can he call the same persons up again in less than three months, except
upon very extraordinary occasions.
When we arrived at the island, which was about eleven in the morning, one of the gentlemen who
accompanied me went to the governor, and desired admittance for a stranger, who came on purpose to have
the honour of attending on his highness. This was immediately granted, and we all three entered the gate of
the palace between two rows of guards, armed and dressed after a very antic manner, and with something in
their countenances that made my flesh creep with a horror I cannot express. We passed through several
apartments, between servants of the same sort, ranked on each side as before, till we came to the chamber of
presence; where, after three profound obeisances, and a few general questions, we were permitted to sit on
three stools, near the lowest step of his highness's throne. He understood the language of Balnibarbi, although
it was different from that of this island. He desired me to give him some account of my travels; and, to let me
see that I should be treated without ceremony, he dismissed all his attendants with a turn of his finger; at
which, to my great astonishment, they vanished in an instant, like visions in a dream when we awake on a
sudden. I could not recover myself in some time, till the governor assured me, "that I should receive no hurt:"
and observing my two companions to be under no concern, who had been often entertained in the same
manner, I began to take courage, and related to his highness a short history of my several adventures; yet not
without some hesitation, and frequently looking behind me to the place where I had seen those domestic
spectres. I had the honour to dine with the governor, where a new set of ghosts served up the meat, and
waited at table. I now observed myself to be less terrified than I had been in the morning. I stayed till sunset,
but humbly desired his highness to excuse me for not accepting his invitation of lodging in the palace. My
two friends and I lay at a private house in the town adjoining, which is the capital of this little island; and the
next morning we returned to pay our duty to the governor, as he was pleased to command us.
After this manner we continued in the island for ten days, most part of every day with the governor, and at
night in our lodging. I soon grew so familiarized to the sight of spirits, that after the third or fourth time they
gave me no emotion at all: or, if I had any apprehensions left, my curiosity prevailed over them. For his
highness the governor ordered me "to call up whatever persons I would choose to name, and in whatever
numbers, among all the dead from the beginning of the world to the present time, and command them to
answer any questions I should think fit to ask; with this condition, that my questions must be confined within
the compass of the times they lived in. And one thing I might depend upon, that they would certainly tell me
the truth, for lying was a talent of no use in the lower world."
I made my humble acknowledgments to his highness for so great a favour. We were in a chamber, from
whence there was a fair prospect into the park. And because my first inclination was to be entertained with
scenes of pomp and magnificence, I desired to see Alexander the Great at the head of his army, just after the
battle of Arbela: which, upon a motion of the governor's finger, immediately appeared in a large field, under
the window where we stood. Alexander was called up into the room: it was with great difficulty that I
understood his Greek, and had but little of my own. He assured me upon his honour "that he was not
poisoned, but died of a bad fever by excessive drinking."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 81
Page No 84
Next, I saw Hannibal passing the Alps, who told me "he had not a drop of vinegar in his camp."
I saw Caesar and Pompey at the head of their troops, just ready to engage. I saw the former, in his last great
triumph. I desired that the senate of Rome might appear before me, in one large chamber, and an assembly of
somewhat a later age in counterview, in another. The first seemed to be an assembly of heroes and demigods;
the other, a knot of pedlars, pickpockets, highwayman, and bullies.
The governor, at my request, gave the sign for Caesar and Brutus to advance towards us. I was struck with a
profound veneration at the sight of Brutus, and could easily discover the most consummate virtue, the
greatest intrepidity and firmness of mind, the truest love of his country, and general benevolence for
mankind, in every lineament of his countenance. I observed, with much pleasure, that these two persons were
in good intelligence with each other; and Caesar freely confessed to me, "that the greatest actions of his own
life were not equal, by many degrees, to the glory of taking it away." I had the honour to have much
conversation with Brutus; and was told, "that his ancestor Junius, Socrates, Epaminondas, Cato the younger,
Sir Thomas More, and himself were perpetually together:" a sextumvirate, to which all the ages of the world
cannot add a seventh.
It would be tedious to trouble the reader with relating what vast numbers of illustrious persons were called up
to gratify that insatiable desire I had to see the world in every period of antiquity placed before me. I chiefly
fed mine eyes with beholding the destroyers of tyrants and usurpers, and the restorers of liberty to oppressed
and injured nations. But it is impossible to express the satisfaction I received in my own mind, after such a
manner as to make it a suitable entertainment to the reader.
CHAPTER VIII.
[A further account of Glubbdubdrib. Ancient and modern history corrected.]
Having a desire to see those ancients who were most renowned for wit and learning, I set apart one day on
purpose. I proposed that Homer and Aristotle might appear at the head of all their commentators; but these
were so numerous, that some hundreds were forced to attend in the court, and outward rooms of the palace. I
knew, and could distinguish those two heroes, at first sight, not only from the crowd, but from each other.
Homer was the taller and comelier person of the two, walked very erect for one of his age, and his eyes were
the most quick and piercing I ever beheld. Aristotle stooped much, and made use of a staff. His visage was
meagre, his hair lank and thin, and his voice hollow. I soon discovered that both of them were perfect
strangers to the rest of the company, and had never seen or heard of them before; and I had a whisper from a
ghost who shall be nameless, "that these commentators always kept in the most distant quarters from their
principals, in the lower world, through a consciousness of shame and guilt, because they had so horribly
misrepresented the meaning of those authors to posterity." I introduced Didymus and Eustathius to Homer,
and prevailed on him to treat them better than perhaps they deserved, for he soon found they wanted a genius
to enter into the spirit of a poet. But Aristotle was out of all patience with the account I gave him of Scotus
and Ramus, as I presented them to him; and he asked them, "whether the rest of the tribe were as great dunces
as themselves?"
I then desired the governor to call up Descartes and Gassendi, with whom I prevailed to explain their systems
to Aristotle. This great philosopher freely acknowledged his own mistakes in natural philosophy, because he
proceeded in many things upon conjecture, as all men must do; and he found that Gassendi, who had made
the doctrine of Epicurus as palatable as he could, and the vortices of Descartes, were equally to be exploded.
He predicted the same fate to ATTRACTION, whereof the present learned are such zealous asserters. He
said, "that new systems of nature were but new fashions, which would vary in every age; and even those, who
pretend to demonstrate them from mathematical principles, would flourish but a short period of time, and be
out of vogue when that was determined."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 82
Page No 85
I spent five days in conversing with many others of the ancient learned. I saw most of the first Roman
emperors. I prevailed on the governor to call up Heliogabalus's cooks to dress us a dinner, but they could not
show us much of their skill, for want of materials. A helot of Agesilaus made us a dish of Spartan broth, but I
was not able to get down a second spoonful.
The two gentlemen, who conducted me to the island, were pressed by their private affairs to return in three
days, which I employed in seeing some of the modern dead, who had made the greatest figure, for two or
three hundred years past, in our own and other countries of Europe; and having been always a great admirer
of old illustrious families, I desired the governor would call up a dozen or two of kings, with their ancestors
in order for eight or nine generations. But my disappointment was grievous and unexpected. For, instead of a
long train with royal diadems, I saw in one family two fiddlers, three spruce courtiers, and an Italian prelate.
In another, a barber, an abbot, and two cardinals. I have too great a veneration for crowned heads, to dwell
any longer on so nice a subject. But as to counts, marquises, dukes, earls, and the like, I was not so
scrupulous. And I confess, it was not without some pleasure, that I found myself able to trace the particular
features, by which certain families are distinguished, up to their originals. I could plainly discover whence
one family derives a long chin; why a second has abounded with knaves for two generations, and fools for
two more; why a third happened to be crackbrained, and a fourth to be sharpers; whence it came, what
Polydore Virgil says of a certain great house, NEC VIR FORTIS, NEC FOEMINA CASTA; how cruelty,
falsehood, and cowardice, grew to be characteristics by which certain families are distinguished as much as
by their coats of arms; who first brought the pox into a noble house, which has lineally descended scrofulous
tumours to their posterity. Neither could I wonder at all this, when I saw such an interruption of lineages, by
pages, lackeys, valets, coachmen, gamesters, fiddlers, players, captains, and pickpockets.
I was chiefly disgusted with modern history. For having strictly examined all the persons of greatest name in
the courts of princes, for a hundred years past, I found how the world had been misled by prostitute writers, to
ascribe the greatest exploits in war, to cowards; the wisest counsel, to fools; sincerity, to flatterers; Roman
virtue, to betrayers of their country; piety, to atheists; chastity, to sodomites; truth, to informers: how many
innocent and excellent persons had been condemned to death or banishment by the practising of great
ministers upon the corruption of judges, and the malice of factions: how many villains had been exalted to the
highest places of trust, power, dignity, and profit: how great a share in the motions and events of courts,
councils, and senates might be challenged by bawds, whores, pimps, parasites, and buffoons. How low an
opinion I had of human wisdom and integrity, when I was truly informed of the springs and motives of great
enterprises and revolutions in the world, and of the contemptible accidents to which they owed their success.
Here I discovered the roguery and ignorance of those who pretend to write anecdotes, or secret history; who
send so many kings to their graves with a cup of poison; will repeat the discourse between a prince and chief
minister, where no witness was by; unlock the thoughts and cabinets of ambassadors and secretaries of state;
and have the perpetual misfortune to be mistaken. Here I discovered the true causes of many great events that
have surprised the world; how a whore can govern the backstairs, the backstairs a council, and the council
a senate. A general confessed, in my presence, "that he got a victory purely by the force of cowardice and ill
conduct;" and an admiral, "that, for want of proper intelligence, he beat the enemy, to whom he intended to
betray the fleet." Three kings protested to me, "that in their whole reigns they never did once prefer any
person of merit, unless by mistake, or treachery of some minister in whom they confided; neither would they
do it if they were to live again:" and they showed, with great strength of reason, "that the royal throne could
not be supported without corruption, because that positive, confident, restiff temper, which virtue infused into
a man, was a perpetual clog to public business."
I had the curiosity to inquire in a particular manner, by what methods great numbers had procured to
themselves high titles of honour, and prodigious estates; and I confined my inquiry to a very modern period:
however, without grating upon present times, because I would be sure to give no offence even to foreigners
(for I hope the reader need not be told, that I do not in the least intend my own country, in what I say upon
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 83
Page No 86
this occasion,) a great number of persons concerned were called up; and, upon a very slight examination,
discovered such a scene of infamy, that I cannot reflect upon it without some seriousness. Perjury,
oppression, subornation, fraud, pandarism, and the like infirmities, were among the most excusable arts they
had to mention; and for these I gave, as it was reasonable, great allowance. But when some confessed they
owed their greatness and wealth to sodomy, or incest; others, to the prostituting of their own wives and
daughters; others, to the betraying of their country or their prince; some, to poisoning; more to the perverting
of justice, in order to destroy the innocent, I hope I may be pardoned, if these discoveries inclined me a little
to abate of that profound veneration, which I am naturally apt to pay to persons of high rank, who ought to be
treated with the utmost respect due to their sublime dignity, by us their inferiors.
I had often read of some great services done to princes and states, and desired to see the persons by whom
those services were performed. Upon inquiry I was told, "that their names were to be found on no record,
except a few of them, whom history has represented as the vilest of rogues and traitors." As to the rest, I had
never once heard of them. They all appeared with dejected looks, and in the meanest habit; most of them
telling me, "they died in poverty and disgrace, and the rest on a scaffold or a gibbet."
Among others, there was one person, whose case appeared a little singular. He had a youth about eighteen
years old standing by his side. He told me, "he had for many years been commander of a ship; and in the sea
fight at Actium had the good fortune to break through the enemy's great line of battle, sink three of their
capital ships, and take a fourth, which was the sole cause of Antony's flight, and of the victory that ensued;
that the youth standing by him, his only son, was killed in the action." He added, "that upon the confidence of
some merit, the war being at an end, he went to Rome, and solicited at the court of Augustus to be preferred
to a greater ship, whose commander had been killed; but, without any regard to his pretensions, it was given
to a boy who had never seen the sea, the son of Libertina, who waited on one of the emperor's mistresses.
Returning back to his own vessel, he was charged with neglect of duty, and the ship given to a favourite page
of Publicola, the viceadmiral; whereupon he retired to a poor farm at a great distance from Rome, and there
ended his life." I was so curious to know the truth of this story, that I desired Agrippa might be called, who
was admiral in that fight. He appeared, and confirmed the whole account: but with much more advantage to
the captain, whose modesty had extenuated or concealed a great part of his merit.
I was surprised to find corruption grown so high and so quick in that empire, by the force of luxury so lately
introduced; which made me less wonder at many parallel cases in other countries, where vices of all kinds
have reigned so much longer, and where the whole praise, as well as pillage, has been engrossed by the chief
commander, who perhaps had the least title to either.
As every person called up made exactly the same appearance he had done in the world, it gave me
melancholy reflections to observe how much the race of human kind was degenerated among us within these
hundred years past; how the pox, under all its consequences and denominations had altered every lineament
of an English countenance; shortened the size of bodies, unbraced the nerves, relaxed the sinews and muscles,
introduced a sallow complexion, and rendered the flesh loose and rancid.
I descended so low, as to desire some English yeoman of the old stamp might be summoned to appear; once
so famous for the simplicity of their manners, diet, and dress; for justice in their dealings; for their true spirit
of liberty; for their valour, and love of their country. Neither could I be wholly unmoved, after comparing the
living with the dead, when I considered how all these pure native virtues were prostituted for a piece of
money by their grandchildren; who, in selling their votes and managing at elections, have acquired every
vice and corruption that can possibly be learned in a court.
CHAPTER IX.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 84
Page No 87
[The author returns to Maldonada. Sails to the kingdom of Luggnagg. The author confined. He is sent for to
court. The manner of his admittance. The king's great lenity to his subjects.]
The day of our departure being come, I took leave of his highness, the Governor of Glubbdubdrib, and
returned with my two companions to Maldonada, where, after a fortnight's waiting, a ship was ready to sail
for Luggnagg. The two gentlemen, and some others, were so generous and kind as to furnish me with
provisions, and see me on board. I was a month in this voyage. We had one violent storm, and were under a
necessity of steering westward to get into the trade wind, which holds for above sixty leagues. On the 21st of
April, 1708, we sailed into the river of Clumegnig, which is a seaport town, at the southeast point of
Luggnagg. We cast anchor within a league of the town, and made a signal for a pilot. Two of them came on
board in less than half an hour, by whom we were guided between certain shoals and rocks, which are very
dangerous in the passage, to a large basin, where a fleet may ride in safety within a cable's length of the
townwall.
Some of our sailors, whether out of treachery or inadvertence, had informed the pilots "that I was a stranger,
and great traveller;" whereof these gave notice to a customhouse officer, by whom I was examined very
strictly upon my landing. This officer spoke to me in the language of Balnibarbi, which, by the force of much
commerce, is generally understood in that town, especially by seamen and those employed in the customs. I
gave him a short account of some particulars, and made my story as plausible and consistent as I could; but I
thought it necessary to disguise my country, and call myself a Hollander; because my intentions were for
Japan, and I knew the Dutch were the only Europeans permitted to enter into that kingdom. I therefore told
the officer, "that having been shipwrecked on the coast of Balnibarbi, and cast on a rock, I was received up
into Laputa, or the flying island (of which he had often heard), and was now endeavouring to get to Japan,
whence I might find a convenience of returning to my own country." The officer said, "I must be confined till
he could receive orders from court, for which he would write immediately, and hoped to receive an answer in
a fortnight." I was carried to a convenient lodging with a sentry placed at the door; however, I had the liberty
of a large garden, and was treated with humanity enough, being maintained all the time at the king's charge. I
was invited by several persons, chiefly out of curiosity, because it was reported that I came from countries
very remote, of which they had never heard.
I hired a young man, who came in the same ship, to be an interpreter; he was a native of Luggnagg, but had
lived some years at Maldonada, and was a perfect master of both languages. By his assistance, I was able to
hold a conversation with those who came to visit me; but this consisted only of their questions, and my
answers.
The despatch came from court about the time we expected. It contained a warrant for conducting me and my
retinue to TRALDRAGDUBH, or TRILDROGDRIB (for it is pronounced both ways as near as I can
remember), by a party of ten horse. All my retinue was that poor lad for an interpreter, whom I persuaded into
my service, and, at my humble request, we had each of us a mule to ride on. A messenger was despatched
half a day's journey before us, to give the king notice of my approach, and to desire, "that his majesty would
please to appoint a day and hour, when it would by his gracious pleasure that I might have the honour to lick
the dust before his footstool." This is the court style, and I found it to be more than matter of form: for, upon
my admittance two days after my arrival, I was commanded to crawl upon my belly, and lick the floor as I
advanced; but, on account of my being a stranger, care was taken to have it made so clean, that the dust was
not offensive. However, this was a peculiar grace, not allowed to any but persons of the highest rank, when
they desire an admittance. Nay, sometimes the floor is strewed with dust on purpose, when the person to be
admitted happens to have powerful enemies at court; and I have seen a great lord with his mouth so crammed,
that when he had crept to the proper distance from the throne; he was not able to speak a word. Neither is
there any remedy; because it is capital for those, who receive an audience to spit or wipe their mouths in his
majesty's presence. There is indeed another custom, which I cannot altogether approve of: when the king has
a mind to put any of his nobles to death in a gentle indulgent manner, he commands the floor to be strewed
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 85
Page No 88
with a certain brown powder of a deadly composition, which being licked up, infallibly kills him in
twentyfour hours. But in justice to this prince's great clemency, and the care he has of his subjects' lives
(wherein it were much to be wished that the Monarchs of Europe would imitate him), it must be mentioned
for his honour, that strict orders are given to have the infected parts of the floor well washed after every such
execution, which, if his domestics neglect, they are in danger of incurring his royal displeasure. I myself
heard him give directions, that one of his pages should be whipped, whose turn it was to give notice about
washing the floor after an execution, but maliciously had omitted it; by which neglect a young lord of great
hopes, coming to an audience, was unfortunately poisoned, although the king at that time had no design
against his life. But this good prince was so gracious as to forgive the poor page his whipping, upon promise
that he would do so no more, without special orders.
To return from this digression. When I had crept within four yards of the throne, I raised myself gently upon
my knees, and then striking my forehead seven times against the ground, I pronounced the following words,
as they had been taught me the night before, INCKPLING GLOFFTHROBB SQUUT SERUMMBLHIOP
MLASHNALT ZWIN TNODBALKUFFH SLHIOPHAD GURDLUBH ASHT. This is the compliment,
established by the laws of the land, for all persons admitted to the king's presence. It may be rendered into
English thus: "May your celestial majesty outlive the sun, eleven moons and a half!" To this the king returned
some answer, which, although I could not understand, yet I replied as I had been directed: FLUFT DRIN
YALERICK DWULDOM PRASTRAD MIRPUSH, which properly signifies, "My tongue is in the mouth of
my friend;" and by this expression was meant, that I desired leave to bring my interpreter; whereupon the
young man already mentioned was accordingly introduced, by whose intervention I answered as many
questions as his majesty could put in above an hour. I spoke in the Balnibarbian tongue, and my interpreter
delivered my meaning in that of Luggnagg.
The king was much delighted with my company, and ordered his BLIFFMARKLUB, or highchamberlain,
to appoint a lodging in the court for me and my interpreter; with a daily allowance for my table, and a large
purse of gold for my common expenses.
I staid three months in this country, out of perfect obedience to his majesty; who was pleased highly to favour
me, and made me very honourable offers. But I thought it more consistent with prudence and justice to pass
the remainder of my days with my wife and family.
CHAPTER X.
[The Luggnaggians commended. A particular description of the Struldbrugs, with many conversations
between the author and some eminent persons upon that subject.]
The Luggnaggians are a polite and generous people; and although they are not without some share of that
pride which is peculiar to all Eastern countries, yet they show themselves courteous to strangers, especially
such who are countenanced by the court. I had many acquaintance, and among persons of the best fashion;
and being always attended by my interpreter, the conversation we had was not disagreeable.
One day, in much good company, I was asked by a person of quality, "whether I had seen any of their
STRULDBRUGS, or immortals?" I said, "I had not;" and desired he would explain to me "what he meant by
such an appellation, applied to a mortal creature." He told me "that sometimes, though very rarely, a child
happened to be born in a family, with a red circular spot in the forehead, directly over the left eyebrow, which
was an infallible mark that it should never die." The spot, as he described it, "was about the compass of a
silver threepence, but in the course of time grew larger, and changed its colour; for at twelve years old it
became green, so continued till five and twenty, then turned to a deep blue: at five and forty it grew coal
black, and as large as an English shilling; but never admitted any further alteration." He said, "these births
were so rare, that he did not believe there could be above eleven hundred struldbrugs, of both sexes, in the
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 86
Page No 89
whole kingdom; of which he computed about fifty in the metropolis, and, among the rest, a young girl born;
about three years ago: that these productions were not peculiar to any family, but a mere effect of chance; and
the children of the STRULDBRUGS themselves were equally mortal with the rest of the people."
I freely own myself to have been struck with inexpressible delight, upon hearing this account: and the person
who gave it me happening to understand the Balnibarbian language, which I spoke very well, I could not
forbear breaking out into expressions, perhaps a little too extravagant. I cried out, as in a rapture, "Happy
nation, where every child hath at least a chance for being immortal! Happy people, who enjoy so many living
examples of ancient virtue, and have masters ready to instruct them in the wisdom of all former ages! but
happiest, beyond all comparison, are those excellent STRULDBRUGS, who, being born exempt from that
universal calamity of human nature, have their minds free and disengaged, without the weight and depression
of spirits caused by the continual apprehensions of death!" I discovered my admiration that I had not
observed any of these illustrious persons at court; the black spot on the forehead being so remarkable a
distinction, that I could not have easily overlooked it: and it was impossible that his majesty, a most judicious
prince, should not provide himself with a good number of such wise and able counsellors. Yet perhaps the
virtue of those reverend sages was too strict for the corrupt and libertine manners of a court: and we often
find by experience, that young men are too opinionated and volatile to be guided by the sober dictates of their
seniors. However, since the king was pleased to allow me access to his royal person, I was resolved, upon the
very first occasion, to deliver my opinion to him on this matter freely and at large, by the help of my
interpreter; and whether he would please to take my advice or not, yet in one thing I was determined, that his
majesty having frequently offered me an establishment in this country, I would, with great thankfulness,
accept the favour, and pass my life here in the conversation of those superior beings the STRULDBRUGS, if
they would please to admit me."
The gentleman to whom I addressed my discourse, because (as I have already observed) he spoke the
language of Balnibarbi, said to me, with a sort of a smile which usually arises from pity to the ignorant, "that
he was glad of any occasion to keep me among them, and desired my permission to explain to the company
what I had spoke." He did so, and they talked together for some time in their own language, whereof I
understood not a syllable, neither could I observe by their countenances, what impression my discourse had
made on them. After a short silence, the same person told me, "that his friends and mine (so he thought fit to
express himself) were very much pleased with the judicious remarks I had made on the great happiness and
advantages of immortal life, and they were desirous to know, in a particular manner, what scheme of living I
should have formed to myself, if it had fallen to my lot to have been born a STRULDBRUG."
I answered, "it was easy to be eloquent on so copious and delightful a subject, especially to me, who had been
often apt to amuse myself with visions of what I should do, if I were a king, a general, or a great lord: and
upon this very case, I had frequently run over the whole system how I should employ myself, and pass the
time, if I were sure to live for ever.
"That, if it had been my good fortune to come into the world a STRULDBRUG, as soon as I could discover
my own happiness, by understanding the difference between life and death, I would first resolve, by all arts
and methods, whatsoever, to procure myself riches. In the pursuit of which, by thrift and management, I
might reasonably expect, in about two hundred years, to be the wealthiest man in the kingdom. In the second
place, I would, from my earliest youth, apply myself to the study of arts and sciences, by which I should
arrive in time to excel all others in learning. Lastly, I would carefully record every action and event of
consequence, that happened in the public, impartially draw the characters of the several successions of
princes and great ministers of state, with my own observations on every point. I would exactly set down the
several changes in customs, language, fashions of dress, diet, and diversions. By all which acquirements, I
should be a living treasure of knowledge and wisdom, and certainly become the oracle of the nation.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 87
Page No 90
"I would never marry after threescore, but live in a hospitable manner, yet still on the saving side. I would
entertain myself in forming and directing the minds of hopeful young men, by convincing them, from my
own remembrance, experience, and observation, fortified by numerous examples, of the usefulness of virtue
in public and private life. But my choice and constant companions should be a set of my own immortal
brotherhood; among whom, I would elect a dozen from the most ancient, down to my own contemporaries.
Where any of these wanted fortunes, I would provide them with convenient lodges round my own estate, and
have some of them always at my table; only mingling a few of the most valuable among you mortals, whom
length of time would harden me to lose with little or no reluctance, and treat your posterity after the same
manner; just as a man diverts himself with the annual succession of pinks and tulips in his garden, without
regretting the loss of those which withered the preceding year.
"These STRULDBRUGS and I would mutually communicate our observations and memorials, through the
course of time; remark the several gradations by which corruption steals into the world, and oppose it in
every step, by giving perpetual warning and instruction to mankind; which, added to the strong influence of
our own example, would probably prevent that continual degeneracy of human nature so justly complained of
in all ages.
"Add to this, the pleasure of seeing the various revolutions of states and empires; the changes in the lower
and upper world; ancient cities in ruins, and obscure villages become the seats of kings; famous rivers
lessening into shallow brooks; the ocean leaving one coast dry, and overwhelming another; the discovery of
many countries yet unknown; barbarity overrunning the politest nations, and the most barbarous become
civilized. I should then see the discovery of the longitude, the perpetual motion, the universal medicine, and
many other great inventions, brought to the utmost perfection.
"What wonderful discoveries should we make in astronomy, by outliving and confirming our own
predictions; by observing the progress and return of comets, with the changes of motion in the sun, moon,
and stars!"
I enlarged upon many other topics, which the natural desire of endless life, and sublunary happiness, could
easily furnish me with. When I had ended, and the sum of my discourse had been interpreted, as before, to the
rest of the company, there was a good deal of talk among them in the language of the country, not without
some laughter at my expense. At last, the same gentleman who had been my interpreter, said, "he was desired
by the rest to set me right in a few mistakes, which I had fallen into through the common imbecility of human
nature, and upon that allowance was less answerable for them. That this breed of STRULDBRUGS was
peculiar to their country, for there were no such people either in Balnibarbi or Japan, where he had the honour
to be ambassador from his majesty, and found the natives in both those kingdoms very hard to believe that
the fact was possible: and it appeared from my astonishment when he first mentioned the matter to me, that I
received it as a thing wholly new, and scarcely to be credited. That in the two kingdoms above mentioned,
where, during his residence, he had conversed very much, he observed long life to be the universal desire and
wish of mankind. That whoever had one foot in the grave was sure to hold back the other as strongly as he
could. That the oldest had still hopes of living one day longer, and looked on death as the greatest evil, from
which nature always prompted him to retreat. Only in this island of Luggnagg the appetite for living was not
so eager, from the continual example of the STRULDBRUGS before their eyes.
"That the system of living contrived by me, was unreasonable and unjust; because it supposed a perpetuity of
youth, health, and vigour, which no man could be so foolish to hope, however extravagant he may be in his
wishes. That the question therefore was not, whether a man would choose to be always in the prime of youth,
attended with prosperity and health; but how he would pass a perpetual life under all the usual disadvantages
which old age brings along with it. For although few men will avow their desires of being immortal, upon
such hard conditions, yet in the two kingdoms before mentioned, of Balnibarbi and Japan, he observed that
every man desired to put off death some time longer, let it approach ever so late: and he rarely heard of any
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 88
Page No 91
man who died willingly, except he were incited by the extremity of grief or torture. And he appealed to me,
whether in those countries I had travelled, as well as my own, I had not observed the same general
disposition."
After this preface, he gave me a particular account of the STRULDBRUGS among them. He said, "they
commonly acted like mortals till about thirty years old; after which, by degrees, they grew melancholy and
dejected, increasing in both till they came to fourscore. This he learned from their own confession: for
otherwise, there not being above two or three of that species born in an age, they were too few to form a
general observation by. When they came to fourscore years, which is reckoned the extremity of living in this
country, they had not only all the follies and infirmities of other old men, but many more which arose from
the dreadful prospect of never dying. They were not only opinionative, peevish, covetous, morose, vain,
talkative, but incapable of friendship, and dead to all natural affection, which never descended below their
grandchildren. Envy and impotent desires are their prevailing passions. But those objects against which their
envy seems principally directed, are the vices of the younger sort and the deaths of the old. By reflecting on
the former, they find themselves cut off from all possibility of pleasure; and whenever they see a funeral, they
lament and repine that others have gone to a harbour of rest to which they themselves never can hope to
arrive. They have no remembrance of anything but what they learned and observed in their youth and
middleage, and even that is very imperfect; and for the truth or particulars of any fact, it is safer to depend
on common tradition, than upon their best recollections. The least miserable among them appear to be those
who turn to dotage, and entirely lose their memories; these meet with more pity and assistance, because they
want many bad qualities which abound in others.
"If a STRULDBRUG happen to marry one of his own kind, the marriage is dissolved of course, by the
courtesy of the kingdom, as soon as the younger of the two comes to be fourscore; for the law thinks it a
reasonable indulgence, that those who are condemned, without any fault of their own, to a perpetual
continuance in the world, should not have their misery doubled by the load of a wife.
"As soon as they have completed the term of eighty years, they are looked on as dead in law; their heirs
immediately succeed to their estates; only a small pittance is reserved for their support; and the poor ones are
maintained at the public charge. After that period, they are held incapable of any employment of trust or
profit; they cannot purchase lands, or take leases; neither are they allowed to be witnesses in any cause, either
civil or criminal, not even for the decision of meers and bounds.
"At ninety, they lose their teeth and hair; they have at that age no distinction of taste, but eat and drink
whatever they can get, without relish or appetite. The diseases they were subject to still continue, without
increasing or diminishing. In talking, they forget the common appellation of things, and the names of persons,
even of those who are their nearest friends and relations. For the same reason, they never can amuse
themselves with reading, because their memory will not serve to carry them from the beginning of a sentence
to the end; and by this defect, they are deprived of the only entertainment whereof they might otherwise be
capable.
The language of this country being always upon the flux, the STRULDBRUGS of one age do not understand
those of another; neither are they able, after two hundred years, to hold any conversation (farther than by a
few general words) with their neighbours the mortals; and thus they lie under the disadvantage of living like
foreigners in their own country."
This was the account given me of the STRULDBRUGS, as near as I can remember. I afterwards saw five or
six of different ages, the youngest not above two hundred years old, who were brought to me at several times
by some of my friends; but although they were told, "that I was a great traveller, and had seen all the world,"
they had not the least curiosity to ask me a question; only desired "I would give them SLUMSKUDASK," or
a token of remembrance; which is a modest way of begging, to avoid the law, that strictly forbids it, because
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 89
Page No 92
they are provided for by the public, although indeed with a very scanty allowance.
They are despised and hated by all sorts of people. When one of them is born, it is reckoned ominous, and
their birth is recorded very particularly so that you may know their age by consulting the register, which,
however, has not been kept above a thousand years past, or at least has been destroyed by time or public
disturbances. But the usual way of computing how old they are, is by asking them what kings or great
persons they can remember, and then consulting history; for infallibly the last prince in their mind did not
begin his reign after they were fourscore years old.
They were the most mortifying sight I ever beheld; and the women more horrible than the men. Besides the
usual deformities in extreme old age, they acquired an additional ghastliness, in proportion to their number of
years, which is not to be described; and among half a dozen, I soon distinguished which was the eldest,
although there was not above a century or two between them.
The reader will easily believe, that from what I had hear and seen, my keen appetite for perpetuity of life was
much abated. I grew heartily ashamed of the pleasing visions I had formed; and thought no tyrant could
invent a death into which I would not run with pleasure, from such a life. The king heard of all that had
passed between me and my friends upon this occasion, and rallied me very pleasantly; wishing I could send a
couple of STRULDBRUGS to my own country, to arm our people against the fear of death; but this, it seems,
is forbidden by the fundamental laws of the kingdom, or else I should have been well content with the trouble
and expense of transporting them.
I could not but agree, that the laws of this kingdom relative to the STRULDBRUGS were founded upon the
strongest reasons, and such as any other country would be under the necessity of enacting, in the like
circumstances. Otherwise, as avarice is the necessary consequence of old age, those immortals would in time
become proprietors of the whole nation, and engross the civil power, which, for want of abilities to manage,
must end in the ruin of the public.
CHAPTER XI.
[The author leaves Luggnagg, and sails to Japan. From thence he returns in a Dutch ship to Amsterdam, and
from Amsterdam to England.]
I thought this account of the STRULDBRUGS might be some entertainment to the reader, because it seems
to be a little out of the common way; at least I do not remember to have met the like in any book of travels
that has come to my hands: and if I am deceived, my excuse must be, that it is necessary for travellers who
describe the same country, very often to agree in dwelling on the same particulars, without deserving the
censure of having borrowed or transcribed from those who wrote before them.
There is indeed a perpetual commerce between this kingdom and the great empire of Japan; and it is very
probable, that the Japanese authors may have given some account of the STRULDBRUGS; but my stay in
Japan was so short, and I was so entirely a stranger to the language, that I was not qualified to make any
inquiries. But I hope the Dutch, upon this notice, will be curious and able enough to supply my defects.
His majesty having often pressed me to accept some employment in his court, and finding me absolutely
determined to return to my native country, was pleased to give me his license to depart; and honoured me
with a letter of recommendation, under his own hand, to the Emperor of Japan. He likewise presented me
with four hundred and fortyfour large pieces of gold (this nation delighting in even numbers), and a red
diamond, which I sold in England for eleven hundred pounds.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 90
Page No 93
On the 6th of May, 1709, I took a solemn leave of his majesty, and all my friends. This prince was so
gracious as to order a guard to conduct me to Glanguenstald, which is a royal port to the southwest part of
the island. In six days I found a vessel ready to carry me to Japan, and spent fifteen days in the voyage.
We landed at a small porttown called Xamoschi, situated on the southeast part of Japan; the town lies on
the western point, where there is a narrow strait leading northward into along arm of the sea, upon the
northwest part of which, Yedo, the metropolis, stands. At landing, I showed the customhouse officers my
letter from the king of Luggnagg to his imperial majesty. They knew the seal perfectly well; it was as broad
as the palm of my hand. The impression was, A KING LIFTING UP A LAME BEGGAR FROM THE
EARTH. The magistrates of the town, hearing of my letter, received me as a public minister. They provided
me with carriages and servants, and bore my charges to Yedo; where I was admitted to an audience, and
delivered my letter, which was opened with great ceremony, and explained to the Emperor by an interpreter,
who then gave me notice, by his majesty's order, "that I should signify my request, and, whatever it were, it
should be granted, for the sake of his royal brother of Luggnagg." This interpreter was a person employed to
transact affairs with the Hollanders. He soon conjectured, by my countenance, that I was a European, and
therefore repeated his majesty's commands in Low Dutch, which he spoke perfectly well. I answered, as I had
before determined, "that I was a Dutch merchant, shipwrecked in a very remote country, whence I had
travelled by sea and land to Luggnagg, and then took shipping for Japan; where I knew my countrymen often
traded, and with some of these I hoped to get an opportunity of returning into Europe: I therefore most
humbly entreated his royal favour, to give order that I should be conducted in safety to Nangasac." To this I
added another petition, "that for the sake of my patron the king of Luggnagg, his majesty would condescend
to excuse my performing the ceremony imposed on my countrymen, of trampling upon the crucifix: because I
had been thrown into his kingdom by my misfortunes, without any intention of trading." When this latter
petition was interpreted to the Emperor, he seemed a little surprised; and said, "he believed I was the first of
my countrymen who ever made any scruple in this point; and that he began to doubt, whether I was a real
Hollander, or not; but rather suspected I must be a Christian. However, for the reasons I had offered, but
chiefly to gratify the king of Luggnagg by an uncommon mark of his favour, he would comply with the
singularity of my humour; but the affair must be managed with dexterity, and his officers should be
commanded to let me pass, as it were by forgetfulness. For he assured me, that if the secret should be
discovered by my countrymen the Dutch, they would cut my throat in the voyage." I returned my thanks, by
the interpreter, for so unusual a favour; and some troops being at that time on their march to Nangasac, the
commanding officer had orders to convey me safe thither, with particular instructions about the business of
the crucifix.
On the 9th day of June, 1709, I arrived at Nangasac, after a very long and troublesome journey. I soon fell
into the company of some Dutch sailors belonging to the Amboyna, of Amsterdam, a stout ship of 450 tons. I
had lived long in Holland, pursuing my studies at Leyden, and I spoke Dutch well. The seamen soon knew
whence I came last: they were curious to inquire into my voyages and course of life. I made up a story as
short and probable as I could, but concealed the greatest part. I knew many persons in Holland. I was able to
invent names for my parents, whom I pretended to be obscure people in the province of Gelderland. I would
have given the captain (one Theodorus Vangrult) what he pleased to ask for my voyage to Holland; but
understanding I was a surgeon, he was contented to take half the usual rate, on condition that I would serve
him in the way of my calling. Before we took shipping, I was often asked by some of the crew, whether I had
performed the ceremony above mentioned? I evaded the question by general answers; "that I had satisfied the
Emperor and court in all particulars." However, a malicious rogue of a skipper went to an officer, and
pointing to me, told him, "I had not yet trampled on the crucifix;" but the other, who had received instructions
to let me pass, gave the rascal twenty strokes on the shoulders with a bamboo; after which I was no more
troubled with such questions.
Nothing happened worth mentioning in this voyage. We sailed with a fair wind to the Cape of Good Hope,
where we staid only to take in fresh water. On the 10th of April, 1710, we arrived safe at Amsterdam, having
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 91
Page No 94
lost only three men by sickness in the voyage, and a fourth, who fell from the foremast into the sea, not far
from the coast of Guinea. From Amsterdam I soon after set sail for England, in a small vessel belonging to
that city.
On the 16th of April we put in at the Downs. I landed next morning, and saw once more my native country,
after an absence of five years and six months complete. I went straight to Redriff, where I arrived the same
day at two in the afternoon, and found my wife and family in good health.
PART IV. A VOYAGE TO THE COUNTRY OF THE HOUYHNHNMS.
CHAPTER I.
[The author sets out as captain of a ship. His men conspire against him, confine him a long time to his cabin,
and set him on shore in an unknown land. He travels up into the country. The Yahoos, a strange sort of
animal, described. The author meets two Houyhnhnms.]
I continued at home with my wife and children about five months, in a very happy condition, if I could have
learned the lesson of knowing when I was well. I left my poor wife big with child, and accepted an
advantageous offer made me to be captain of the Adventurer, a stout merchantman of 350 tons: for I
understood navigation well, and being grown weary of a surgeon's employment at sea, which, however, I
could exercise upon occasion, I took a skilful young man of that calling, one Robert Purefoy, into my ship.
We set sail from Portsmouth upon the 7th day of September, 1710; on the 14th we met with Captain Pocock,
of Bristol, at Teneriffe, who was going to the bay of Campechy to cut logwood. On the 16th, he was parted
from us by a storm; I heard since my return, that his ship foundered, and none escaped but one cabin boy. He
was an honest man, and a good sailor, but a little too positive in his own opinions, which was the cause of his
destruction, as it has been with several others; for if he had followed my advice, he might have been safe at
home with his family at this time, as well as myself.
I had several men who died in my ship of calentures, so that I was forced to get recruits out of Barbadoes and
the Leeward Islands, where I touched, by the direction of the merchants who employed me; which I had soon
too much cause to repent: for I found afterwards, that most of them had been buccaneers. I had fifty hands
onboard; and my orders were, that I should trade with the Indians in the SouthSea, and make what
discoveries I could. These rogues, whom I had picked up, debauched my other men, and they all formed a
conspiracy to seize the ship, and secure me; which they did one morning, rushing into my cabin, and binding
me hand and foot, threatening to throw me overboard, if I offered to stir. I told them, "I was their prisoner,
and would submit." This they made me swear to do, and then they unbound me, only fastening one of my
legs with a chain, near my bed, and placed a sentry at my door with his piece charged, who was commanded
to shoot me dead if I attempted my liberty. They sent me own victuals and drink, and took the government of
the ship to themselves. Their design was to turn pirates and, plunder the Spaniards, which they could not do
till they got more men. But first they resolved to sell the goods the ship, and then go to Madagascar for
recruits, several among them having died since my confinement. They sailed many weeks, and traded with
the Indians; but I knew not what course they took, being kept a close prisoner in my cabin, and expecting
nothing less than to be murdered, as they often threatened me.
Upon the 9th day of May, 1711, one James Welch came down to my cabin, and said, "he had orders from the
captain to set me ashore." I expostulated with him, but in vain; neither would he so much as tell me who their
new captain was. They forced me into the longboat, letting me put on my best suit of clothes, which were as
good as new, and take a small bundle of linen, but no arms, except my hanger; and they were so civil as not
to search my pockets, into which I conveyed what money I had, with some other little necessaries. They
rowed about a league, and then set me down on a strand. I desired them to tell me what country it was. They
all swore, "they knew no more than myself;" but said, "that the captain" (as they called him) "was resolved,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 92
Page No 95
after they had sold the lading, to get rid of me in the first place where they could discover land." They pushed
off immediately, advising me to make haste for fear of being overtaken by the tide, and so bade me farewell.
In this desolate condition I advanced forward, and soon got upon firm ground, where I sat down on a bank to
rest myself, and consider what I had best do. When I was a little refreshed, I went up into the country,
resolving to deliver myself to the first savages I should meet, and purchase my life from them by some
bracelets, glass rings, and other toys, which sailors usually provide themselves with in those voyages, and
whereof I had some about me. The land was divided by long rows of trees, not regularly planted, but
naturally growing; there was great plenty of grass, and several fields of oats. I walked very circumspectly, for
fear of being surprised, or suddenly shot with an arrow from behind, or on either side. I fell into a beaten
road, where I saw many tracts of human feet, and some of cows, but most of horses. At last I beheld several
animals in a field, and one or two of the same kind sitting in trees. Their shape was very singular and
deformed, which a little discomposed me, so that I lay down behind a thicket to observe them better. Some of
them coming forward near the place where I lay, gave me an opportunity of distinctly marking their form.
Their heads and breasts were covered with a thick hair, some frizzled, and others lank; they had beards like
goats, and a long ridge of hair down their backs, and the fore parts of their legs and feet; but the rest of their
bodies was bare, so that I might see their skins, which were of a brown buff colour. They had no tails, nor any
hair at all on their buttocks, except about the anus, which, I presume, nature had placed there to defend them
as they sat on the ground, for this posture they used, as well as lying down, and often stood on their hind feet.
They climbed high trees as nimbly as a squirrel, for they had strong extended claws before and behind,
terminating in sharp points, and hooked. They would often spring, and bound, and leap, with prodigious
agility. The females were not so large as the males; they had long lank hair on their heads, but none on their
faces, nor any thing more than a sort of down on the rest of their bodies, except about the anus and pudenda.
The dugs hung between their fore feet, and often reached almost to the ground as they walked. The hair of
both sexes was of several colours, brown, red, black, and yellow. Upon the whole, I never beheld, in all my
travels, so disagreeable an animal, or one against which I naturally conceived so strong an antipathy. So that,
thinking I had seen enough, full of contempt and aversion, I got up, and pursued the beaten road, hoping it
might direct me to the cabin of some Indian. I had not got far, when I met one of these creatures full in my
way, and coming up directly to me. The ugly monster, when he saw me, distorted several ways, every feature
of his visage, and stared, as at an object he had never seen before; then approaching nearer, lifted up his
forepaw, whether out of curiosity or mischief I could not tell; but I drew my hanger, and gave him a good
blow with the flat side of it, for I durst not strike with the edge, fearing the inhabitants might be provoked
against me, if they should come to know that I had killed or maimed any of their cattle. When the beast felt
the smart, he drew back, and roared so loud, that a herd of at least forty came flocking about me from the next
field, howling and making odious faces; but I ran to the body of a tree, and leaning my back against it, kept
them off by waving my hanger. Several of this cursed brood, getting hold of the branches behind, leaped up
into the tree, whence they began to discharge their excrements on my head; however, I escaped pretty well by
sticking close to the stem of the tree, but was almost stifled with the filth, which fell about me on every side.
In the midst of this distress, I observed them all to run away on a sudden as fast as they could; at which I
ventured to leave the tree and pursue the road, wondering what it was that could put them into this fright. But
looking on my left hand, I saw a horse walking softly in the field; which my persecutors having sooner
discovered, was the cause of their flight. The horse started a little, when he came near me, but soon
recovering himself, looked full in my face with manifest tokens of wonder; he viewed my hands and feet,
walking round me several times. I would have pursued my journey, but he placed himself directly in the way,
yet looking with a very mild aspect, never offering the least violence. We stood gazing at each other for some
time; at last I took the boldness to reach my hand towards his neck with a design to stroke it, using the
common style and whistle of jockeys, when they are going to handle a strange horse. But this animal seemed
to receive my civilities with disdain, shook his head, and bent his brows, softly raising up his right forefoot
to remove my hand. Then he neighed three or four times, but in so different a cadence, that I almost began to
think he was speaking to himself, in some language of his own.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 93
Page No 96
While he and I were thus employed, another horse came up; who applying himself to the first in a very formal
manner, they gently struck each other's right hoof before, neighing several times by turns, and varying the
sound, which seemed to be almost articulate. They went some paces off, as if it were to confer together,
walking side by side, backward and forward, like persons deliberating upon some affair of weight, but often
turning their eyes towards me, as it were to watch that I might not escape. I was amazed to see such actions
and behaviour in brute beasts; and concluded with myself, that if the inhabitants of this country were endued
with a proportionable degree of reason, they must needs be the wisest people upon earth. This thought gave
me so much comfort, that I resolved to go forward, until I could discover some house or village, or meet with
any of the natives, leaving the two horses to discourse together as they pleased. But the first, who was a
dapple gray, observing me to steal off, neighed after me in so expressive a tone, that I fancied myself to
understand what he meant; whereupon I turned back, and came near to him to expect his farther commands:
but concealing my fear as much as I could, for I began to be in some pain how this adventure might
terminate; and the reader will easily believe I did not much like my present situation.
The two horses came up close to me, looking with great earnestness upon my face and hands. The gray steed
rubbed my hat all round with his right forehoof, and discomposed it so much that I was forced to adjust it
better by taking it off and settling it again; whereat, both he and his companion (who was a brown bay)
appeared to be much surprised: the latter felt the lappet of my coat, and finding it to hang loose about me,
they both looked with new signs of wonder. He stroked my right hand, seeming to admire the softness and
colour; but he squeezed it so hard between his hoof and his pastern, that I was forced to roar; after which they
both touched me with all possible tenderness. They were under great perplexity about my shoes and
stockings, which they felt very often, neighing to each other, and using various gestures, not unlike those of a
philosopher, when he would attempt to solve some new and difficult phenomenon.
Upon the whole, the behaviour of these animals was so orderly and rational, so acute and judicious, that I at
last concluded they must needs be magicians, who had thus metamorphosed themselves upon some design,
and seeing a stranger in the way, resolved to divert themselves with him; or, perhaps, were really amazed at
the sight of a man so very different in habit, feature, and complexion, from those who might probably live in
so remote a climate. Upon the strength of this reasoning, I ventured to address them in the following manner:
"Gentlemen, if you be conjurers, as I have good cause to believe, you can understand my language; therefore
I make bold to let your worships know that I am a poor distressed Englishman, driven by his misfortunes
upon your coast; and I entreat one of you to let me ride upon his back, as if he were a real horse, to some
house or village where I can be relieved. In return of which favour, I will make you a present of this knife and
bracelet," taking them out of my pocket. The two creatures stood silent while I spoke, seeming to listen with
great attention, and when I had ended, they neighed frequently towards each other, as if they were engaged in
serious conversation. I plainly observed that their language expressed the passions very well, and the words
might, with little pains, be resolved into an alphabet more easily than the Chinese.
I could frequently distinguish the word YAHOO, which was repeated by each of them several times: and
although it was impossible for me to conjecture what it meant, yet while the two horses were busy in
conversation, I endeavoured to practise this word upon my tongue; and as soon as they were silent, I boldly
pronounced YAHOO in a loud voice, imitating at the same time, as near as I could, the neighing of a horse; at
which they were both visibly surprised; and the gray repeated the same word twice, as if he meant to teach
me the right accent; wherein I spoke after him as well as I could, and found myself perceivably to improve
every time, though very far from any degree of perfection. Then the bay tried me with a second word, much
harder to be pronounced; but reducing it to the English orthography, may be spelt thus, HOUYHNHNM. I
did not succeed in this so well as in the former; but after two or three farther trials, I had better fortune; and
they both appeared amazed at my capacity.
After some further discourse, which I then conjectured might relate to me, the two friends took their leaves,
with the same compliment of striking each other's hoof; and the gray made me signs that I should walk before
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 94
Page No 97
him; wherein I thought it prudent to comply, till I could find a better director. When I offered to slacken my
pace, he would cry HHUUN HHUUN: I guessed his meaning, and gave him to understand, as well as I could,
"that I was weary, and not able to walk faster;" upon which he would stand awhile to let me rest.
CHAPTER II.
[The author conducted by a Houyhnhnm to his house. The house described. The author's reception. The food
of the Houyhnhnms. The author in distress for want of meat. Is at last relieved. His manner of feeding in this
country.]
Having travelled about three miles, we came to a long kind of building, made of timber stuck in the ground,
and wattled across; the roof was low and covered with straw. I now began to be a little comforted; and took
out some toys, which travellers usually carry for presents to the savage Indians of America, and other parts, in
hopes the people of the house would be thereby encouraged to receive me kindly. The horse made me a sign
to go in first; it was a large room with a smooth clay floor, and a rack and manger, extending the whole
length on one side. There were three nags and two mares, not eating, but some of them sitting down upon
their hams, which I very much wondered at; but wondered more to see the rest employed in domestic
business; these seemed but ordinary cattle. However, this confirmed my first opinion, that a people who could
so far civilise brute animals, must needs excel in wisdom all the nations of the world.
The gray came in just after, and thereby prevented any ill treatment which the others might have given me.
He neighed to them several times in a style of authority, and received answers.
Beyond this room there were three others, reaching the length of the house, to which you passed through
three doors, opposite to each other, in the manner of a vista. We went through the second room towards the
third. Here the gray walked in first, beckoning me to attend: I waited in the second room, and got ready my
presents for the master and mistress of the house; they were two knives, three bracelets of false pearls, a small
lookingglass, and a bead necklace. The horse neighed three or four times, and I waited to hear some answers
in a human voice, but I heard no other returns than in the same dialect, only one or two a little shriller than
his. I began to think that this house must belong to some person of great note among them, because there
appeared so much ceremony before I could gain admittance. But, that a man of quality should be served all
by horses, was beyond my comprehension. I feared my brain was disturbed by my sufferings and
misfortunes. I roused myself, and looked about me in the room where I was left alone: this was furnished like
the first, only after a more elegant manner. I rubbed my eyes often, but the same objects still occurred. I
pinched my arms and sides to awake myself, hoping I might be in a dream. I then absolutely concluded, that
all these appearances could be nothing else but necromancy and magic. But I had no time to pursue these
reflections; for the gray horse came to the door, and made me a sign to follow him into the third room where I
saw a very comely mare, together with a colt and foal, sitting on their haunches upon mats of straw, not
unartfully made, and perfectly neat and clean.
The mare soon after my entrance rose from her mat, and coming up close, after having nicely observed my
hands and face, gave me a most contemptuous look; and turning to the horse, I heard the word YAHOO often
repeated betwixt them; the meaning of which word I could not then comprehend, although it was the first I
had learned to pronounce. But I was soon better informed, to my everlasting mortification; for the horse,
beckoning to me with his head, and repeating the HHUUN, HHUUN, as he did upon the road, which I
understood was to attend him, led me out into a kind of court, where was another building, at some distance
from the house. Here we entered, and I saw three of those detestable creatures, which I first met after my
landing, feeding upon roots, and the flesh of some animals, which I afterwards found to be that of asses and
dogs, and now and then a cow, dead by accident or disease. They were all tied by the neck with strong withes
fastened to a beam; they held their food between the claws of their fore feet, and tore it with their teeth.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 95
Page No 98
The master horse ordered a sorrel nag, one of his servants, to untie the largest of these animals, and take him
into the yard. The beast and I were brought close together, and by our countenances diligently compared both
by master and servant, who thereupon repeated several times the word YAHOO. My horror and astonishment
are not to be described, when I observed in this abominable animal, a perfect human figure: the face of it
indeed was flat and broad, the nose depressed, the lips large, and the mouth wide; but these differences are
common to all savage nations, where the lineaments of the countenance are distorted, by the natives suffering
their infants to lie grovelling on the earth, or by carrying them on their backs, nuzzling with their face against
the mothers' shoulders. The forefeet of the YAHOO differed from my hands in nothing else but the length
of the nails, the coarseness and brownness of the palms, and the hairiness on the backs. There was the same
resemblance between our feet, with the same differences; which I knew very well, though the horses did not,
because of my shoes and stockings; the same in every part of our bodies except as to hairiness and colour,
which I have already described.
The great difficulty that seemed to stick with the two horses, was to see the rest of my body so very different
from that of a YAHOO, for which I was obliged to my clothes, whereof they had no conception. The sorrel
nag offered me a root, which he held (after their manner, as we shall describe in its proper place) between his
hoof and pastern; I took it in my hand, and, having smelt it, returned it to him again as civilly as I could. He
brought out of the YAHOOS' kennel a piece of ass's flesh; but it smelt so offensively that I turned from it
with loathing: he then threw it to the YAHOO, by whom it was greedily devoured. He afterwards showed me
a wisp of hay, and a fetlock full of oats; but I shook my head, to signify that neither of these were food for
me. And indeed I now apprehended that I must absolutely starve, if I did not get to some of my own species;
for as to those filthy YAHOOS, although there were few greater lovers of mankind at that time than myself,
yet I confess I never saw any sensitive being so detestable on all accounts; and the more I came near them the
more hateful they grew, while I stayed in that country. This the master horse observed by my behaviour, and
therefore sent the YAHOO back to his kennel. He then put his forehoof to his mouth, at which I was much
surprised, although he did it with ease, and with a motion that appeared perfectly natural, and made other
signs, to know what I would eat; but I could not return him such an answer as he was able to apprehend; and
if he had understood me, I did not see how it was possible to contrive any way for finding myself
nourishment. While we were thus engaged, I observed a cow passing by, whereupon I pointed to her, and
expressed a desire to go and milk her. This had its effect; for he led me back into the house, and ordered a
mareservant to open a room, where a good store of milk lay in earthen and wooden vessels, after a very
orderly and cleanly manner. She gave me a large bowlful, of which I drank very heartily, and found myself
well refreshed.
About noon, I saw coming towards the house a kind of vehicle drawn like a sledge by four YAHOOS. There
was in it an old steed, who seemed to be of quality; he alighted with his hindfeet forward, having by
accident got a hurt in his left forefoot. He came to dine with our horse, who received him with great civility.
They dined in the best room, and had oats boiled in milk for the second course, which the old horse ate warm,
but the rest cold. Their mangers were placed circular in the middle of the room, and divided into several
partitions, round which they sat on their haunches, upon bosses of straw. In the middle was a large rack, with
angles answering to every partition of the manger; so that each horse and mare ate their own hay, and their
own mash of oats and milk, with much decency and regularity. The behaviour of the young colt and foal
appeared very modest, and that of the master and mistress extremely cheerful and complaisant to their guest.
The gray ordered me to stand by him; and much discourse passed between him and his friend concerning me,
as I found by the stranger's often looking on me, and the frequent repetition of the word YAHOO.
I happened to wear my gloves, which the master gray observing, seemed perplexed, discovering signs of
wonder what I had done to my forefeet. He put his hoof three or four times to them, as if he would signify,
that I should reduce them to their former shape, which I presently did, pulling off both my gloves, and putting
them into my pocket. This occasioned farther talk; and I saw the company was pleased with my behaviour,
whereof I soon found the good effects. I was ordered to speak the few words I understood; and while they
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 96
Page No 99
were at dinner, the master taught me the names for oats, milk, fire, water, and some others, which I could
readily pronounce after him, having from my youth a great facility in learning languages.
When dinner was done, the master horse took me aside, and by signs and words made me understand the
concern he was in that I had nothing to eat. Oats in their tongue are called HLUNNH. This word I
pronounced two or three times; for although I had refused them at first, yet, upon second thoughts, I
considered that I could contrive to make of them a kind of bread, which might be sufficient, with milk, to
keep me alive, till I could make my escape to some other country, and to creatures of my own species. The
horse immediately ordered a white mare servant of his family to bring me a good quantity of oats in a sort of
wooden tray. These I heated before the fire, as well as I could, and rubbed them till the husks came off, which
I made a shift to winnow from the grain. I ground and beat them between two stones; then took water, and
made them into a paste or cake, which I toasted at the fire and eat warm with milk. It was at first a very
insipid diet, though common enough in many parts of Europe, but grew tolerable by time; and having been
often reduced to hard fare in my life, this was not the first experiment I had made how easily nature is
satisfied. And I cannot but observe, that I never had one hours sickness while I stayed in this island. It is true,
I sometimes made a shift to catch a rabbit, or bird, by springs made of YAHOO'S hairs; and I often gathered
wholesome herbs, which I boiled, and ate as salads with my bread; and now and then, for a rarity, I made a
little butter, and drank the whey. I was at first at a great loss for salt, but custom soon reconciled me to the
want of it; and I am confident that the frequent use of salt among us is an effect of luxury, and was first
introduced only as a provocative to drink, except where it is necessary for preserving flesh in long voyages,
or in places remote from great markets; for we observe no animal to be fond of it but man, and as to myself,
when I left this country, it was a great while before I could endure the taste of it in anything that I ate.
This is enough to say upon the subject of my diet, wherewith other travellers fill their books, as if the readers
were personally concerned whether we fare well or ill. However, it was necessary to mention this matter, lest
the world should think it impossible that I could find sustenance for three years in such a country, and among
such inhabitants.
When it grew towards evening, the master horse ordered a place for me to lodge in; it was but six yards from
the house and separated from the stable of the YAHOOS. Here I got some straw, and covering myself with
my own clothes, slept very sound. But I was in a short time better accommodated, as the reader shall know
hereafter, when I come to treat more particularly about my way of living.
CHAPTER III.
[The author studies to learn the language. The Houyhnhnm, his master, assists in teaching him. The language
described. Several Houyhnhnms of quality come out of curiosity to see the author. He gives his master a short
account of his voyage.]
My principal endeavour was to learn the language, which my master (for so I shall henceforth call him), and
his children, and every servant of his house, were desirous to teach me; for they looked upon it as a prodigy,
that a brute animal should discover such marks of a rational creature. I pointed to every thing, and inquired
the name of it, which I wrote down in my journalbook when I was alone, and corrected my bad accent by
desiring those of the family to pronounce it often. In this employment, a sorrel nag, one of the
underservants, was very ready to assist me.
In speaking, they pronounced through the nose and throat, and their language approaches nearest to the
HighDutch, or German, of any I know in Europe; but is much more graceful and significant. The emperor
Charles V. made almost the same observation, when he said "that if he were to speak to his horse, it should be
in HighDutch."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 97
Page No 100
The curiosity and impatience of my master were so great, that he spent many hours of his leisure to instruct
me. He was convinced (as he afterwards told me) that I must be a YAHOO; but my teachableness, civility,
and cleanliness, astonished him; which were qualities altogether opposite to those animals. He was most
perplexed about my clothes, reasoning sometimes with himself, whether they were a part of my body: for I
never pulled them off till the family were asleep, and got them on before they waked in the morning. My
master was eager to learn "whence I came; how I acquired those appearances of reason, which I discovered in
all my actions; and to know my story from my own mouth, which he hoped he should soon do by the great
proficiency I made in learning and pronouncing their words and sentences." To help my memory, I formed all
I learned into the English alphabet, and writ the words down, with the translations. This last, after some time,
I ventured to do in my master's presence. It cost me much trouble to explain to him what I was doing; for the
inhabitants have not the least idea of books or literature.
In about ten weeks time, I was able to understand most of his questions; and in three months, could give him
some tolerable answers. He was extremely curious to know "from what part of the country I came, and how I
was taught to imitate a rational creature; because the YAHOOS (whom he saw I exactly resembled in my
head, hands, and face, that were only visible), with some appearance of cunning, and the strongest disposition
to mischief, were observed to be the most unteachable of all brutes." I answered, "that I came over the sea,
from a far place, with many others of my own kind, in a great hollow vessel made of the bodies of trees: that
my companions forced me to land on this coast, and then left me to shift for myself." It was with some
difficulty, and by the help of many signs, that I brought him to understand me. He replied, "that I must needs
be mistaken, or that I said the thing which was not;" for they have no word in their language to express lying
or falsehood. "He knew it was impossible that there could be a country beyond the sea, or that a parcel of
brutes could move a wooden vessel whither they pleased upon water. He was sure no HOUYHNHNM alive
could make such a vessel, nor would trust YAHOOS to manage it."
The word HOUYHNHNM, in their tongue, signifies a HORSE, and, in its etymology, the PERFECTION OF
NATURE. I told my master, "that I was at a loss for expression, but would improve as fast as I could; and
hoped, in a short time, I should be able to tell him wonders." He was pleased to direct his own mare, his colt,
and foal, and the servants of the family, to take all opportunities of instructing me; and every day, for two or
three hours, he was at the same pains himself. Several horses and mares of quality in the neighbourhood came
often to our house, upon the report spread of "a wonderful YAHOO, that could speak like a HOUYHNHNM,
and seemed, in his words and actions, to discover some glimmerings of reason." These delighted to converse
with me: they put many questions, and received such answers as I was able to return. By all these advantages
I made so great a progress, that, in five months from my arrival I understood whatever was spoken, and could
express myself tolerably well.
The HOUYHNHNMS, who came to visit my master out of a design of seeing and talking with me, could
hardly believe me to be a right YAHOO, because my body had a different covering from others of my kind.
They were astonished to observe me without the usual hair or skin, except on my head, face, and hands; but I
discovered that secret to my master upon an accident which happened about a fortnight before.
I have already told the reader, that every night, when the family were gone to bed, it was my custom to strip,
and cover myself with my clothes. It happened, one morning early, that my master sent for me by the sorrel
nag, who was his valet. When he came I was fast asleep, my clothes fallen off on one side, and my shirt
above my waist. I awaked at the noise he made, and observed him to deliver his message in some disorder;
after which he went to my master, and in a great fright gave him a very confused account of what he had
seen. This I presently discovered, for, going as soon as I was dressed to pay my attendance upon his honour,
he asked me "the meaning of what his servant had reported, that I was not the same thing when I slept, as I
appeared to be at other times; that his vale assured him, some part of me was white, some yellow, at least not
so white, and some brown."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 98
Page No 101
I had hitherto concealed the secret of my dress, in order to distinguish myself, as much as possible, from that
cursed race of YAHOOS; but now I found it in vain to do so any longer. Besides, I considered that my
clothes and shoes would soon wear out, which already were in a declining condition, and must be supplied by
some contrivance from the hides of YAHOOS, or other brutes; whereby the whole secret would be known. I
therefore told my master, "that in the country whence I came, those of my kind always covered their bodies
with the hairs of certain animals prepared by art, as well for decency as to avoid the inclemencies of air, both
hot and cold; of which, as to my own person, I would give him immediate conviction, if he pleased to
command me: only desiring his excuse, if I did not expose those parts that nature taught us to conceal." He
said, "my discourse was all very strange, but especially the last part; for he could not understand, why nature
should teach us to conceal what nature had given; that neither himself nor family were ashamed of any parts
of their bodies; but, however, I might do as I pleased." Whereupon I first unbuttoned my coat, and pulled it
off. I did the same with my waistcoat. I drew off my shoes, stockings, and breeches. I let my shirt down to my
waist, and drew up the bottom; fastening it like a girdle about my middle, to hide my nakedness.
My master observed the whole performance with great signs of curiosity and admiration. He took up all my
clothes in his pastern, one piece after another, and examined them diligently; he then stroked my body very
gently, and looked round me several times; after which, he said, it was plain I must be a perfect YAHOO; but
that I differed very much from the rest of my species in the softness, whiteness, and smoothness of my skin;
my want of hair in several parts of my body; the shape and shortness of my claws behind and before; and my
affectation of walking continually on my two hinder feet. He desired to see no more; and gave me leave to
put on my clothes again, for I was shuddering with cold.
I expressed my uneasiness at his giving me so often the appellation of YAHOO, an odious animal, for which
I had so utter a hatred and contempt: I begged he would forbear applying that word to me, and make the same
order in his family and among his friends whom he suffered to see me. I requested likewise, "that the secret
of my having a false covering to my body, might be known to none but himself, at least as long as my present
clothing should last; for as to what the sorrel nag, his valet, had observed, his honour might command him to
conceal it."
All this my master very graciously consented to; and thus the secret was kept till my clothes began to wear
out, which I was forced to supply by several contrivances that shall hereafter be mentioned. In the meantime,
he desired "I would go on with my utmost diligence to learn their language, because he was more astonished
at my capacity for speech and reason, than at the figure of my body, whether it were covered or not;" adding,
"that he waited with some impatience to hear the wonders which I promised to tell him."
Thenceforward he doubled the pains he had been at to instruct me: he brought me into all company, and made
them treat me with civility; "because," as he told them, privately, "this would put me into good humour, and
make me more diverting."
Every day, when I waited on him, beside the trouble he was at in teaching, he would ask me several questions
concerning myself, which I answered as well as I could, and by these means he had already received some
general ideas, though very imperfect. It would be tedious to relate the several steps by which I advanced to a
more regular conversation; but the first account I gave of myself in any order and length was to this purpose:
"That I came from a very far country, as I already had attempted to tell him, with about fifty more of my own
species; that we travelled upon the seas in a great hollow vessel made of wood, and larger than his honour's
house. I described the ship to him in the best terms I could, and explained, by the help of my handkerchief
displayed, how it was driven forward by the wind. That upon a quarrel among us, I was set on shore on this
coast, where I walked forward, without knowing whither, till he delivered me from the persecution of those
execrable YAHOOS." He asked me, "who made the ship, and how it was possible that the HOUYHNHNMS
of my country would leave it to the management of brutes?" My answer was, "that I durst proceed no further
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 99
Page No 102
in my relation, unless he would give me his word and honour that he would not be offended, and then I would
tell him the wonders I had so often promised." He agreed; and I went on by assuring him, that the ship was
made by creatures like myself; who, in all the countries I had travelled, as well as in my own, were the only
governing rational animals; and that upon my arrival hither, I was as much astonished to see the
HOUYHNHNMS act like rational beings, as he, or his friends, could be, in finding some marks of reason in a
creature he was pleased to call a YAHOO; to which I owned my resemblance in every part, but could not
account for their degenerate and brutal nature. I said farther, "that if good fortune ever restored me to my
native country, to relate my travels hither, as I resolved to do, everybody would believe, that I said the thing
that was not, that I invented the story out of my own head; and (with all possible respect to himself, his
family, and friends, and under his promise of not being offended) our countrymen would hardly think it
probable that a HOUYHNHNM should be the presiding creature of a nation, and a YAHOO the brute."
CHAPTER IV.
[The Houyhnhnm's notion of truth and falsehood. The author's discourse disapproved by his master. The
author gives a more particular account of himself, and the accidents of his voyage.]
My master heard me with great appearances of uneasiness in his countenance; because doubting, or not
believing, are so little known in this country, that the inhabitants cannot tell how to behave themselves under
such circumstances. And I remember, in frequent discourses with my master concerning the nature of
manhood in other parts of the world, having occasion to talk of lying and false representation, it was with
much difficulty that he comprehended what I meant, although he had otherwise a most acute judgment. For
he argued thus: "that the use of speech was to make us understand one another, and to receive information of
facts; now, if any one said the thing which was not, these ends were defeated, because I cannot properly be
said to understand him; and I am so far from receiving information, that he leaves me worse than in
ignorance; for I am led to believe a thing black, when it is white, and short, when it is long." And these were
all the notions he had concerning that faculty of lying, so perfectly well understood, and so universally
practised, among human creatures.
To return from this digression. When I asserted that the YAHOOS were the only governing animals in my
country, which my master said was altogether past his conception, he desired to know, "whether we had
HOUYHNHNMS among us, and what was their employment?" I told him, "we had great numbers; that in
summer they grazed in the fields, and in winter were kept in houses with hay and oats, where YAHOO
servants were employed to rub their skins smooth, comb their manes, pick their feet, serve them with food,
and make their beds." "I understand you well," said my master: "it is now very plain, from all you have
spoken, that whatever share of reason the YAHOOS pretend to, the HOUYHNHNMS are your masters; I
heartily wish our YAHOOS would be so tractable." I begged "his honour would please to excuse me from
proceeding any further, because I was very certain that the account he expected from me would be highly
displeasing." But he insisted in commanding me to let him know the best and the worst.
I told him "he should be obeyed." I owned "that the HOUYHNHNMS among us, whom we called horses,
were the most generous and comely animals we had; that they excelled in strength and swiftness; and when
they belonged to persons of quality, were employed in travelling, racing, or drawing chariots; they were
treated with much kindness and care, till they fell into diseases, or became foundered in the feet; but then they
were sold, and used to all kind of drudgery till they died; after which their skins were stripped, and sold for
what they were worth, and their bodies left to be devoured by dogs and birds of prey. But the common race of
horses had not so good fortune, being kept by farmers and carriers, and other mean people, who put them to
greater labour, and fed them worse." I described, as well as I could, our way of riding; the shape and use of a
bridle, a saddle, a spur, and a whip; of harness and wheels. I added, "that we fastened plates of a certain hard
substance, called iron, at the bottom of their feet, to preserve their hoofs from being broken by the stony
ways, on which we often travelled."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 100
Page No 103
My master, after some expressions of great indignation, wondered "how we dared to venture upon a
HOUYHNHNM'S back; for he was sure, that the weakest servant in his house would be able to shake off the
strongest YAHOO; or by lying down and rolling on his back, squeeze the brute to death." I answered "that
our horses were trained up, from three or four years old, to the several uses we intended them for; that if any
of them proved intolerably vicious, they were employed for carriages; that they were severely beaten, while
they were young, for any mischievous tricks; that the males, designed for the common use of riding or
draught, were generally castrated about two years after their birth, to take down their spirits, and make them
more tame and gentle; that they were indeed sensible of rewards and punishments; but his honour would
please to consider, that they had not the least tincture of reason, any more than the YAHOOS in this country."
It put me to the pains of many circumlocutions, to give my master a right idea of what I spoke; for their
language does not abound in variety of words, because their wants and passions are fewer than among us. But
it is impossible to express his noble resentment at our savage treatment of the HOUYHNHNM race;
particularly after I had explained the manner and use of castrating horses among us, to hinder them from
propagating their kind, and to render them more servile. He said, "if it were possible there could be any
country where YAHOOS alone were endued with reason, they certainly must be the governing animal;
because reason in time will always prevail against brutal strength. But, considering the frame of our bodies,
and especially of mine, he thought no creature of equal bulk was so illcontrived for employing that reason in
the common offices of life;" whereupon he desired to know whether those among whom I lived resembled
me, or the YAHOOS of his country?" I assured him, "that I was as well shaped as most of my age; but the
younger, and the females, were much more soft and tender, and the skins of the latter generally as white as
milk." He said, "I differed indeed from other YAHOOS, being much more cleanly, and not altogether so
deformed; but, in point of real advantage, he thought I differed for the worse: that my nails were of no use
either to my fore or hinder feet; as to my fore feet, he could not properly call them by that name, for he never
observed me to walk upon them; that they were too soft to bear the ground; that I generally went with them
uncovered; neither was the covering I sometimes wore on them of the same shape, or so strong as that on my
feet behind: that I could not walk with any security, for if either of my hinder feet slipped, I must inevitably
fail." He then began to find fault with other parts of my body: "the flatness of my face, the prominence of my
nose, mine eyes placed directly in front, so that I could not look on either side without turning my head: that I
was not able to feed myself, without lifting one of my forefeet to my mouth: and therefore nature had placed
those joints to answer that necessity. He knew not what could be the use of those several clefts and divisions
in my feet behind; that these were too soft to bear the hardness and sharpness of stones, without a covering
made from the skin of some other brute; that my whole body wanted a fence against heat and cold, which I
was forced to put on and off every day, with tediousness and trouble: and lastly, that he observed every
animal in this country naturally to abhor the YAHOOS, whom the weaker avoided, and the stronger drove
from them. So that, supposing us to have the gift of reason, he could not see how it were possible to cure that
natural antipathy, which every creature discovered against us; nor consequently how we could tame and
render them serviceable. However, he would," as he said, "debate the matter no farther, because he was more
desirous to know my own story, the country where I was born, and the several actions and events of my life,
before I came hither."
I assured him, "how extremely desirous I was that he should be satisfied on every point; but I doubted much,
whether it would be possible for me to explain myself on several subjects, whereof his honour could have no
conception; because I saw nothing in his country to which I could resemble them; that, however, I would do
my best, and strive to express myself by similitudes, humbly desiring his assistance when I wanted proper
words;" which he was pleased to promise me.
I said, "my birth was of honest parents, in an island called England; which was remote from his country, as
many days' journey as the strongest of his honour's servants could travel in the annual course of the sun; that I
was bred a surgeon, whose trade it is to cure wounds and hurts in the body, gotten by accident or violence;
that my country was governed by a female man, whom we called queen; that I left it to get riches, whereby I
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 101
Page No 104
might maintain myself and family, when I should return; that, in my last voyage, I was commander of the
ship, and had about fifty YAHOOS under me, many of which died at sea, and I was forced to supply them by
others picked out from several nations; that our ship was twice in danger of being sunk, the first time by a
great storm, and the second by striking against a rock." Here my master interposed, by asking me, "how I
could persuade strangers, out of different countries, to venture with me, after the losses I had sustained, and
the hazards I had run?" I said, "they were fellows of desperate fortunes, forced to fly from the places of their
birth on account of their poverty or their crimes. Some were undone by lawsuits; others spent all they had in
drinking, whoring, and gaming; others fled for treason; many for murder, theft, poisoning, robbery, perjury,
forgery, coining false money, for committing rapes, or sodomy; for flying from their colours, or deserting to
the enemy; and most of them had broken prison; none of these durst return to their native countries, for fear
of being hanged, or of starving in a jail; and therefore they were under the necessity of seeking a livelihood in
other places."
During this discourse, my master was pleased to interrupt me several times. I had made use of many
circumlocutions in describing to him the nature of the several crimes for which most of our crew had been
forced to fly their country. This labour took up several days' conversation, before he was able to comprehend
me. He was wholly at a loss to know what could be the use or necessity of practising those vices. To clear up
which, I endeavoured to give some ideas of the desire of power and riches; of the terrible effects of lust,
intemperance, malice, and envy. All this I was forced to define and describe by putting cases and making
suppositions. After which, like one whose imagination was struck with something never seen or heard of
before, he would lift up his eyes with amazement and indignation. Power, government, war, law, punishment,
and a thousand other things, had no terms wherein that language could express them, which made the
difficulty almost insuperable, to give my master any conception of what I meant. But being of an excellent
understanding, much improved by contemplation and converse, he at last arrived at a competent knowledge
of what human nature, in our parts of the world, is capable to perform, and desired I would give him some
particular account of that land which we call Europe, but especially of my own country.
CHAPTER V.
[The author at his master's command, informs him of the state of England. The causes of war among the
princes of Europe. The author begins to explain the English constitution.]
The reader may please to observe, that the following extract of many conversations I had with my master,
contains a summary of the most material points which were discoursed at several times for above two years;
his honour often desiring fuller satisfaction, as I farther improved in the HOUYHNHNM tongue. I laid before
him, as well as I could, the whole state of Europe; I discoursed of trade and manufactures, of arts and
sciences; and the answers I gave to all the questions he made, as they arose upon several subjects, were a
fund of conversation not to be exhausted. But I shall here only set down the substance of what passed
between us concerning my own country, reducing it in order as well as I can, without any regard to time or
other circumstances, while I strictly adhere to truth. My only concern is, that I shall hardly be able to do
justice to my master's arguments and expressions, which must needs suffer by my want of capacity, as well as
by a translation into our barbarous English.
In obedience, therefore, to his honour's commands, I related to him the Revolution under the Prince of
Orange; the long war with France, entered into by the said prince, and renewed by his successor, the present
queen, wherein the greatest powers of Christendom were engaged, and which still continued: I computed, at
his request, "that about a million of YAHOOS might have been killed in the whole progress of it; and perhaps
a hundred or more cities taken, and five times as many ships burnt or sunk."
He asked me, "what were the usual causes or motives that made one country go to war with another?" I
answered "they were innumerable; but I should only mention a few of the chief. Sometimes the ambition of
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 102
Page No 105
princes, who never think they have land or people enough to govern; sometimes the corruption of ministers,
who engage their master in a war, in order to stifle or divert the clamour of the subjects against their evil
administration. Difference in opinions has cost many millions of lives: for instance, whether flesh be bread,
or bread be flesh; whether the juice of a certain berry be blood or wine; whether whistling be a vice or a
virtue; whether it be better to kiss a post, or throw it into the fire; what is the best colour for a coat, whether
black, white, red, or gray; and whether it should be long or short, narrow or wide, dirty or clean; with many
more.
Neither are any wars so furious and bloody, or of so long a continuance, as those occasioned by difference in
opinion, especially if it be in things indifferent.
"Sometimes the quarrel between two princes is to decide which of them shall dispossess a third of his
dominions, where neither of them pretend to any right. Sometimes one prince quarrels with another for fear
the other should quarrel with him. Sometimes a war is entered upon, because the enemy is too strong; and
sometimes, because he is too weak. Sometimes our neighbours want the things which we have, or have the
things which we want, and we both fight, till they take ours, or give us theirs. It is a very justifiable cause of a
war, to invade a country after the people have been wasted by famine, destroyed by pestilence, or embroiled
by factions among themselves. It is justifiable to enter into war against our nearest ally, when one of his
towns lies convenient for us, or a territory of land, that would render our dominions round and complete. If a
prince sends forces into a nation, where the people are poor and ignorant, he may lawfully put half of them to
death, and make slaves of the rest, in order to civilize and reduce them from their barbarous way of living. It
is a very kingly, honourable, and frequent practice, when one prince desires the assistance of another, to
secure him against an invasion, that the assistant, when he has driven out the invader, should seize on the
dominions himself, and kill, imprison, or banish, the prince he came to relieve. Alliance by blood, or
marriage, is a frequent cause of war between princes; and the nearer the kindred is, the greater their
disposition to quarrel; poor nations are hungry, and rich nations are proud; and pride and hunger will ever be
at variance. For these reasons, the trade of a soldier is held the most honourable of all others; because a
soldier is a YAHOO hired to kill, in cold blood, as many of his own species, who have never offended him,
as possibly he can.
"There is likewise a kind of beggarly princes in Europe, not able to make war by themselves, who hire out
their troops to richer nations, for so much a day to each man; of which they keep threefourths to themselves,
and it is the best part of their maintenance: such are those in many northern parts of Europe."
"What you have told me," said my master, "upon the subject of war, does indeed discover most admirably the
effects of that reason you pretend to: however, it is happy that the shame is greater than the danger; and that
nature has left you utterly incapable of doing much mischief. For, your mouths lying flat with your faces, you
can hardly bite each other to any purpose, unless by consent. Then as to the claws upon your feet before and
behind, they are so short and tender, that one of our YAHOOS would drive a dozen of yours before him. And
therefore, in recounting the numbers of those who have been killed in battle, I cannot but think you have said
the thing which is not."
I could not forbear shaking my head, and smiling a little at his ignorance. And being no stranger to the art of
war, I gave him a description of cannons, culverins, muskets, carabines, pistols, bullets, powder, swords,
bayonets, battles, sieges, retreats, attacks, undermines, countermines, bombardments, sea fights, ships sunk
with a thousand men, twenty thousand killed on each side, dying groans, limbs flying in the air, smoke, noise,
confusion, trampling to death under horses' feet, flight, pursuit, victory; fields strewed with carcases, left for
food to dogs and wolves and birds of prey; plundering, stripping, ravishing, burning, and destroying. And to
set forth the valour of my own dear countrymen, I assured him, "that I had seen them blow up a hundred
enemies at once in a siege, and as many in a ship, and beheld the dead bodies drop down in pieces from the
clouds, to the great diversion of the spectators."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 103
Page No 106
I was going on to more particulars, when my master commanded me silence. He said, "whoever understood
the nature of YAHOOS, might easily believe it possible for so vile an animal to be capable of every action I
had named, if their strength and cunning equalled their malice. But as my discourse had increased his
abhorrence of the whole species, so he found it gave him a disturbance in his mind to which he was wholly a
stranger before.
He thought his ears, being used to such abominable words, might, by degrees, admit them with less
detestation: that although he hated the YAHOOS of this country, yet he no more blamed them for their
odious qualities, than he did a GNNAYH (a bird of prey) for its cruelty, or a sharp stone for cutting his hoof.
But when a creature pretending to reason could be capable of such enormities, he dreaded lest the corruption
of that faculty might be worse than brutality itself. He seemed therefore confident, that, instead of reason we
were only possessed of some quality fitted to increase our natural vices; as the reflection from a troubled
stream returns the image of an ill shapen body, not only larger but more distorted."
He added, "that he had heard too much upon the subject of war, both in this and some former discourses.
There was another point, which a little perplexed him at present. I had informed him, that some of our crew
left their country on account of being ruined by law; that I had already explained the meaning of the word;
but he was at a loss how it should come to pass, that the law, which was intended for every man's
preservation, should be any man's ruin. Therefore he desired to be further satisfied what I meant by law, and
the dispensers thereof, according to the present practice in my own country; because he thought nature and
reason were sufficient guides for a reasonable animal, as we pretended to be, in showing us what he ought to
do, and what to avoid."
I assured his honour, "that the law was a science in which I had not much conversed, further than by
employing advocates, in vain, upon some injustices that had been done me: however, I would give him all the
satisfaction I was able."
I said, "there was a society of men among us, bred up from their youth in the art of proving, by words
multiplied for the purpose, that white is black, and black is white, according as they are paid. To this society
all the rest of the people are slaves. For example, if my neighbour has a mind to my cow, he has a lawyer to
prove that he ought to have my cow from me. I must then hire another to defend my right, it being against all
rules of law that any man should be allowed to speak for himself. Now, in this case, I, who am the right
owner, lie under two great disadvantages: first, my lawyer, being practised almost from his cradle in
defending falsehood, is quite out of his element when he would be an advocate for justice, which is an
unnatural office he always attempts with great awkwardness, if not with illwill. The second disadvantage is,
that my lawyer must proceed with great caution, or else he will be reprimanded by the judges, and abhorred
by his brethren, as one that would lessen the practice of the law. And therefore I have but two methods to
preserve my cow. The first is, to gain over my adversary's lawyer with a double fee, who will then betray his
client by insinuating that he hath justice on his side. The second way is for my lawyer to make my cause
appear as unjust as he can, by allowing the cow to belong to my adversary: and this, if it be skilfully done,
will certainly bespeak the favour of the bench. Now your honour is to know, that these judges are persons
appointed to decide all controversies of property, as well as for the trial of criminals, and picked out from the
most dexterous lawyers, who are grown old or lazy; and having been biassed all their lives against truth and
equity, lie under such a fatal necessity of favouring fraud, perjury, and oppression, that I have known some of
them refuse a large bribe from the side where justice lay, rather than injure the faculty, by doing any thing
unbecoming their nature or their office.
"It is a maxim among these lawyers that whatever has been done before, may legally be done again: and
therefore they take special care to record all the decisions formerly made against common justice, and the
general reason of mankind. These, under the name of precedents, they produce as authorities to justify the
most iniquitous opinions; and the judges never fail of directing accordingly.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 104
Page No 107
"In pleading, they studiously avoid entering into the merits of the cause; but are loud, violent, and tedious, in
dwelling upon all circumstances which are not to the purpose. For instance, in the case already mentioned;
they never desire to know what claim or title my adversary has to my cow; but whether the said cow were red
or black; her horns long or short; whether the field I graze her in be round or square; whether she was milked
at home or abroad; what diseases she is subject to, and the like; after which they consult precedents, adjourn
the cause from time to time, and in ten, twenty, or thirty years, come to an issue.
"It is likewise to be observed, that this society has a peculiar cant and jargon of their own, that no other
mortal can understand, and wherein all their laws are written, which they take special care to multiply;
whereby they have wholly confounded the very essence of truth and falsehood, of right and wrong; so that it
will take thirty years to decide, whether the field left me by my ancestors for six generations belongs to me,
or to a stranger three hundred miles off.
"In the trial of persons accused for crimes against the state, the method is much more short and
commendable: the judge first sends to sound the disposition of those in power, after which he can easily hang
or save a criminal, strictly preserving all due forms of law."
Here my master interposing, said, "it was a pity, that creatures endowed with such prodigious abilities of
mind, as these lawyers, by the description I gave of them, must certainly be, were not rather encouraged to be
instructors of others in wisdom and knowledge." In answer to which I assured his honour, "that in all points
out of their own trade, they were usually the most ignorant and stupid generation among us, the most
despicable in common conversation, avowed enemies to all knowledge and learning, and equally disposed to
pervert the general reason of mankind in every other subject of discourse as in that of their own profession."
CHAPTER VI.
[A continuation of the state of England under Queen Anne. The character of a first minister of state in
European courts.]
My master was yet wholly at a loss to understand what motives could incite this race of lawyers to perplex,
disquiet, and weary themselves, and engage in a confederacy of injustice, merely for the sake of injuring their
fellowanimals; neither could he comprehend what I meant in saying, they did it for hire. Whereupon I was
at much pains to describe to him the use of money, the materials it was made of, and the value of the metals;
"that when a YAHOO had got a great store of this precious substance, he was able to purchase whatever he
had a mind to; the finest clothing, the noblest houses, great tracts of land, the most costly meats and drinks,
and have his choice of the most beautiful females. Therefore since money alone was able to perform all these
feats, our YAHOOS thought they could never have enough of it to spend, or to save, as they found
themselves inclined, from their natural bent either to profusion or avarice; that the rich man enjoyed the fruit
of the poor man's labour, and the latter were a thousand to one in proportion to the former; that the bulk of
our people were forced to live miserably, by labouring every day for small wages, to make a few live
plentifully."
I enlarged myself much on these, and many other particulars to the same purpose; but his honour was still to
seek; for he went upon a supposition, that all animals had a title to their share in the productions of the earth,
and especially those who presided over the rest. Therefore he desired I would let him know, "what these
costly meats were, and how any of us happened to want them?" Whereupon I enumerated as many sorts as
came into my head, with the various methods of dressing them, which could not be done without sending
vessels by sea to every part of the world, as well for liquors to drink as for sauces and innumerable other
conveniences. I assured him "that this whole globe of earth must be at least three times gone round before one
of our better female YAHOOS could get her breakfast, or a cup to put it in." He said "that must needs be a
miserable country which cannot furnish food for its own inhabitants. But what he chiefly wondered at was,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 105
Page No 108
how such vast tracts of ground as I described should be wholly without fresh water, and the people put to the
necessity of sending over the sea for drink." I replied "that England (the dear place of my nativity) was
computed to produce three times the quantity of food more than its inhabitants are able to consume, as well as
liquors extracted from grain, or pressed out of the fruit of certain trees, which made excellent drink, and the
same proportion in every other convenience of life. But, in order to feed the luxury and intemperance of the
males, and the vanity of the females, we sent away the greatest part of our necessary things to other countries,
whence, in return, we brought the materials of diseases, folly, and vice, to spend among ourselves. Hence it
follows of necessity, that vast numbers of our people are compelled to seek their livelihood by begging,
robbing, stealing, cheating, pimping, flattering, suborning, forswearing, forging, gaming, lying, fawning,
hectoring, voting, scribbling, stargazing, poisoning, whoring, canting, libelling, freethinking, and the like
occupations:" every one of which terms I was at much pains to make him understand.
"That wine was not imported among us from foreign countries to supply the want of water or other drinks,
but because it was a sort of liquid which made us merry by putting us out of our senses, diverted all
melancholy thoughts, begat wild extravagant imaginations in the brain, raised our hopes and banished our
fears, suspended every office of reason for a time, and deprived us of the use of our limbs, till we fell into a
profound sleep; although it must be confessed, that we always awaked sick and dispirited; and that the use of
this liquor filled us with diseases which made our lives uncomfortable and short.
"But beside all this, the bulk of our people supported themselves by furnishing the necessities or
conveniences of life to the rich and to each other. For instance, when I am at home, and dressed as I ought to
be, I carry on my body the workmanship of a hundred tradesmen; the building and furniture of my house
employ as many more, and five times the number to adorn my wife."
I was going on to tell him of another sort of people, who get their livelihood by attending the sick, having,
upon some occasions, informed his honour that many of my crew had died of diseases. But here it was with
the utmost difficulty that I brought him to apprehend what I meant. "He could easily conceive, that a
HOUYHNHNM, grew weak and heavy a few days before his death, or by some accident might hurt a limb;
but that nature, who works all things to perfection, should suffer any pains to breed in our bodies, he thought
impossible, and desired to know the reason of so unaccountable an evil."
I told him "we fed on a thousand things which operated contrary to each other; that we ate when we were not
hungry, and drank without the provocation of thirst; that we sat whole nights drinking strong liquors, without
eating a bit, which disposed us to sloth, inflamed our bodies, and precipitated or prevented digestion; that
prostitute female YAHOOS acquired a certain malady, which bred rottenness in the bones of those who fell
into their embraces; that this, and many other diseases, were propagated from father to son; so that great
numbers came into the world with complicated maladies upon them; that it would be endless to give him a
catalogue of all diseases incident to human bodies, for they would not be fewer than five or six hundred,
spread over every limb and joint in short, every part, external and intestine, having diseases appropriated to
itself. To remedy which, there was a sort of people bred up among us in the profession, or pretence, of curing
the sick. And because I had some skill in the faculty, I would, in gratitude to his honour, let him know the
whole mystery and method by which they proceed.
"Their fundamental is, that all diseases arise from repletion; whence they conclude, that a great evacuation of
the body is necessary, either through the natural passage or upwards at the mouth. Their next business is from
herbs, minerals, gums, oils, shells, salts, juices, seaweed, excrements, barks of trees, serpents, toads, frogs,
spiders, dead men's flesh and bones, birds, beasts, and fishes, to form a composition, for smell and taste, the
most abominable, nauseous, and detestable, they can possibly contrive, which the stomach immediately
rejects with loathing, and this they call a vomit; or else, from the same storehouse, with some other
poisonous additions, they command us to take in at the orifice above or below (just as the physician then
happens to be disposed) a medicine equally annoying and disgustful to the bowels; which, relaxing the belly,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 106
Page No 109
drives down all before it; and this they call a purge, or a clyster. For nature (as the physicians allege) having
intended the superior anterior orifice only for the intromission of solids and liquids, and the inferior posterior
for ejection, these artists ingeniously considering that in all diseases nature is forced out of her seat, therefore,
to replace her in it, the body must be treated in a manner directly contrary, by interchanging the use of each
orifice; forcing solids and liquids in at the anus, and making evacuations at the mouth.
"But, besides real diseases, we are subject to many that are only imaginary, for which the physicians have
invented imaginary cures; these have their several names, and so have the drugs that are proper for them; and
with these our female YAHOOS are always infested.
"One great excellency in this tribe, is their skill at prognostics, wherein they seldom fail; their predictions in
real diseases, when they rise to any degree of malignity, generally portending death, which is always in their
power, when recovery is not: and therefore, upon any unexpected signs of amendment, after they have
pronounced their sentence, rather than be accused as false prophets, they know how to approve their sagacity
to the world, by a seasonable dose.
"They are likewise of special use to husbands and wives who are grown weary of their mates; to eldest sons,
to great ministers of state, and often to princes."
I had formerly, upon occasion, discoursed with my master upon the nature of government in general, and
particularly of our own excellent constitution, deservedly the wonder and envy of the whole world. But
having here accidentally mentioned a minister of state, he commanded me, some time after, to inform him,
"what species of YAHOO I particularly meant by that appellation."
I told him, "that a first or chief minister of state, who was the person I intended to describe, was the creature
wholly exempt from joy and grief, love and hatred, pity and anger; at least, makes use of no other passions,
but a violent desire of wealth, power, and titles; that he applies his words to all uses, except to the indication
of his mind; that he never tells a truth but with an intent that you should take it for a lie; nor a lie, but with a
design that you should take it for a truth; that those he speaks worst of behind their backs are in the surest
way of preferment; and whenever he begins to praise you to others, or to yourself, you are from that day
forlorn. The worst mark you can receive is a promise, especially when it is confirmed with an oath; after
which, every wise man retires, and gives over all hopes.
"There are three methods, by which a man may rise to be chief minister. The first is, by knowing how, with
prudence, to dispose of a wife, a daughter, or a sister; the second, by betraying or undermining his
predecessor; and the third is, by a furious zeal, in public assemblies, against the corruption's of the court. But
a wise prince would rather choose to employ those who practise the last of these methods; because such
zealots prove always the most obsequious and subservient to the will and passions of their master. That these
ministers, having all employments at their disposal, preserve themselves in power, by bribing the majority of
a senate or great council; and at last, by an expedient, called an act of indemnity" (whereof I described the
nature to him), "they secure themselves from afterreckonings, and retire from the public laden with the
spoils of the nation.
"The palace of a chief minister is a seminary to breed up others in his own trade: the pages, lackeys, and
porters, by imitating their master, become ministers of state in their several districts, and learn to excel in the
three principal ingredients, of insolence, lying, and bribery. Accordingly, they have a subaltern court paid to
them by persons of the best rank; and sometimes by the force of dexterity and impudence, arrive, through
several gradations, to be successors to their lord.
"He is usually governed by a decayed wench, or favourite footman, who are the tunnels through which all
graces are conveyed, and may properly be called, in the last resort, the governors of the kingdom."
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 107
Page No 110
One day, in discourse, my master, having heard me mention the nobility of my country, was pleased to make
me a compliment which I could not pretend to deserve: "that he was sure I must have been born of some
noble family, because I far exceeded in shape, colour, and cleanliness, all the YAHOOS of his nation,
although I seemed to fail in strength and agility, which must be imputed to my different way of living from
those other brutes; and besides I was not only endowed with the faculty of speech, but likewise with some
rudiments of reason, to a degree that, with all his acquaintance, I passed for a prodigy."
He made me observe, "that among the HOUYHNHNMS, the white, the sorrel, and the irongray, were not so
exactly shaped as the bay, the dapplegray, and the black; nor born with equal talents of mind, or a capacity
to improve them; and therefore continued always in the condition of servants, without ever aspiring to match
out of their own race, which in that country would be reckoned monstrous and unnatural."
I made his honour my most humble acknowledgments for the good opinion he was pleased to conceive of me,
but assured him at the same time, "that my birth was of the lower sort, having been born of plain honest
parents, who were just able to give me a tolerable education; that nobility, among us, was altogether a
different thing from the idea he had of it; that our young noblemen are bred from their childhood in idleness
and luxury; that, as soon as years will permit, they consume their vigour, and contract odious diseases among
lewd females; and when their fortunes are almost ruined, they marry some woman of mean birth,
disagreeable person, and unsound constitution (merely for the sake of money), whom they hate and despise.
That the productions of such marriages are generally scrofulous, rickety, or deformed children; by which
means the family seldom continues above three generations, unless the wife takes care to provide a healthy
father, among her neighbours or domestics, in order to improve and continue the breed. That a weak diseased
body, a meagre countenance, and sallow complexion, are the true marks of noble blood; and a healthy robust
appearance is so disgraceful in a man of quality, that the world concludes his real father to have been a groom
or a coachman. The imperfections of his mind run parallel with those of his body, being a composition of
spleen, dullness, ignorance, caprice, sensuality, and pride.
"Without the consent of this illustrious body, no law can be enacted, repealed, or altered: and these nobles
have likewise the decision of all our possessions, without appeal." (6)
CHAPTER VII.
[The author's great love of his native country. His master's observations upon the constitution and
administration of England, as described by the author, with parallel cases and comparisons. His master's
observations upon human nature.]
The reader may be disposed to wonder how I could prevail on myself to give so free a representation of my
own species, among a race of mortals who are already too apt to conceive the vilest opinion of humankind,
from that entire congruity between me and their YAHOOS. But I must freely confess, that the many virtues
of those excellent quadrupeds, placed in opposite view to human corruptions, had so far opened my eyes and
enlarged my understanding, that I began to view the actions and passions of man in a very different light, and
to think the honour of my own kind not worth managing; which, besides, it was impossible for me to do,
before a person of so acute a judgment as my master, who daily convinced me of a thousand faults in myself,
whereof I had not the least perception before, and which, with us, would never be numbered even among
human infirmities. I had likewise learned, from his example, an utter detestation of all falsehood or disguise;
and truth appeared so amiable to me, that I determined upon sacrificing every thing to it.
Let me deal so candidly with the reader as to confess that there was yet a much stronger motive for the
freedom I took in my representation of things. I had not yet been a year in this country before I contracted
such a love and veneration for the inhabitants, that I entered on a firm resolution never to return to
humankind, but to pass the rest of my life among these admirable HOUYHNHNMS, in the contemplation
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 108
Page No 111
and practice of every virtue, where I could have no example or incitement to vice. But it was decreed by
fortune, my perpetual enemy, that so great a felicity should not fall to my share. However, it is now some
comfort to reflect, that in what I said of my countrymen, I extenuated their faults as much as I durst before so
strict an examiner; and upon every article gave as favourable a turn as the matter would bear. For, indeed,
who is there alive that will not be swayed by his bias and partiality to the place of his birth?
I have related the substance of several conversations I had with my master during the greatest part of the time
I had the honour to be in his service; but have, indeed, for brevity sake, omitted much more than is here set
down.
When I had answered all his questions, and his curiosity seemed to be fully satisfied, he sent for me one
morning early, and commanded me to sit down at some distance (an honour which he had never before
conferred upon me). He said, "he had been very seriously considering my whole story, as far as it related both
to myself and my country; that he looked upon us as a sort of animals, to whose share, by what accident he
could not conjecture, some small pittance of reason had fallen, whereof we made no other use, than by its
assistance, to aggravate our natural corruptions, and to acquire new ones, which nature had not given us; that
we disarmed ourselves of the few abilities she had bestowed; had been very successful in multiplying our
original wants, and seemed to spend our whole lives in vain endeavours to supply them by our own
inventions; that, as to myself, it was manifest I had neither the strength nor agility of a common YAHOO;
that I walked infirmly on my hinder feet; had found out a contrivance to make my claws of no use or defence,
and to remove the hair from my chin, which was intended as a shelter from the sun and the weather: lastly,
that I could neither run with speed, nor climb trees like my brethren," as he called them, "the YAHOOS in his
country.
"That our institutions of government and law were plainly owing to our gross defects in reason, and by
consequence in virtue; because reason alone is sufficient to govern a rational creature; which was, therefore, a
character we had no pretence to challenge, even from the account I had given of my own people; although he
manifestly perceived, that, in order to favour them, I had concealed many particulars, and often said the thing
which was not.
"He was the more confirmed in this opinion, because, he observed, that as I agreed in every feature of my
body with other YAHOOS, except where it was to my real disadvantage in point of strength, speed, and
activity, the shortness of my claws, and some other particulars where nature had no part; so from the
representation I had given him of our lives, our manners, and our actions, he found as near a resemblance in
the disposition of our minds." He said, "the YAHOOS were known to hate one another, more than they did
any different species of animals; and the reason usually assigned was, the odiousness of their own shapes,
which all could see in the rest, but not in themselves. He had therefore begun to think it not unwise in us to
cover our bodies, and by that invention conceal many of our deformities from each other, which would else
be hardly supportable. But he now found he had been mistaken, and that the dissensions of those brutes in his
country were owing to the same cause with ours, as I had described them. For if," said he, "you throw among
five YAHOOS as much food as would be sufficient for fifty, they will, instead of eating peaceably, fall
together by the ears, each single one impatient to have all to itself; and therefore a servant was usually
employed to stand by while they were feeding abroad, and those kept at home were tied at a distance from
each other: that if a cow died of age or accident, before a HOUYHNHNM could secure it for his own
YAHOOS, those in the neighbourhood would come in herds to seize it, and then would ensue such a battle as
I had described, with terrible wounds made by their claws on both sides, although they seldom were able to
kill one another, for want of such convenient instruments of death as we had invented. At other times, the like
battles have been fought between the YAHOOS of several neighbourhoods, without any visible cause; those
of one district watching all opportunities to surprise the next, before they are prepared. But if they find their
project has miscarried, they return home, and, for want of enemies, engage in what I call a civil war among
themselves.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 109
Page No 112
"That in some fields of his country there are certain shining stones of several colours, whereof the YAHOOS
are violently fond: and when part of these stones is fixed in the earth, as it sometimes happens, they will dig
with their claws for whole days to get them out; then carry them away, and hide them by heaps in their
kennels; but still looking round with great caution, for fear their comrades should find out their treasure." My
master said, "he could never discover the reason of this unnatural appetite, or how these stones could be of
any use to a YAHOO; but now he believed it might proceed from the same principle of avarice which I had
ascribed to mankind. That he had once, by way of experiment, privately removed a heap of these stones from
the place where one of his YAHOOS had buried it; whereupon the sordid animal, missing his treasure, by his
loud lamenting brought the whole herd to the place, there miserably howled, then fell to biting and tearing the
rest, began to pine away, would neither eat, nor sleep, nor work, till he ordered a servant privately to convey
the stones into the same hole, and hide them as before; which, when his YAHOO had found, he presently
recovered his spirits and good humour, but took good care to remove them to a better hiding place, and has
ever since been a very serviceable brute."
My master further assured me, which I also observed myself, "that in the fields where the shining stones
abound, the fiercest and most frequent battles are fought, occasioned by perpetual inroads of the neighbouring
YAHOOS."
He said, "it was common, when two YAHOOS discovered such a stone in a field, and were contending which
of them should be the proprietor, a third would take the advantage, and carry it away from them both;" which
my master would needs contend to have some kind of resemblance with our suits at law; wherein I thought it
for our credit not to undeceive him; since the decision he mentioned was much more equitable than many
decrees among us; because the plaintiff and defendant there lost nothing beside the stone they contended for:
whereas our courts of equity would never have dismissed the cause, while either of them had any thing left.
My master, continuing his discourse, said, "there was nothing that rendered the YAHOOS more odious, than
their undistinguishing appetite to devour every thing that came in their way, whether herbs, roots, berries, the
corrupted flesh of animals, or all mingled together: and it was peculiar in their temper, that they were fonder
of what they could get by rapine or stealth, at a greater distance, than much better food provided for them at
home. If their prey held out, they would eat till they were ready to burst; after which, nature had pointed out
to them a certain root that gave them a general evacuation.
"There was also another kind of root, very juicy, but somewhat rare and difficult to be found, which the
YAHOOS sought for with much eagerness, and would suck it with great delight; it produced in them the
same effects that wine has upon us. It would make them sometimes hug, and sometimes tear one another;
they would howl, and grin, and chatter, and reel, and tumble, and then fall asleep in the mud."
I did indeed observe that the YAHOOS were the only animals in this country subject to any diseases; which,
however, were much fewer than horses have among us, and contracted, not by any illtreatment they meet
with, but by the nastiness and greediness of that sordid brute. Neither has their language any more than a
general appellation for those maladies, which is borrowed from the name of the beast, and called
HNEAYAHOO, or YAHOO'S EVIL; and the cure prescribed is a mixture of their own dung and urine,
forcibly put down the YAHOO'S throat. This I have since often known to have been taken with success, and
do here freely recommend it to my countrymen for the public good, as an admirable specific against all
diseases produced by repletion.
"As to learning, government, arts, manufactures, and the like," my master confessed, "he could find little or
no resemblance between the YAHOOS of that country and those in ours; for he only meant to observe what
parity there was in our natures. He had heard, indeed, some curious HOUYHNHNMS observe, that in most
herds there was a sort of ruling YAHOO (as among us there is generally some leading or principal stag in a
park), who was always more deformed in body, and mischievous in disposition, than any of the rest; that this
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 110
Page No 113
leader had usually a favourite as like himself as he could get, whose employment was to lick his master's feet
and posteriors, and drive the female YAHOOS to his kennel; for which he was now and then rewarded with a
piece of ass's flesh. This favourite is hated by the whole herd, and therefore, to protect himself, keeps always
near the person of his leader. He usually continues in office till a worse can be found; but the very moment he
is discarded, his successor, at the head of all the YAHOOS in that district, young and old, male and female,
come in a body, and discharge their excrements upon him from head to foot. But how far this might be
applicable to our courts, and favourites, and ministers of state, my master said I could best determine."
I durst make no return to this malicious insinuation, which debased human understanding below the sagacity
of a common hound, who has judgment enough to distinguish and follow the cry of the ablest dog in the
pack, without being ever mistaken.
My master told me, "there were some qualities remarkable in the YAHOOS, which he had not observed me
to mention, or at least very slightly, in the accounts I had given of humankind." He said, "those animals, like
other brutes, had their females in common; but in this they differed, that the she YAHOO would admit the
males while she was pregnant; and that the hes would quarrel and fight with the females, as fiercely as with
each other; both which practices were such degrees of infamous brutality, as no other sensitive creature ever
arrived at.
"Another thing he wondered at in the YAHOOS, was their strange disposition to nastiness and dirt; whereas
there appears to be a natural love of cleanliness in all other animals." As to the two former accusations, I was
glad to let them pass without any reply, because I had not a word to offer upon them in defence of my
species, which otherwise I certainly had done from my own inclinations. But I could have easily vindicated
humankind from the imputation of singularity upon the last article, if there had been any swine in that
country (as unluckily for me there were not), which, although it may be a sweeter quadruped than a YAHOO,
cannot, I humbly conceive, in justice, pretend to more cleanliness; and so his honour himself must have
owned, if he had seen their filthy way of feeding, and their custom of wallowing and sleeping in the mud.
My master likewise mentioned another quality which his servants had discovered in several Yahoos, and to
him was wholly unaccountable. He said, "a fancy would sometimes take a YAHOO to retire into a corner, to
lie down, and howl, and groan, and spurn away all that came near him, although he were young and fat,
wanted neither food nor water, nor did the servant imagine what could possibly ail him. And the only remedy
they found was, to set him to hard work, after which he would infallibly come to himself." To this I was silent
out of partiality to my own kind; yet here I could plainly discover the true seeds of spleen, which only seizes
on the lazy, the luxurious, and the rich; who, if they were forced to undergo the same regimen, I would
undertake for the cure.
His honour had further observed, "that a female YAHOO would often stand behind a bank or a bush, to gaze
on the young males passing by, and then appear, and hide, using many antic gestures and grimaces, at which
time it was observed that she had a most offensive smell; and when any of the males advanced, would slowly
retire, looking often back, and with a counterfeit show of fear, run off into some convenient place, where she
knew the male would follow her.
"At other times, if a female stranger came among them, three or four of her own sex would get about her, and
stare, and chatter, and grin, and smell her all over; and then turn off with gestures, that seemed to express
contempt and disdain."
Perhaps my master might refine a little in these speculations, which he had drawn from what he observed
himself, or had been told him by others; however, I could not reflect without some amazement, and much
sorrow, that the rudiments of lewdness, coquetry, censure, and scandal, should have place by instinct in
womankind.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 111
Page No 114
I expected every moment that my master would accuse the YAHOOS of those unnatural appetites in both
sexes, so common among us. But nature, it seems, has not been so expert a schoolmistress; and these politer
pleasures are entirely the productions of art and reason on our side of the globe.
CHAPTER VIII.
[The author relates several particulars of the YAHOOS. The great virtues of the HOUYHNHNMS. The
education and exercise of their youth. Their general assembly.]
As I ought to have understood human nature much better than I supposed it possible for my master to do, so it
was easy to apply the character he gave of the YAHOOS to myself and my countrymen; and I believed I
could yet make further discoveries, from my own observation. I therefore often begged his honour to let me
go among the herds of YAHOOS in the neighbourhood; to which he always very graciously consented, being
perfectly convinced that the hatred I bore these brutes would never suffer me to be corrupted by them; and his
honour ordered one of his servants, a strong sorrel nag, very honest and goodnatured, to be my guard;
without whose protection I durst not undertake such adventures. For I have already told the reader how much
I was pestered by these odious animals, upon my first arrival; and I afterwards failed very narrowly, three or
four times, of falling into their clutches, when I happened to stray at any distance without my hanger. And I
have reason to believe they had some imagination that I was of their own species, which I often assisted
myself by stripping up my sleeves, and showing my naked arms and breasts in their sight, when my protector
was with me. At which times they would approach as near as they durst, and imitate my actions after the
manner of monkeys, but ever with great signs of hatred; as a tame jackdaw with cap and stockings is always
persecuted by the wild ones, when he happens to be got among them.
They are prodigiously nimble from their infancy. However, I once caught a young male of three years old,
and endeavoured, by all marks of tenderness, to make it quiet; but the little imp fell a squalling, and
scratching, and biting with such violence, that I was forced to let it go; and it was high time, for a whole troop
of old ones came about us at the noise, but finding the cub was safe (for away it ran), and my sorrel nag being
by, they durst not venture near us. I observed the young animal's flesh to smell very rank, and the stink was
somewhat between a weasel and a fox, but much more disagreeable. I forgot another circumstance (and
perhaps I might have the reader's pardon if it were wholly omitted), that while I held the odious vermin in my
hands, it voided its filthy excrements of a yellow liquid substance all over my clothes; but by good fortune
there was a small brook hard by, where I washed myself as clean as I could; although I durst not come into
my master's presence until I were sufficiently aired.
By what I could discover, the YAHOOS appear to be the most unteachable of all animals: their capacity
never reaching higher than to draw or carry burdens. Yet I am of opinion, this defect arises chiefly from a
perverse, restive disposition; for they are cunning, malicious, treacherous, and revengeful. They are strong
and hardy, but of a cowardly spirit, and, by consequence, insolent, abject, and cruel. It is observed, that the
red haired of both sexes are more libidinous and mischievous than the rest, whom yet they much exceed in
strength and activity.
The HOUYHNHNMS keep the YAHOOS for present use in huts not far from the house; but the rest are sent
abroad to certain fields, where they dig up roots, eat several kinds of herbs, and search about for carrion, or
sometimes catch weasels and LUHIMUHS (a sort of wild rat), which they greedily devour. Nature has taught
them to dig deep holes with their nails on the side of a rising ground, wherein they lie by themselves; only the
kennels of the females are larger, sufficient to hold two or three cubs.
They swim from their infancy like frogs, and are able to continue long under water, where they often take
fish, which the females carry home to their young. And, upon this occasion, I hope the reader will pardon my
relating an odd adventure.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 112
Page No 115
Being one day abroad with my protector the sorrel nag, and the weather exceeding hot, I entreated him to let
me bathe in a river that was near. He consented, and I immediately stripped myself stark naked, and went
down softly into the stream. It happened that a young female YAHOO, standing behind a bank, saw the
whole proceeding, and inflamed by desire, as the nag and I conjectured, came running with all speed, and
leaped into the water, within five yards of the place where I bathed. I was never in my life so terribly
frightened. The nag was grazing at some distance, not suspecting any harm. She embraced me after a most
fulsome manner. I roared as loud as I could, and the nag came galloping towards me, whereupon she quitted
her grasp, with the utmost reluctancy, and leaped upon the opposite bank, where she stood gazing and
howling all the time I was putting on my clothes.
This was a matter of diversion to my master and his family, as well as of mortification to myself. For now I
could no longer deny that I was a real YAHOO in every limb and feature, since the females had a natural
propensity to me, as one of their own species. Neither was the hair of this brute of a red colour (which might
have been some excuse for an appetite a little irregular), but black as a sloe, and her countenance did not
make an appearance altogether so hideous as the rest of her kind; for I think she could not be above eleven
years old.
Having lived three years in this country, the reader, I suppose, will expect that I should, like other travellers,
give him some account of the manners and customs of its inhabitants, which it was indeed my principal study
to learn.
As these noble HOUYHNHNMS are endowed by nature with a general disposition to all virtues, and have no
conceptions or ideas of what is evil in a rational creature, so their grand maxim is, to cultivate reason, and to
be wholly governed by it. Neither is reason among them a point problematical, as with us, where men can
argue with plausibility on both sides of the question, but strikes you with immediate conviction; as it must
needs do, where it is not mingled, obscured, or discoloured, by passion and interest. I remember it was with
extreme difficulty that I could bring my master to understand the meaning of the word opinion, or how a
point could be disputable; because reason taught us to affirm or deny only where we are certain; and beyond
our knowledge we cannot do either. So that controversies, wranglings, disputes, and positiveness, in false or
dubious propositions, are evils unknown among the HOUYHNHNMS. In the like manner, when I used to
explain to him our several systems of natural philosophy, he would laugh, "that a creature pretending to
reason, should value itself upon the knowledge of other people's conjectures, and in things where that
knowledge, if it were certain, could be of no use." Wherein he agreed entirely with the sentiments of
Socrates, as Plato delivers them; which I mention as the highest honour I can do that prince of philosophers
I have often since reflected, what destruction such doctrine would make in the libraries of Europe; and how
many paths of fame would be then shut up in the learned world.
Friendship and benevolence are the two principal virtues among the HOUYHNHNMS; and these not
confined to particular objects, but universal to the whole race; for a stranger from the remotest part is equally
treated with the nearest neighbour, and wherever he goes, looks upon himself as at home. They preserve
decency and civility in the highest degrees, but are altogether ignorant of ceremony. They have no fondness
for their colts or foals, but the care they take in educating them proceeds entirely from the dictates of reason.
And I observed my master to show the same affection to his neighbour's issue, that he had for his own. They
will have it that nature teaches them to love the whole species, and it is reason only that makes a distinction
of persons, where there is a superior degree of virtue.
When the matron HOUYHNHNMS have produced one of each sex, they no longer accompany with their
consorts, except they lose one of their issue by some casualty, which very seldom happens; but in such a case
they meet again; or when the like accident befalls a person whose wife is past bearing, some other couple
bestow on him one of their own colts, and then go together again until the mother is pregnant. This caution is
necessary, to prevent the country from being overburdened with numbers. But the race of inferior
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 113
Page No 116
HOUYHNHNMS, bred up to be servants, is not so strictly limited upon this article: these are allowed to
produce three of each sex, to be domestics in the noble families.
In their marriages, they are exactly careful to choose such colours as will not make any disagreeable mixture
in the breed. Strength is chiefly valued in the male, and comeliness in the female; not upon the account of
love, but to preserve the race from degenerating; for where a female happens to excel in strength, a consort is
chosen, with regard to comeliness.
Courtship, love, presents, jointures, settlements have no place in their thoughts, or terms whereby to express
them in their language. The young couple meet, and are joined, merely because it is the determination of their
parents and friends; it is what they see done every day, and they look upon it as one of the necessary actions
of a reasonable being. But the violation of marriage, or any other unchastity, was never heard of; and the
married pair pass their lives with the same friendship and mutual benevolence, that they bear to all others of
the same species who come in their way, without jealousy, fondness, quarrelling, or discontent.
In educating the youth of both sexes, their method is admirable, and highly deserves our imitation. These are
not suffered to taste a grain of oats, except upon certain days, till eighteen years old; nor milk, but very rarely;
and in summer they graze two hours in the morning, and as many in the evening, which their parents likewise
observe; but the servants are not allowed above half that time, and a great part of their grass is brought home,
which they eat at the most convenient hours, when they can be best spared from work.
Temperance, industry, exercise, and cleanliness, are the lessons equally enjoined to the young ones of both
sexes: and my master thought it monstrous in us, to give the females a different kind of education from the
males, except in some articles of domestic management; whereby, as he truly observed, one half of our
natives were good for nothing but bringing children into the world; and to trust the care of our children to
such useless animals, he said, was yet a greater instance of brutality.
But the HOUYHNHNMS train up their youth to strength, speed, and hardiness, by exercising them in
running races up and down steep hills, and over hard stony grounds; and when they are all in a sweat, they are
ordered to leap over head and ears into a pond or river. Four times a year the youth of a certain district meet
to show their proficiency in running and leaping, and other feats of strength and agility; where the victor is
rewarded with a song in his or her praise. On this festival, the servants drive a herd of YAHOOS into the
field, laden with hay, and oats, and milk, for a repast to the HOUYHNHNMS; after which, these brutes are
immediately driven back again, for fear of being noisome to the assembly.
Every fourth year, at the vernal equinox, there is a representative council of the whole nation, which meets in
a plain about twenty miles from our house, and continues about five or six days. Here they inquire into the
state and condition of the several districts; whether they abound or be deficient in hay or oats, or cows, or
YAHOOS; and wherever there is any want (which is but seldom) it is immediately supplied by unanimous
consent and contribution. Here likewise the regulation of children is settled: as for instance, if a
HOUYHNHNM has two males, he changes one of them with another that has two females; and when a child
has been lost by any casualty, where the mother is past breeding, it is determined what family in the district
shall breed another to supply the loss.
CHAPTER IX.
[A grand debate at the general assembly of the HOUYHNHNMS, and how it was determined. The learning of
the HOUYHNHNMS. Their buildings. Their manner of burials. The defectiveness of their language.]
One of these grand assemblies was held in my time, about three months before my departure, whither my
master went as the representative of our district. In this council was resumed their old debate, and indeed the
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 114
Page No 117
only debate that ever happened in their country; whereof my master, after his return, give me a very particular
account.
The question to be debated was, "whether the YAHOOS should be exterminated from the face of the earth?"
One of the members for the affirmative offered several arguments of great strength and weight, alleging, "that
as the YAHOOS were the most filthy, noisome, and deformed animals which nature ever produced, so they
were the most restive and indocible, mischievous and malicious; they would privately suck the teats of the
HOUYHNHNMS' cows, kill and devour their cats, trample down their oats and grass, if they were not
continually watched, and commit a thousand other extravagancies." He took notice of a general tradition,
"that YAHOOS had not been always in their country; but that many ages ago, two of these brutes appeared
together upon a mountain; whether produced by the heat of the sun upon corrupted mud and slime, or from
the ooze and froth of the sea, was never known; that these YAHOOS engendered, and their brood, in a short
time, grew so numerous as to overrun and infest the whole nation; that the HOUYHNHNMS, to get rid of
this evil, made a general hunting, and at last enclosed the whole herd; and destroying the elder, every
HOUYHNHNM kept two young ones in a kennel, and brought them to such a degree of tameness, as an
animal, so savage by nature, can be capable of acquiring, using them for draught and carriage; that there
seemed to be much truth in this tradition, and that those creatures could not be YINHNIAMSHY (or
ABORIGINES of the land), because of the violent hatred the HOUYHNHNMS, as well as all other animals,
bore them, which, although their evil disposition sufficiently deserved, could never have arrived at so high a
degree if they had been ABORIGINES, or else they would have long since been rooted out; that the
inhabitants, taking a fancy to use the service of the YAHOOS, had, very imprudently, neglected to cultivate
the breed of asses, which are a comely animal, easily kept, more tame and orderly, without any offensive
smell, strong enough for labour, although they yield to the other in agility of body, and if their braying be no
agreeable sound, it is far preferable to the horrible howlings of the YAHOOS."
Several others declared their sentiments to the same purpose, when my master proposed an expedient to the
assembly, whereof he had indeed borrowed the hint from me. "He approved of the tradition mentioned by the
honourable member who spoke before, and affirmed, that the two YAHOOS said to be seen first among
them, had been driven thither over the sea; that coming to land, and being forsaken by their companions, they
retired to the mountains, and degenerating by degrees, became in process of time much more savage than
those of their own species in the country whence these two originals came. The reason of this assertion was,
that he had now in his possession a certain wonderful YAHOO (meaning myself) which most of them had
heard of, and many of them had seen. He then related to them how he first found me; that my body was all
covered with an artificial composure of the skins and hairs of other animals; that I spoke in a language of my
own, and had thoroughly learned theirs; that I had related to him the accidents which brought me thither; that
when he saw me without my covering, I was an exact YAHOO in every part, only of a whiter colour, less
hairy, and with shorter claws. He added, how I had endeavoured to persuade him, that in my own and other
countries, the YAHOOS acted as the governing, rational animal, and held the HOUYHNHNMS in servitude;
that he observed in me all the qualities of a YAHOO, only a little more civilized by some tincture of reason,
which, however, was in a degree as far inferior to the HOUYHNHNM race, as the YAHOOS of their country
were to me; that, among other things, I mentioned a custom we had of castrating HOUYHNHNMS when they
were young, in order to render them tame; that the operation was easy and safe; that it was no shame to learn
wisdom from brutes, as industry is taught by the ant, and building by the swallow (for so I translate the word
LYHANNH, although it be a much larger fowl); that this invention might be practised upon the younger
YAHOOS here, which besides rendering them tractable and fitter for use, would in an age put an end to the
whole species, without destroying life; that in the mean time the HOUYHNHNMS should be exhorted to
cultivate the breed of asses, which, as they are in all respects more valuable brutes, so they have this
advantage, to be fit for service at five years old, which the others are not till twelve."
This was all my master thought fit to tell me, at that time, of what passed in the grand council. But he was
pleased to conceal one particular, which related personally to myself, whereof I soon felt the unhappy effect,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 115
Page No 118
as the reader will know in its proper place, and whence I date all the succeeding misfortunes of my life.
The HOUYHNHNMS have no letters, and consequently their knowledge is all traditional. But there
happening few events of any moment among a people so well united, naturally disposed to every virtue,
wholly governed by reason, and cut off from all commerce with other nations, the historical part is easily
preserved without burdening their memories. I have already observed that they are subject to no diseases, and
therefore can have no need of physicians. However, they have excellent medicines, composed of herbs, to
cure accidental bruises and cuts in the pastern or frog of the foot, by sharp stones, as well as other maims and
hurts in the several parts of the body.
They calculate the year by the revolution of the sun and moon, but use no subdivisions into weeks. They are
well enough acquainted with the motions of those two luminaries, and understand the nature of eclipses; and
this is the utmost progress of their astronomy.
In poetry, they must be allowed to excel all other mortals; wherein the justness of their similes, and the
minuteness as well as exactness of their descriptions, are indeed inimitable. Their verses abound very much
in both of these, and usually contain either some exalted notions of friendship and benevolence or the praises
of those who were victors in races and other bodily exercises. Their buildings, although very rude and simple,
are not inconvenient, but well contrived to defend them from all injuries of and heat. They have a kind of
tree, which at forty years old loosens in the root, and falls with the first storm: it grows very straight, and
being pointed like stakes with a sharp stone (for the HOUYHNHNMS know not the use of iron), they stick
them erect in the ground, about ten inches asunder, and then weave in oat straw, or sometimes wattles,
between them. The roof is made after the same manner, and so are the doors.
The HOUYHNHNMS use the hollow part, between the pastern and the hoof of their forefoot, as we do our
hands, and this with greater dexterity than I could at first imagine. I have seen a white mare of our family
thread a needle (which I lent her on purpose) with that joint. They milk their cows, reap their oats, and do all
the work which requires hands, in the same manner. They have a kind of hard flints, which, by grinding
against other stones, they form into instruments, that serve instead of wedges, axes, and hammers. With tools
made of these flints, they likewise cut their hay, and reap their oats, which there grow naturally in several
fields; the YAHOOS draw home the sheaves in carriages, and the servants tread them in certain covered huts
to get out the grain, which is kept in stores. They make a rude kind of earthen and wooden vessels, and bake
the former in the sun.
If they can avoid casualties, they die only of old age, and are buried in the obscurest places that can be found,
their friends and relations expressing neither joy nor grief at their departure; nor does the dying person
discover the least regret that he is leaving the world, any more than if he were upon returning home from a
visit to one of his neighbours. I remember my master having once made an appointment with a friend and his
family to come to his house, upon some affair of importance: on the day fixed, the mistress and her two
children came very late; she made two excuses, first for her husband, who, as she said, happened that very
morning to SHNUWNH. The word is strongly expressive in their language, but not easily rendered into
English; it signifies, "to retire to his first mother." Her excuse for not coming sooner, was, that her husband
dying late in the morning, she was a good while consulting her servants about a convenient place where his
body should be laid; and I observed, she behaved herself at our house as cheerfully as the rest. She died about
three months after.
They live generally to seventy, or seventyfive years, very seldom to fourscore. Some weeks before their
death, they feel a gradual decay; but without pain. During this time they are much visited by their friends,
because they cannot go abroad with their usual ease and satisfaction. However, about ten days before their
death, which they seldom fail in computing, they return the visits that have been made them by those who are
nearest in the neighbourhood, being carried in a convenient sledge drawn by YAHOOS; which vehicle they
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 116
Page No 119
use, not only upon this occasion, but when they grow old, upon long journeys, or when they are lamed by any
accident: and therefore when the dying HOUYHNHNMS return those visits, they take a solemn leave of their
friends, as if they were going to some remote part of the country, where they designed to pass the rest of their
lives.
I know not whether it may be worth observing, that the HOUYHNHNMS have no word in their language to
express any thing that is evil, except what they borrow from the deformities or ill qualities of the YAHOOS.
Thus they denote the folly of a servant, an omission of a child, a stone that cuts their feet, a continuance of
foul or unseasonable weather, and the like, by adding to each the epithet of YAHOO. For instance, HHNM
YAHOO; WHNAHOLM YAHOO, YNLHMNDWIHLMA YAHOO, and an illcontrived house
YNHOLMHNMROHLNW YAHOO.
I could, with great pleasure, enlarge further upon the manners and virtues of this excellent people; but
intending in a short time to publish a volume by itself, expressly upon that subject, I refer the reader thither;
and, in the mean time, proceed to relate my own sad catastrophe.
CHAPTER X.
[The author's economy, and happy life, among the Houyhnhnms. His great improvement in virtue by
conversing with them. Their conversations. The author has notice given him by his master, that he must
depart from the country. He falls into a swoon for grief; but submits. He contrives and finishes a canoe by the
help of a fellowservant, and puts to sea at a venture.]
I had settled my little economy to my own heart's content. My master had ordered a room to be made for me,
after their manner, about six yards from the house: the sides and floors of which I plastered with clay, and
covered with rushmats of my own contriving. I had beaten hemp, which there grows wild, and made of it a
sort of ticking; this I filled with the feathers of several birds I had taken with springes made of YAHOOS'
hairs, and were excellent food. I had worked two chairs with my knife, the sorrel nag helping me in the
grosser and more laborious part.
When my clothes were worn to rags, I made myself others with the skins of rabbits, and of a certain beautiful
animal, about the same size, called NNUHNOH, the skin of which is covered with a fine down. Of these I
also made very tolerable stockings. I soled my shoes with wood, which I cut from a tree, and fitted to the
upperleather; and when this was worn out, I supplied it with the skins of YAHOOS dried in the sun. I often
got honey out of hollow trees, which I mingled with water, or ate with my bread. No man could more verify
the truth of these two maxims, "That nature is very easily satisfied;" and, "That necessity is the mother of
invention." I enjoyed perfect health of body, and tranquillity of mind; I did not feel the treachery or
inconstancy of a friend, nor the injuries of a secret or open enemy. I had no occasion of bribing, flattering, or
pimping, to procure the favour of any great man, or of his minion; I wanted no fence against fraud or
oppression: here was neither physician to destroy my body, nor lawyer to ruin my fortune; no informer to
watch my words and actions, or forge accusations against me for hire: here were no gibers, censurers,
backbiters, pickpockets, highwaymen, housebreakers, attorneys, bawds, buffoons, gamesters, politicians,
wits, splenetics, tedious talkers, controvertists, ravishers, murderers, robbers, virtuosos; no leaders, or
followers, of party and faction; no encouragers to vice, by seducement or examples; no dungeon, axes,
gibbets, whippingposts, or pillories; no cheating shopkeepers or mechanics; no pride, vanity, or affectation;
no fops, bullies, drunkards, strolling whores, or poxes; no ranting, lewd, expensive wives; no stupid, proud
pedants; no importunate, overbearing, quarrelsome, noisy, roaring, empty, conceited, swearing companions;
no scoundrels raised from the dust upon the merit of their vices, or nobility thrown into it on account of their
virtues; no lords, fiddlers, judges, or dancingmasters.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 117
Page No 120
I had the favour of being admitted to several HOUYHNHNMS, who came to visit or dine with my master;
where his honour graciously suffered me to wait in the room, and listen to their discourse. Both he and his
company would often descend to ask me questions, and receive my answers. I had also sometimes the honour
of attending my master in his visits to others. I never presumed to speak, except in answer to a question; and
then I did it with inward regret, because it was a loss of so much time for improving myself; but I was
infinitely delighted with the station of an humble auditor in such conversations, where nothing passed but
what was useful, expressed in the fewest and most significant words; where, as I have already said, the
greatest decency was observed, without the least degree of ceremony; where no person spoke without being
pleased himself, and pleasing his companions; where there was no interruption, tediousness, heat, or
difference of sentiments. They have a notion, that when people are met together, a short silence does much
improve conversation: this I found to be true; for during those little intermissions of talk, new ideas would
arise in their minds, which very much enlivened the discourse. Their subjects are, generally on friendship and
benevolence, on order and economy; sometimes upon the visible operations of nature, or ancient traditions;
upon the bounds and limits of virtue; upon the unerring rules of reason, or upon some determinations to be
taken at the next great assembly: and often upon the various excellences of poetry. I may add, without vanity,
that my presence often gave them sufficient matter for discourse, because it afforded my master an occasion
of letting his friends into the history of me and my country, upon which they were all pleased to descant, in a
manner not very advantageous to humankind: and for that reason I shall not repeat what they said; only I may
be allowed to observe, that his honour, to my great admiration, appeared to understand the nature of
YAHOOS much better than myself. He went through all our vices and follies, and discovered many, which I
had never mentioned to him, by only supposing what qualities a YAHOO of their country, with a small
proportion of reason, might be capable of exerting; and concluded, with too much probability, "how vile, as
well as miserable, such a creature must be."
I freely confess, that all the little knowledge I have of any value, was acquired by the lectures I received from
my master, and from hearing the discourses of him and his friends; to which I should be prouder to listen,
than to dictate to the greatest and wisest assembly in Europe. I admired the strength, comeliness, and speed of
the inhabitants; and such a constellation of virtues, in such amiable persons, produced in me the highest
veneration. At first, indeed, I did not feel that natural awe, which the YAHOOS and all other animals bear
toward them; but it grew upon me by decrees, much sooner than I imagined, and was mingled with a
respectful love and gratitude, that they would condescend to distinguish me from the rest of my species.
When I thought of my family, my friends, my countrymen, or the human race in general, I considered them,
as they really were, YAHOOS in shape and disposition, perhaps a little more civilized, and qualified with the
gift of speech; but making no other use of reason, than to improve and multiply those vices whereof their
brethren in this country had only the share that nature allotted them. When I happened to behold the reflection
of my own form in a lake or fountain, I turned away my face in horror and detestation of myself, and could
better endure the sight of a common YAHOO than of my own person. By conversing with the
HOUYHNHNMS, and looking upon them with delight, I fell to imitate their gait and gesture, which is now
grown into a habit; and my friends often tell me, in a blunt way, "that I trot like a horse;" which, however, I
take for a great compliment. Neither shall I disown, that in speaking I am apt to fall into the voice and manner
of the HOUYHNHNMS, and hear myself ridiculed on that account, without the least mortification.
In the midst of all this happiness, and when I looked upon myself to be fully settled for life, my master sent
for me one morning a little earlier than his usual hour. I observed by his countenance that he was in some
perplexity, and at a loss how to begin what he had to speak. After a short silence, he told me, "he did not
know how I would take what he was going to say: that in the last general assembly, when the affair of the
YAHOOS was entered upon, the representatives had taken offence at his keeping a YAHOO (meaning
myself) in his family, more like a HOUYHNHNM than a brute animal; that he was known frequently to
converse with me, as if he could receive some advantage or pleasure in my company; that such a practice was
not agreeable to reason or nature, or a thing ever heard of before among them; the assembly did therefore
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 118
Page No 121
exhort him either to employ me like the rest of my species, or command me to swim back to the place
whence I came: that the first of these expedients was utterly rejected by all the HOUYHNHNMS who had
ever seen me at his house or their own; for they alleged, that because I had some rudiments of reason, added
to the natural pravity of those animals, it was to be feared I might be able to seduce them into the woody and
mountainous parts of the country, and bring them in troops by night to destroy the HOUYHNHNMS' cattle,
as being naturally of the ravenous kind, and averse from labour."
My master added, "that he was daily pressed by the HOUYHNHNMS of the neighbourhood to have the
assembly's exhortation executed, which he could not put off much longer. He doubted it would be impossible
for me to swim to another country; and therefore wished I would contrive some sort of vehicle, resembling
those I had described to him, that might carry me on the sea; in which work I should have the assistance of
his own servants, as well as those of his neighbours." He concluded, "that for his own part, he could have
been content to keep me in his service as long as I lived; because he found I had cured myself of some bad
habits and dispositions, by endeavouring, as far as my inferior nature was capable, to imitate the
HOUYHNHNMS."
I should here observe to the reader, that a decree of the general assembly in this country is expressed by the
word HNHLOAYN, which signifies an exhortation, as near as I can render it; for they have no conception
how a rational creature can be compelled, but only advised, or exhorted; because no person can disobey
reason, without giving up his claim to be a rational creature.
I was struck with the utmost grief and despair at my master's discourse; and being unable to support the
agonies I was under, I fell into a swoon at his feet. When I came to myself, he told me "that he concluded I
had been dead;" for these people are subject to no such imbecilities of nature. I answered in a faint voice,
"that death would have been too great a happiness; that although I could not blame the assembly's
exhortation, or the urgency of his friends; yet, in my weak and corrupt judgment, I thought it might consist
with reason to have been less rigorous; that I could not swim a league, and probably the nearest land to theirs
might be distant above a hundred: that many materials, necessary for making a small vessel to carry me off,
were wholly wanting in this country; which, however, I would attempt, in obedience and gratitude to his
honour, although I concluded the thing to be impossible, and therefore looked on myself as already devoted
to destruction; that the certain prospect of an unnatural death was the least of my evils; for, supposing I
should escape with life by some strange adventure, how could I think with temper of passing my days among
YAHOOS, and relapsing into my old corruptions, for want of examples to lead and keep me within the paths
of virtue? that I knew too well upon what solid reasons all the determinations of the wise HOUYHNHNMS
were founded, not to be shaken by arguments of mine, a miserable YAHOO; and therefore, after presenting
him with my humble thanks for the offer of his servants' assistance in making a vessel, and desiring a
reasonable time for so difficult a work, I told him I would endeavour to preserve a wretched being; and if
ever I returned to England, was not without hopes of being useful to my own species, by celebrating the
praises of the renowned HOUYHNHNMS, and proposing their virtues to the imitation of mankind."
My master, in a few words, made me a very gracious reply; allowed me the space of two months to finish my
boat; and ordered the sorrel nag, my fellowservant (for so, at this distance, I may presume to call him), to
follow my instruction; because I told my master, "that his help would be sufficient, and I knew he had a
tenderness for me."
In his company, my first business was to go to that part of the coast where my rebellious crew had ordered
me to be set on shore. I got upon a height, and looking on every side into the sea; fancied I saw a small island
toward the northeast. I took out my pocket glass, and could then clearly distinguish it above five leagues off,
as I computed; but it appeared to the sorrel nag to be only a blue cloud: for as he had no conception of any
country beside his own, so he could not be as expert in distinguishing remote objects at sea, as we who so
much converse in that element.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 119
Page No 122
After I had discovered this island, I considered no further; but resolved it should if possible, be the first place
of my banishment, leaving the consequence to fortune.
I returned home, and consulting with the sorrel nag, we went into a copse at some distance, where I with my
knife, and he with a sharp flint, fastened very artificially after their manner, to a wooden handle, cut down
several oak wattles, about the thickness of a walkingstaff, and some larger pieces. But I shall not trouble the
reader with a particular description of my own mechanics; let it suffice to say, that in six weeks time with the
help of the sorrel nag, who performed the parts that required most labour, I finished a sort of Indian canoe,
but much larger, covering it with the skins of YAHOOS, well stitched together with hempen threads of my
own making. My sail was likewise composed of the skins of the same animal; but I made use of the youngest
I could get, the older being too tough and thick; and I likewise provided myself with four paddles. I laid in a
stock of boiled flesh, of rabbits and fowls, and took with me two vessels, one filled with milk and the other
with water.
I tried my canoe in a large pond, near my master's house, and then corrected in it what was amiss; stopping
all the chinks with YAHOOS' tallow, till I found it staunch, and able to bear me and my freight; and, when it
was as complete as I could possibly make it, I had it drawn on a carriage very gently by YAHOOS to the
seaside, under the conduct of the sorrel nag and another servant.
When all was ready, and the day came for my departure, I took leave of my master and lady and the whole
family, my eyes flowing with tears, and my heart quite sunk with grief. But his honour, out of curiosity, and,
perhaps, (if I may speak without vanity,) partly out of kindness, was determined to see me in my canoe, and
got several of his neighbouring friends to accompany him. I was forced to wait above an hour for the tide;
and then observing the wind very fortunately bearing toward the island to which I intended to steer my
course, I took a second leave of my master: but as I was going to prostrate myself to kiss his hoof, he did me
the honour to raise it gently to my mouth. I am not ignorant how much I have been censured for mentioning
this last particular. Detractors are pleased to think it improbable, that so illustrious a person should descend to
give so great a mark of distinction to a creature so inferior as I. Neither have I forgotten how apt some
travellers are to boast of extraordinary favours they have received. But, if these censurers were better
acquainted with the noble and courteous disposition of the HOUYHNHNMS, they would soon change their
opinion.
I paid my respects to the rest of the HOUYHNHNMS in his honour's company; then getting into my canoe, I
pushed off from shore.
CHAPTER XI.
[The author's dangerous voyage. He arrives at New Holland, hoping to settle there. Is wounded with an arrow
by one of the natives. Is seized and carried by force into a Portuguese ship. The great civilities of the captain.
The author arrives at England.]
I began this desperate voyage on February 15, 171415, at nine o'clock in the morning. The wind was very
favourable; however, I made use at first only of my paddles; but considering I should soon be weary, and that
the wind might chop about, I ventured to set up my little sail; and thus, with the help of the tide, I went at the
rate of a league and a half an hour, as near as I could guess. My master and his friends continued on the shore
till I was almost out of sight; and I often heard the sorrel nag (who always loved me) crying out, "HNUY
ILLA NYHA, MAJAH YAHOO;" "Take care of thyself, gentle YAHOO."
My design was, if possible, to discover some small island uninhabited, yet sufficient, by my labour, to furnish
me with the necessaries of life, which I would have thought a greater happiness, than to be first minister in
the politest court of Europe; so horrible was the idea I conceived of returning to live in the society, and under
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 120
Page No 123
the government of YAHOOS. For in such a solitude as I desired, I could at least enjoy my own thoughts, and
reflect with delight on the virtues of those inimitable HOUYHNHNMS, without an opportunity of
degenerating into the vices and corruptions of my own species.
The reader may remember what I related, when my crew conspired against me, and confined me to my cabin;
how I continued there several weeks without knowing what course we took; and when I was put ashore in the
longboat, how the sailors told me, with oaths, whether true or false, "that they knew not in what part of the
world we were." However, I did then believe us to be about 10 degrees southward of the Cape of Good Hope,
or about 45 degrees southern latitude, as I gathered from some general words I overheard among them, being
I supposed to the southeast in their intended voyage to Madagascar. And although this were little better than
conjecture, yet I resolved to steer my course eastward, hoping to reach the southwest coast of New Holland,
and perhaps some such island as I desired lying westward of it. The wind was full west, and by six in the
evening I computed I had gone eastward at least eighteen leagues; when I spied a very small island about half
a league off, which I soon reached. It was nothing but a rock, with one creek naturally arched by the force of
tempests. Here I put in my canoe, and climbing a part of the rock, I could plainly discover land to the east,
extending from south to north. I lay all night in my canoe; and repeating my voyage early in the morning, I
arrived in seven hours to the southeast point of New Holland. This confirmed me in the opinion I have long
entertained, that the maps and charts place this country at least three degrees more to the east than it really is;
which thought I communicated many years ago to my worthy friend, Mr. Herman Moll, and gave him my
reasons for it, although he has rather chosen to follow other authors.
I saw no inhabitants in the place where I landed, and being unarmed, I was afraid of venturing far into the
country. I found some shellfish on the shore, and ate them raw, not daring to kindle a fire, for fear of being
discovered by the natives. I continued three days feeding on oysters and limpets, to save my own provisions;
and I fortunately found a brook of excellent water, which gave me great relief.
On the fourth day, venturing out early a little too far, I saw twenty or thirty natives upon a height not above
five hundred yards from me. They were stark naked, men, women, and children, round a fire, as I could
discover by the smoke. One of them spied me, and gave notice to the rest; five of them advanced toward me,
leaving the women and children at the fire. I made what haste I could to the shore, and, getting into my canoe,
shoved off: the savages, observing me retreat, ran after me: and before I could get far enough into the sea,
discharged an arrow which wounded me deeply on the inside of my left knee: I shall carry the mark to my
grave. I apprehended the arrow might be poisoned, and paddling out of the reach of their darts (being a calm
day), I made a shift to suck the wound, and dress it as well as I could.
I was at a loss what to do, for I durst not return to the same landingplace, but stood to the north, and was
forced to paddle, for the wind, though very gentle, was against me, blowing northwest. As I was looking
about for a secure landingplace, I saw a sail to the northnortheast, which appearing every minute more
visible, I was in some doubt whether I should wait for them or not; but at last my detestation of the YAHOO
race prevailed: and turning my canoe, I sailed and paddled together to the south, and got into the same creek
whence I set out in the morning, choosing rather to trust myself among these barbarians, than live with
European YAHOOS. I drew up my canoe as close as I could to the shore, and hid myself behind a stone by
the little brook, which, as I have already said, was excellent water.
The ship came within half a league of this creek, and sent her long boat with vessels to take in fresh water
(for the place, it seems, was very well known); but I did not observe it, till the boat was almost on shore; and
it was too late to seek another hidingplace. The seamen at their landing observed my canoe, and rummaging
it all over, easily conjectured that the owner could not be far off. Four of them, well armed, searched every
cranny and lurkinghole, till at last they found me flat on my face behind the stone. They gazed awhile in
admiration at my strange uncouth dress; my coat made of skins, my woodensoled shoes, and my furred
stockings; whence, however, they concluded, I was not a native of the place, who all go naked. One of the
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 121
Page No 124
seamen, in Portuguese, bid me rise, and asked who I was. I understood that language very well, and getting
upon my feet, said, "I was a poor YAHOO banished from the HOUYHNHNMS, and desired they would
please to let me depart." They admired to hear me answer them in their own tongue, and saw by my
complexion I must be a European; but were at a loss to know what I meant by YAHOOS and
HOUYHNHNMS; and at the same time fell alaughing at my strange tone in speaking, which resembled the
neighing of a horse. I trembled all the while betwixt fear and hatred. I again desired leave to depart, and was
gently moving to my canoe; but they laid hold of me, desiring to know, "what country I was of? whence I
came?" with many other questions. I told them "I was born in England, whence I came about five years ago,
and then their country and ours were at peace. I therefore hoped they would not treat me as an enemy, since I
meant them no harm, but was a poor YAHOO seeking some desolate place where to pass the remainder of his
unfortunate life."
When they began to talk, I thought I never heard or saw any thing more unnatural; for it appeared to me as
monstrous as if a dog or a cow should speak in England, or a YAHOO in HOUYHNHNMLAND. The honest
Portuguese were equally amazed at my strange dress, and the odd manner of delivering my words, which,
however, they understood very well. They spoke to me with great humanity, and said, "they were sure the
captain would carry me GRATIS to Lisbon, whence I might return to my own country; that two of the
seamen would go back to the ship, inform the captain of what they had seen, and receive his orders; in the
mean time, unless I would give my solemn oath not to fly, they would secure me by force. I thought it best to
comply with their proposal. They were very curious to know my story, but I gave them very little satisfaction,
and they all conjectured that my misfortunes had impaired my reason. In two hours the boat, which went
laden with vessels of water, returned, with the captain's command to fetch me on board. I fell on my knees to
preserve my liberty; but all was in vain; and the men, having tied me with cords, heaved me into the boat,
whence I was taken into the ship, and thence into the captain's cabin.
His name was Pedro de Mendez; he was a very courteous and generous person. He entreated me to give some
account of myself, and desired to know what I would eat or drink; said, "I should be used as well as himself;"
and spoke so many obliging things, that I wondered to find such civilities from a YAHOO. However, I
remained silent and sullen; I was ready to faint at the very smell of him and his men. At last I desired
something to eat out of my own canoe; but he ordered me a chicken, and some excellent wine, and then
directed that I should be put to bed in a very clean cabin. I would not undress myself, but lay on the
bedclothes, and in half an hour stole out, when I thought the crew was at dinner, and getting to the side of
the ship, was going to leap into the sea, and swim for my life, rather than continue among YAHOOS. But one
of the seamen prevented me, and having informed the captain, I was chained to my cabin.
After dinner, Don Pedro came to me, and desired to know my reason for so desperate an attempt; assured me,
"he only meant to do me all the service he was able;" and spoke so very movingly, that at last I descended to
treat him like an animal which had some little portion of reason. I gave him a very short relation of my
voyage; of the conspiracy against me by my own men; of the country where they set me on shore, and of my
five years residence there. All which he looked upon as if it were a dream or a vision; whereat I took great
offence; for I had quite forgot the faculty of lying, so peculiar to YAHOOS, in all countries where they
preside, and, consequently, their disposition of suspecting truth in others of their own species. I asked him,
"whether it were the custom in his country to say the thing which was not?" I assured him, "I had almost
forgot what he meant by falsehood, and if I had lived a thousand years in HOUYHNHNMLAND, I should
never have heard a lie from the meanest servant; that I was altogether indifferent whether he believed me or
not; but, however, in return for his favours, I would give so much allowance to the corruption of his nature, as
to answer any objection he would please to make, and then he might easily discover the truth."
The captain, a wise man, after many endeavours to catch me tripping in some part of my story, at last began
to have a better opinion of my veracity. But he added, "that since I professed so inviolable an attachment to
truth, I must give him my word and honour to bear him company in this voyage, without attempting any thing
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 122
Page No 125
against my life; or else he would continue me a prisoner till we arrived at Lisbon." I gave him the promise he
required; but at the same time protested, "that I would suffer the greatest hardships, rather than return to live
among YAHOOS."
Our voyage passed without any considerable accident. In gratitude to the captain, I sometimes sat with him,
at his earnest request, and strove to conceal my antipathy against human kind, although it often broke out;
which he suffered to pass without observation. But the greatest part of the day I confined myself to my cabin,
to avoid seeing any of the crew. The captain had often entreated me to strip myself of my savage dress, and
offered to lend me the best suit of clothes he had. This I would not be prevailed on to accept, abhorring to
cover myself with any thing that had been on the back of a YAHOO. I only desired he would lend me two
clean shirts, which, having been washed since he wore them, I believed would not so much defile me. These I
changed every second day, and washed them myself.
We arrived at Lisbon, Nov. 5, 1715. At our landing, the captain forced me to cover myself with his cloak, to
prevent the rabble from crowding about me. I was conveyed to his own house; and at my earnest request he
led me up to the highest room backwards. I conjured him "to conceal from all persons what I had told him of
the HOUYHNHNMS; because the least hint of such a story would not only draw numbers of people to see
me, but probably put me in danger of being imprisoned, or burnt by the Inquisition." The captain persuaded
me to accept a suit of clothes newly made; but I would not suffer the tailor to take my measure; however,
Don Pedro being almost of my size, they fitted me well enough. He accoutred me with other necessaries, all
new, which I aired for twentyfour hours before I would use them.
The captain had no wife, nor above three servants, none of which were suffered to attend at meals; and his
whole deportment was so obliging, added to very good human understanding, that I really began to tolerate
his company. He gained so far upon me, that I ventured to look out of the back window. By degrees I was
brought into another room, whence I peeped into the street, but drew my head back in a fright. In a week's
time he seduced me down to the door. I found my terror gradually lessened, but my hatred and contempt
seemed to increase. I was at last bold enough to walk the street in his company, but kept my nose well
stopped with rue, or sometimes with tobacco.
In ten days, Don Pedro, to whom I had given some account of my domestic affairs, put it upon me, as a
matter of honour and conscience, "that I ought to return to my native country, and live at home with my wife
and children." He told me, "there was an English ship in the port just ready to sail, and he would furnish me
with all things necessary." It would be tedious to repeat his arguments, and my contradictions. He said, "it
was altogether impossible to find such a solitary island as I desired to live in; but I might command in my
own house, and pass my time in a manner as recluse as I pleased."
I complied at last, finding I could not do better. I left Lisbon the 24th day of November, in an English
merchantman, but who was the master I never inquired. Don Pedro accompanied me to the ship, and lent me
twenty pounds. He took kind leave of me, and embraced me at parting, which I bore as well as I could.
During this last voyage I had no commerce with the master or any of his men; but, pretending I was sick, kept
close in my cabin. On the fifth of December, 1715, we cast anchor in the Downs, about nine in the morning,
and at three in the afternoon I got safe to my house at Rotherhith. (7)
My wife and family received me with great surprise and joy, because they concluded me certainly dead; but I
must freely confess the sight of them filled me only with hatred, disgust, and contempt; and the more, by
reflecting on the near alliance I had to them. For although, since my unfortunate exile from the
HOUYHNHNM country, I had compelled myself to tolerate the sight of YAHOOS, and to converse with
Don Pedro de Mendez, yet my memory and imagination were perpetually filled with the virtues and ideas of
those exalted HOUYHNHNMS. And when I began to consider that, by copulating with one of the YAHOO
species I had become a parent of more, it struck me with the utmost shame, confusion, and horror.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 123
Page No 126
As soon as I entered the house, my wife took me in her arms, and kissed me; at which, having not been used
to the touch of that odious animal for so many years, I fell into a swoon for almost an hour. At the time I am
writing, it is five years since my last return to England. During the first year, I could not endure my wife or
children in my presence; the very smell of them was intolerable; much less could I suffer them to eat in the
same room. To this hour they dare not presume to touch my bread, or drink out of the same cup, neither was I
ever able to let one of them take me by the hand. The first money I laid out was to buy two young
stonehorses, which I keep in a good stable; and next to them, the groom is my greatest favourite, for I feel
my spirits revived by the smell he contracts in the stable. My horses understand me tolerably well; I converse
with them at least four hours every day. They are strangers to bridle or saddle; they live in great amity with
me and friendship to each other.
CHAPTER XII.
[The author's veracity. His design in publishing this work. His censure of those travellers who swerve from
the truth. The author clears himself from any sinister ends in writing. An objection answered. The method of
planting colonies. His native country commended. The right of the crown to those countries described by the
author is justified. The difficulty of conquering them. The author takes his last leave of the reader; proposes
his manner of living for the future; gives good advice, and concludes.]
Thus, gentle reader, I have given thee a faithful history of my travels for sixteen years and above seven
months: wherein I have not been so studious of ornament as of truth. I could, perhaps, like others, have
astonished thee with strange improbable tales; but I rather chose to relate plain matter of fact, in the simplest
manner and style; because my principal design was to inform, and not to amuse thee.
It is easy for us who travel into remote countries, which are seldom visited by Englishmen or other
Europeans, to form descriptions of wonderful animals both at sea and land. Whereas a traveller's chief aim
should be to make men wiser and better, and to improve their minds by the bad, as well as good, example of
what they deliver concerning foreign places.
I could heartily wish a law was enacted, that every traveller, before he were permitted to publish his voyages,
should be obliged to make oath before the Lord High Chancellor, that all he intended to print was absolutely
true to the best of his knowledge; for then the world would no longer be deceived, as it usually is, while some
writers, to make their works pass the better upon the public, impose the grossest falsities on the unwary
reader. I have perused several books of travels with great delight in my younger days; but having since gone
over most parts of the globe, and been able to contradict many fabulous accounts from my own observation,
it has given me a great disgust against this part of reading, and some indignation to see the credulity of
mankind so impudently abused. Therefore, since my acquaintance were pleased to think my poor endeavours
might not be unacceptable to my country, I imposed on myself, as a maxim never to be swerved from, that I
would strictly adhere to truth; neither indeed can I be ever under the least temptation to vary from it, while I
retain in my mind the lectures and example of my noble master and the other illustrious HOUYHNHNMS of
whom I had so long the honour to be an humble hearer.
NEC SI MISERUM FORTUNA SINONEM FINXIT, VANUM ETIAM, MENDACEMQUE IMPROBA
FINGET.
I know very well, how little reputation is to be got by writings which require neither genius nor learning, nor
indeed any other talent, except a good memory, or an exact journal. I know likewise, that writers of travels,
like dictionarymakers, are sunk into oblivion by the weight and bulk of those who come last, and therefore
lie uppermost. And it is highly probable, that such travellers, who shall hereafter visit the countries described
in this work of mine, may, by detecting my errors (if there be any), and adding many new discoveries of their
own, justle me out of vogue, and stand in my place, making the world forget that ever I was an author. This
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 124
Page No 127
indeed would be too great a mortification, if I wrote for fame: but as my sole intention was the public good, I
cannot be altogether disappointed. For who can read of the virtues I have mentioned in the glorious
HOUYHNHNMS, without being ashamed of his own vices, when he considers himself as the reasoning,
governing animal of his country? I shall say nothing of those remote nations where YAHOOS preside; among
which the least corrupted are the BROBDINGNAGIANS; whose wise maxims in morality and government it
would be our happiness to observe. But I forbear descanting further, and rather leave the judicious reader to
his own remarks and application.
I am not a little pleased that this work of mine can possibly meet with no censurers: for what objections can
be made against a writer, who relates only plain facts, that happened in such distant countries, where we have
not the least interest, with respect either to trade or negotiations? I have carefully avoided every fault with
which common writers of travels are often too justly charged. Besides, I meddle not the least with any party,
but write without passion, prejudice, or illwill against any man, or number of men, whatsoever. I write for
the noblest end, to inform and instruct mankind; over whom I may, without breach of modesty, pretend to
some superiority, from the advantages I received by conversing so long among the most accomplished
HOUYHNHNMS. I write without any view to profit or praise. I never suffer a word to pass that may look
like reflection, or possibly give the least offence, even to those who are most ready to take it. So that I hope I
may with justice pronounce myself an author perfectly blameless; against whom the tribes of Answerers,
Considerers, Observers, Reflectors, Detectors, Remarkers, will never be able to find matter for exercising
their talents.
I confess, it was whispered to me, "that I was bound in duty, as a subject of England, to have given in a
memorial to a secretary of state at my first coming over; because, whatever lands are discovered by a subject
belong to the crown." But I doubt whether our conquests in the countries I treat of would be as easy as those
of Ferdinando Cortez over the naked Americans. The LILLIPUTIANS, I think, are hardly worth the charge of
a fleet and army to reduce them; and I question whether it might be prudent or safe to attempt the
BROBDINGNAGIANS; or whether an English army would be much at their ease with the Flying Island over
their heads. The HOUYHNHNMS indeed appear not to be so well prepared for war, a science to which they
are perfect strangers, and especially against missive weapons. However, supposing myself to be a minister of
state, I could never give my advice for invading them. Their prudence, unanimity, unacquaintedness with
fear, and their love of their country, would amply supply all defects in the military art. Imagine twenty
thousand of them breaking into the midst of an European army, confounding the ranks, overturning the
carriages, battering the warriors' faces into mummy by terrible yerks from their hinder hoofs; for they would
well deserve the character given to Augustus, RECALCITRAT UNDIQUE TUTUS. But, instead of
proposals for conquering that magnanimous nation, I rather wish they were in a capacity, or disposition, to
send a sufficient number of their inhabitants for civilizing Europe, by teaching us the first principles of
honour, justice, truth, temperance, public spirit, fortitude, chastity, friendship, benevolence, and fidelity. The
names of all which virtues are still retained among us in most languages, and are to be met with in modern, as
well as ancient authors; which I am able to assert from my own small reading.
But I had another reason, which made me less forward to enlarge his majesty's dominions by my discoveries.
To say the truth, I had conceived a few scruples with relation to the distributive justice of princes upon those
occasions. For instance, a crew of pirates are driven by a storm they know not whither; at length a boy
discovers land from the topmast; they go on shore to rob and plunder, they see a harmless people, are
entertained with kindness; they give the country a new name; they take formal possession of it for their king;
they set up a rotten plank, or a stone, for a memorial; they murder two or three dozen of the natives, bring
away a couple more, by force, for a sample; return home, and get their pardon. Here commences a new
dominion acquired with a title by divine right. Ships are sent with the first opportunity; the natives driven out
or destroyed; their princes tortured to discover their gold; a free license given to all acts of inhumanity and
lust, the earth reeking with the blood of its inhabitants: and this execrable crew of butchers, employed in so
pious an expedition, is a modern colony, sent to convert and civilize an idolatrous and barbarous people!
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 125
Page No 128
But this description, I confess, does by no means affect the British nation, who may be an example to the
whole world for their wisdom, care, and justice in planting colonies; their liberal endowments for the
advancement of religion and learning; their choice of devout and able pastors to propagate Christianity; their
caution in stocking their provinces with people of sober lives and conversations from this the mother
kingdom; their strict regard to the distribution of justice, in supplying the civil administration through all their
colonies with officers of the greatest abilities, utter strangers to corruption; and, to crown all, by sending the
most vigilant and virtuous governors, who have no other views than the happiness of the people over whom
they preside, and the honour of the king their master.
But as those countries which I have described do not appear to have any desire of being conquered and
enslaved, murdered or driven out by colonies, nor abound either in gold, silver, sugar, or tobacco, I did
humbly conceive, they were by no means proper objects of our zeal, our valour, or our interest. However, if
those whom it more concerns think fit to be of another opinion, I am ready to depose, when I shall be
lawfully called, that no European did ever visit those countries before me. I mean, if the inhabitants ought to
be believed, unless a dispute may arise concerning the two YAHOOS, said to have been seen many years ago
upon a mountain in HOUYHNHNMLAND.
But, as to the formality of taking possession in my sovereign's name, it never came once into my thoughts;
and if it had, yet, as my affairs then stood, I should perhaps, in point of prudence and selfpreservation, have
put it off to a better opportunity.
Having thus answered the only objection that can ever be raised against me as a traveller, I here take a final
leave of all my courteous readers, and return to enjoy my own speculations in my little garden at Redriff; to
apply those excellent lessons of virtue which I learned among the HOUYHNHNMS; to instruct the
YAHOOS of my own family, is far as I shall find them docible animals; to behold my figure often in a glass,
and thus, if possible, habituate myself by time to tolerate the sight of a human creature; to lament the brutality
to HOUYHNHNMS in my own country, but always treat their persons with respect, for the sake of my noble
master, his family, his friends, and the whole HOUYHNHNM race, whom these of ours have the honour to
resemble in all their lineaments, however their intellectuals came to degenerate.
I began last week to permit my wife to sit at dinner with me, at the farthest end of a long table; and to answer
(but with the utmost brevity) the few questions I asked her. Yet, the smell of a YAHOO continuing very
offensive, I always keep my nose well stopped with rue, lavender, or tobacco leaves. And, although it be hard
for a man late in life to remove old habits, I am not altogether out of hopes, in some time, to suffer a
neighbour YAHOO in my company, without the apprehensions I am yet under of his teeth or his claws.
My reconcilement to the YAHOO kind in general might not be so difficult, if they would be content with
those vices and follies only which nature has entitled them to. I am not in the least provoked at the sight of a
lawyer, a pickpocket, a colonel, a fool, a lord, a gamester, a politician, a whoremonger, a physician, an
evidence, a suborner, an attorney, a traitor, or the like; this is all according to the due course of things: but
when I behold a lump of deformity and diseases, both in body and mind, smitten with pride, it immediately
breaks all the measures of my patience; neither shall I be ever able to comprehend how such an animal, and
such a vice, could tally together. The wise and virtuous HOUYHNHNMS, who abound in all excellences that
can adorn a rational creature, have no name for this vice in their language, which has no terms to express any
thing that is evil, except those whereby they describe the detestable qualities of their YAHOOS, among
which they were not able to distinguish this of pride, for want of thoroughly understanding human nature, as
it shows itself in other countries where that animal presides. But I, who had more experience, could plainly
observe some rudiments of it among the wild YAHOOS.
But the HOUYHNHNMS, who live under the government of reason, are no more proud of the good qualities
they possess, than I should be for not wanting a leg or an arm; which no man in his wits would boast of,
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 126
Page No 129
although he must be miserable without them. I dwell the longer upon this subject from the desire I have to
make the society of an English YAHOO by any means not insupportable; and therefore I here entreat those
who have any tincture of this absurd vice, that they will not presume to come in my sight.
Footnotes:
(1) A stang is a pole or perch; sixteen feet and a half.
(2) An act of parliament has been since passed by which some breaches of trust have been made capital.
(3) Britannia. SIR W. SCOTT.
(4) London. SIR W. SCOTT.
(5) This is the revised text adopted by Dr. Hawksworth (1766). The above paragraph in the original editions
(1726) takes another form, commencing:"I told him that should I happen to live in a kingdom where lots
were in vogue," &c. The names Tribnia and Langdon an not mentioned, and the "close stool" and its
signification do not occur.
(6) This paragraph is not in the original editions.
(7) The original editions and Hawksworth's have Rotherhith here, though earlier in the work, Redriff is said
to have been Gulliver's home in England.
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World
Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World 127
Bookmarks
1. Table of Contents, page = 3
2. Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World, page = 4
3. Jonathan Swift, page = 4